A bite-sized online marketing podcast for business owners. Join Steph Taylor as she answers ALL your business marketing questions and deep-dives into the nitty gritty of online marketing, content marketing, social media marketing and marketing strategy for business owners.
Launch Magic students on their experiences and how building an online business isn't a linear journey
"Prior to Launch Magic, I thought you just had a little cart button on your website and people would just press "buy". I had no idea that you had to take them through a journey before they would be ready to buy". Sound familiar? This is soooo common! So, in today's episode, I'm sharing a live Q&A panel that I ran with some former Launch Magic students who are all in different businesses and at different stages.- How enrolling in Launch Magic helped students to clarify their programs and how to launch them.- Why following a structured launch process helps to nurture your audience and provide them with the information that they need to make a decision to buy—even if you've already launched before.- How launching can be successful, regardless of where you're starting from.- The mental and strategic challenges that many business owners face when launching digital products (like confidence, audience building and messaging).- How being a part of a supportive community can help you to stay accountable and committed to finally getting your online course, program or membership off the ground.SHOW LINKS:- Doors are currently open for Launch Magic until 29 February 2024. To find out more, DM me "magic" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) or visit https://learn.stephtaylor.co/launch-magic- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB-5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/25/2024 • 42 minutes, 36 seconds
Launch Magic alumni share their experience inside the program
You can spend forever trying to piece together everything you need to launch your program from the free information that's out there. But once you understand where people are coming from in terms of their marketing, you realise that you're not actually getting the solution until you buy, right? So you are always just going to be getting told more and more things about the problem that you have.In today's episode, I'm talking to previous Launch Magic students because sometimes the best way to know whether a program is going to be a good fit for your particular situation is to listen to the experiences of other people who have been in that situation:- The 3 different types of students who launch their digital product in Launch Magic.- The challenges these students were having with their launches before they did the program.- Their experience of working their way through Launch Magic.- The results these students had from their launches.SHOW LINKS:- Doors are currently open for Launch Magic until 29 February 2024. To find out more, DM me "magic" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) or visit https://learn.stephtaylor.co/launch-magic- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-igGet a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/22/2024 • 22 minutes, 1 second
Q&A: Launching an offer before you've created it, strategy for a mid-ticket offer, and more...
This week, on my Instagram Stories, I asked my audience to send me their questions about everything launch-related. So many of you responded and so I decided to turn your answers into a podcast episode! So, in today's episode, I'm sharing how you can launch an offer before you've created it and so much more!- The *many* benefits of launching your offer before you've even created it.- Why live launching is a much more effective way to sell your offer, compared to parking it on your website.- Why *warming up* your audience before launching is so important and what content you can share to do this.- The key to creating urgency with your offers, especially if they're evergreen.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “magic” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to join the Launch Magic waitlist or visit https://learn.stephtaylor.co/launch-magic-waitlist- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/20/2024 • 22 minutes, 32 seconds
Should you live launch every offer? 6 times when I wouldn't
While I'm a big believer in live launching your offers, there are some circumstances when I *wouldn't* live launch. In today's episode, I'm sharing 6 times when I wouldn't launch an offer live (and 3 times when I *absolutely* would).- Why live launching a low-ticket offer is not always necessary, especially when it's super specific and you have a lot of social proof.- How understanding the timing around specific problems your audience has can help you to decide their urgency and whether to live launch.- Why observing your customer's journey and how they move through your offer suite can determine which offers flow naturally from one to the next and which ones could be live launched.- Why customising packages for clients or offering a done-for-you service does not normally require a live launch process, especially if you're only working with small numbers of clients.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “magic” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to join the Launch Magic waitlist or visit https://learn.stephtaylor.co/launch-magic-waitlist- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/18/2024 • 16 minutes, 30 seconds
The big mistakes that cost you sales in your second launch (and beyond!)
Have you launched any of your offers before? Especially if they're a course, program or membership? If so, there are a few mistakes that you can avoid along the way if you want to maximise sales in the future. In today's episode, I'm sharing 5 mistakes that *will* cost you sales in a launch.- Why making mistakes is part of the process and how you can use these to change how you approach launching in the future.- The importance of reviewing your launch and making changes for the next one.- Why ditching the whole launch and starting again from scratch is not just unhelpful, but unnecessary too.- How growing your audience with the right people between launches will help you to prepare for the next one.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “magic” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to join the Launch Magic waitlist or visit https://learn.stephtaylor.co/launch-magic-waitlist- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/15/2024 • 13 minutes, 3 seconds
How to launch your offers again (and again!) to make more sales
When I talk about launching I'm usually referring to a live launch—which isn't something you just do the first time you launch a brand new offer out into the world. If you're only launching it once, then you're leaving money on the table. In today's episode, I'm sharing how you can review your launch to refine, rinse and repeat for more sales next time.- Why sending out a non-buyer survey while the launch is still fresh in your audience's mind is so important.- Why looking at the numbers at each step gives you context and tells you more of a story about what worked and what didn't.- How using the READ method will help you to review your entire launch.- Why reviewing your messaging is so important to bridge the parts of the Magician's Gap that you may have missed.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “magic” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to join the Launch Magic waitlist or visit https://learn.stephtaylor.co/launch-magic-waitlist- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/13/2024 • 11 minutes, 56 seconds
5 must-knows to sell your online course, program or membership
It's easy to think that if you just get your offer in front of more people then you'll sell more. Sometimes this will work IF you have all of the ingredients in place. But if you're struggling to get your current audience to convert, then getting more people won't help until you tweak things. In today's episode, I'm share my top essential must-knows to sell your online course, program or membership.- What launching your offer live actually means (and what it doesn't).- Why understanding where your audience is at will help you know what they need to know to buy from you.- Why trying to hype up your offer and selling it as this new exciting thing just doesn't work—people *won't* buy because they're excited and don't want to miss out.- How answering their questions and hesitations IS what will guide them to buy.- How dumping all of your knowledge into a course can cause overwhelm rather than value.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “magic” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to join the Launch Magic waitlist or visit https://learn.stephtaylor.co/launch-magic-waitlist- Let my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/11/2024 • 13 minutes, 38 seconds
Online course or program not selling? Try this approach instead
If you've created a course (or any other digital offer), put it on your website, but aren't making as many sales as you'd hoped, then this episode is for you! In today's episode, I'm sharing 3 must-haves to sell your offers and how you can tweak these for more sales.- The common reasons why your offer isn't selling and the 3 key ingredients you need to sell them.- How live launching your offer can help you to nail your sales strategy.- Why bridging the Magician's Gap is so important for helping people to make a decision about your offer.- The importance of addressing hesitations and answering any questions as part of the sales process.- Why having a deadline will help people to make a decision that's right for them.- My top 5 easy action steps to help you sell more of your offers.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “magic” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to join the Launch Magic waitlist or visit https://learn.stephtaylor.co/launch-magic-waitlist- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/8/2024 • 17 minutes, 6 seconds
4 steps to grow your email list for your next launch
Your email list is a precious resource that *you* own—whereas you don't own your social platforms (and with social accounts being randomly hacked and/or shut down, your email list is even more important!). In today's episode, I'm sharing more about *why* your email list is an essential part of your launch and how you can grow it to prepare for the next one.- Why your email list isn't about the number of people, it's about the *type* of people who join that will help it to convert.- How inviting people onto your list is about offering value and nurturing their journey—rather than just being another email in their inbox.- The different types of assets you need in your first launch and how they can make the next launch much easier.- The importance of sharing free content to bridge the Magician's Gap and the calls to action you can offer.- Why reaching the *right* people for your launch is so important and understanding the different ways you can do this.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “magic” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to join the Launch Magic waitlist or visit https://learn.stephtaylor.co/launch-magic-waitlist- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/6/2024 • 15 minutes, 19 seconds
Want to sell your offers on evergreen? What you need to know first
People often think that putting an offer on evergreen is easy. You can just add it to your website and let it be—hoping a few people will buy it each month. Well, it doesn't quite work that way. In today's episode, I'm sharing the common misconceptions about evergreen offers and what you need to know.- Why creating a sales process for evergreen offers is just as important as it is for live launches.- Why putting your offer on your website isn't enough to convert.- How bridging the Magician's Gap is different between evergreen offers and live launching.- Understanding the technical behind-the-scenes processes involved in evergreen offers.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “magic” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to join the Launch Magic waitlist or visit https://learn.stephtaylor.co/launch-magic-waitlist- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/4/2024 • 16 minutes, 10 seconds
Predictions for 2024 (ft. Anita Siek)
Things are constantly changing in the online business world, especially with the rise of AI. So, in today's episode, I'm having another Biz Bestie Chat with Anita Siek who's the founder of Wordfetti, a human-centred copy and brand house and template shop for brands that don't do "normal". This is our third episode over the last couple of weeks and we're openly sharing our business predictions for the year ahead.- Our insights and predictions on what we believe will be the major shifts in the online business and marketing landscape.- How using AI and automations can never replace this *one thing* that business owners AND their audiences want and need.- Why evaluating business models and messaging will lead to a shift in course and program delivery.- The changing dynamics of social media in business, including the importance of long-form content.SHOW LINKS:- Launch debrief: What worked and what we're doing differently this year (ft. Anita Siek) - listen @ https://listen.stephtaylor.co/761- Lessons from 2023 with Anita Siek - listen @ https://listen.stephtaylor.co/bonus- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/1/2024 • 19 minutes, 46 seconds
Want to sell more of your offers? 5 reasons why you should consider live launching them
Live launching is a limited-time sales campaign for one offer that's strategically designed to bridge the Magician's Gap. Live launching is *not* about creating hype and FOMO and using these to get people to buy. In today's episode, I'm sharing why live launching is so effective when it comes to selling your offers.- Why having a deadline is *not* about pushing people to buy, it's about encouraging them to make a decision.- How live launching gives you a lot of meaningful data on conversions at each step of the sales process.- How sending a non-buyer survey to your audience will give you meaningful insights about how you can tweak your launch in the future.- Why answering your audience's questions and understanding their hesitations will help them with their decision-making.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “magic” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to join the Launch Magic waitlist or visit https://learn.stephtaylor.co/launch-magic-waitlist- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/30/2024 • 19 minutes, 36 seconds
Launch debrief: What worked (and didn't) and what we're doing differently this year (ft. Anita Siek)
One of *the* most important parts of a launch is the debrief afterwards. So, in today's episode, I'm joined by my biz bestie Anita Siek who's the founder of Wordfetti, a human-centred copy and brand house and template shop for brands that don't do "normal". We're openly sharing what worked and what didn't with our launches last year and how we're changing things up this year.- How challenging launches can affect you personally and professionally.- How understanding specific customer objections can be used as an effective content strategy.- Why adapting your launch based on audience feedback and needs is so important for the next time round.- The importance of reflecting on your personal growth and the evolution of your strategies in response to business challenges.SHOW LINKS:- Connect with Anita at https://wordfettigroup.com/ or https://www.instagram.com/anitasiek/.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/28/2024 • 28 minutes, 3 seconds
8 things you need to know before you launch a brand new offer
Launching an offer for the first time can feel daunting and overwhelming. But the great thing about live launching is that it's a rinse-and-repeat process that you can make bigger and better each time you launch. So that first launch is more like an experiment, learning what works and what doesn't. In today's episode, I'm sharing 8 things you need to know before launching your brand new offer.- Why taking the pressure off yourself (and your launch) is so important.- How taking imperfect action when launching will give you the feedback you need to tweak it for next time.- The key parts of a live launch and the 4-part framework I use with every launch.- Understanding the reasons why your offer might *not* sell and how you can hone your messaging next time.SHOW LINKS:- Episode #684: How to use repeatable live launches to make more sales of your online course, program or membership. DM me “684” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- DM me “magic” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to join the Launch Magic waitlist or visit https://learn.stephtaylor.co/launch-magic-waitlist- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/25/2024 • 22 minutes, 1 second
How she made $1,000 an hour while she was OFFLINE—from a $9 membership! (With Liz Wilcox)
My last episode with Liz Wilcox was the *most downloaded* episode of 2023! Liz is an email strategist who shows small businesses how to build online relationships and make real money with emails. Her incredible $9 membership has yielded multiple six figures all whilst maintaining her "simple is my superpower" ethos. In today's episode, we dive into how she made $1000 an hour while she was offline.- The importance of life-work balance, especially when managing your business during your time off.- Why hiring more staff brings up fears around trust and letting go of control.- How creating a valuable and easy-to-implement offer becomes a gateway for key growth strategies.- How learning from failed initiatives emphasises the importance of future growth.SHOW LINKS:- You can find Liz at lizwilcox.com and download her free email samples or connect with her on Instagram at https://www.instagram.com/thelizwilcox/- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/23/2024 • 44 minutes, 50 seconds
Coaching Call: How do I balance my messaging when my buyer and user are different?
Today I am coaching Taila, an online mentor for high school and university students. The challenge that Taila faces today is how to clarify her messaging when her clients are students but her buyers are usually their parents. In this episode, we talk about how to hone Taila's messaging when addressing two different audiences.- Why defining your ideal client will help guide your content marketing strategy to both the students (users of the service) and their parents (the buyers).- How understanding both cohorts and how they consume information is so important for your visibility strategy and sales process.- Why market research is the key to understanding and addressing both students' and parents' needs.- How thinking outside-of-the-box will help to effectively engage *both* audiences.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “FFT” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to find out more about Freedom Fast Track or visit http://stephtaylor.co/FFT- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/21/2024 • 25 minutes, 1 second
Bonus episode with Anita: Lessons from 2023 (work + personal)
Anita Siek is back for a bonus episode! She's the founder of Wordfetti, a human-centred copy and brand house and template shop for brands that don't do "normal". Anita is also one of my dear friends, and today we're talking about the lessons that 2023 taught us—both personally and professionally.- The biggest lessons and challenges from 2023.- Why taking action can be so tricky, especially when procrastination and the fear of imperfection are hovering close by.- The importance of experimenting and learning from actions rather than remaining stagnant.- How managing expectations and boundaries helps to clarify communication in business.- Why managing your energy and focus needs to be strategic, especially when dealing with customer service and demands.Links:Connect with Anita at https://wordfettigroup.com/ or https://www.instagram.com/anitasiek/.
1/19/2024 • 28 minutes, 18 seconds
7 ways to create more freedom in your business in 2024
I'm alllll about creating more freedom in your life—after all, isn't that (at least part of) why you started your business in the first place? But freedom needs to be intentionally created—it doesn't just magically happen. In today's episode, I'm sharing 7 ways that you can create more freedom in your business this year.- Why auditing every part your business is so important so that you can identify what's working (and not working so you can fix it) before you grow and scale.- Why clarifying your long-term business vision and medium-term goals will help you to understand what business model you need and the action required to get you there.- The importance of messaging, strategic content and effective sales processes to sell your offers.- How setting up systems *and* actually implementing them is a sure fire way to create growth *and* freedom in your business.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “FFT” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to find out more about Freedom Fast Track or visit http://stephtaylor.co/FFT- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/18/2024 • 17 minutes, 57 seconds
Struggling to hit consistent $10k months? This is probably why...
In my most recent audience survey there was one thing that kept coming up: "I want to hit consistent $10k months in my business". Based on what I've seen with my students and clients, there's 6 common things that could be holding you back from reaching consistent $10k months. In today's episode, I'm sharing *why* you're not able to hit that target consistently right now and what you can do to change that.- How trading time for money by working directly with clients may be impacting your ability to reach your next-level income goal.- The two main ways to increase your income.- Why getting into your ideal client's head will help you to hone your messaging (and what questions to ask yourself so you can do so).- How reaching your ideal client strategically (and how you're selling to them) will influence conversion rates.SHOW LINKS:- Episode #662: 7 questions to get crystal clear on your messaging and stand out online. DM me “662” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/16/2024 • 15 minutes, 51 seconds
A $5k vs $10k vs $50k+ monthly business: The surprising differences behind the scenes
The reality is that your business will look very different as you move through each income bracket, because each stage requires different foundations and processes to grow to the next level. What gets your business to $5k/month won't get it to $10k, and what gets it to $10k won't get it to $50k/month unless you intentionally set up these foundations. In today's episode, I'm sharing the surprising differences (behind the scenes) with each of these business models.- How understanding $5k, $10k and $50k+ monthly business models will help to clarify where you're at and what needs to change so you can grow to the next stage.- The differences between the sales processes for a $5k/month business vs $10k and $50k/month businesses.- Why using different marketing strategies is necessary for different business models.- How daily operations and delegation differs between $5k, $10k and $50k+/month businesses.- Understanding yourself as a business owner and the personal growth required to move you to $10k/month or $50k+/month.SHOW LINKS:- Join my free masterclass - Foundations for Six Figures and Freedom. How to grow your business without burning out. DM me “Masterclass” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) or visit https://stephtaylor.co/freedom-masterclass to save your seat.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/14/2024 • 24 minutes, 18 seconds
9 pieces of the best business advice I can give you for 2024
I've had it all during my business journey—the wins, the failures, the ups and the downs. And had I known what I do now, my journey would have been much quicker and smoother! So, in today's episode, I'm sharing the best business advice I can give you to build a business that's sustainable in the long term.- Why your foundations need to come first to minimise stress and overwhelm *before* you scale and grow.- How approaching problems by doing the easy/exciting parts first *doesn't* work and the imperfect action you can take instead.- The benefits of the first steps (you're *never* too advanced for step 1!) and how this helps to focus on your ideal client.- Why building a profitable, sustainable, long-term business requires you to prioritise (now) the things that will deliver these long-term results.SHOW LINKS:- Join my free masterclass - Foundations for Six Figures and Freedom. How to grow your business without burning out. DM me “Masterclass” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) or visit https://stephtaylor.co/freedom-masterclass to save your seat.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/11/2024 • 17 minutes, 35 seconds
Simple psychology principles to improve your marketing and boost your sales (with Phil Agnew)
Phil Agnew is the host of the UK's largest marketing podcast called "Nudge". He specialises in consumer behaviour and how to apply scientific principles at each stage of the marketing funnel. In today's episode, we talk about the science of marketing psychology and behaviour and how to use it in your business.- How identifying behavioural and marketing psychological principles will help you to understand the science behind decision making for buyers.- The 4-step marketing funnel and the scientific principles you can use at each stage to maximise your marketing and your message.- The influence of illusions, social norms and other biases on the decision making process.- Why being distinct within your niche/industry is more important than being different.You can connect with Phil at https://www.nudgepodcast.com/ or search for Nudge wherever you get your podcasts.SHOW LINKS:- Join my free masterclass: Foundations for Six Figures and Freedom - How to grow your business without burning out. DM me “Masterclass” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) or visit https://stephtaylor.co/freedom-masterclass to save your seat.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/9/2024 • 55 minutes, 41 seconds
23 of my favourite Daily Biz Boosters from 2023
Are you on my daily biz boosters list? Every day, I send out a free bite-sized tip to boost your business from the ground up. They're all the little things I've learned over the years, as well as some great tips from my favourite mentors. In today's episode, I'm sharing my favourite daily biz boosters from 2023 and how they've helped me.- Why being confident is *not* about getting rid of fear.- The importance of being the kind of client you wish to attract.- How you may be inadvertently *training* your audience to interact with you.- Why running your own business isn't always fun, even if you're doing what you love.- The 4 stages of creating freedom in your business....and so many more!SHOW LINKS:- DM “DBB” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to receive my daily biz boosters to your inbox or visit https://stephtaylor.co/DBB to sign up.- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/7/2024 • 11 minutes, 56 seconds
Best of 2023: If I had $5000 to start my business, this is where I would spend it for maximum results
This is our last "best of 2023" episode! When starting your online digital business, it can be difficult to know where to start. There are so many new and shiny options like websites and logos and software platforms—but they all cost money. So, what's actually worth investing in from the get-go? In today's episode, I am sharing how to prioritise your money in those early few months, so that you can get the most bang for your limited buck.- Why DIY visual branding can be a great way to keep things really simple.- How hiring a professional can help you to get really clear on your messaging, right from the start.- What software platforms are worth investing in and why.- The benefits of having support from the beginning.Show Links:- Episode #515: If I were starting over with no audience, no products and no biz... This is what I would do. DM me “515” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- Episode #650: Copycats 101: How to protect yourself and what to do if someone copies you online with Riz Amin. DM me "650" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/4/2024 • 15 minutes, 38 seconds
Best of 2023: How she turned a $9 membership into a six-figure business with Liz Wilcox
This was the *most downloaded* episode of 2023! Liz Wilcox is an email strategist who shows small businesses how to build online relationships and make real money with emails. Her incredible $9 membership has yielded multiple six figures all whilst maintaining her "simple is my superpower" ethos. In today's episode, we dive into the world of low-ticket items and understand how getting clear on your direction (and staying the course) can really set you up for low-stress success.- How a low ticket membership can scale to six figures.- How growing a membership starts with believing in your offer, creating your own hype and hitting your personal targets.- When launching begins and ends with an email list, literally!- How to create a sustainable, low-ticket membership that works for you AND your audience.- How to avoid unnecessary fear and overwhelm by not overthinking your course content creation.- Liz's simple tips for membership onboarding, retention and engagement.You can find Liz at lizwilcox.com and download her free email samples or connect with her on Instagram at https://www.instagram.com/thelizwilcox/Show Links:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/2/2024 • 46 minutes, 5 seconds
Best of 2023: Try these 2 straightforward ways to make more sales—without needing to reach more people or grow your audience
This another of the most popular episodes of 2023! One of the biggest myths in the online business world today is that if you want to increase your revenue then you need to grow your audience. Yes, it's one option, but there are other ways you can increase your sales, even if your audience stays the same size. Today I share two simple and straightforward ways to do this, and it all comes down to basic maths (and a little strategy).In today's episode, we chat about:- The two, easier ways to grow your income without growing your audience.- How creating the right offers, with the right messaging, for the right people will help your conversions.- Why building hype around your offers does not work—and what you can do instead.- How solving different problems with different offers can help to increase the lifetime value of your clients.- How to use your "non-buyer surveys" to understand your audience better.SHOW LINKS:- Episode #637: How she turned a $9 membership into a six-figure business with Liz Wilcox. DM me “637” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
12/31/2023 • 11 minutes, 44 seconds
Best of 2023: 3 content swaps that’ll make you more sales in a launch
Here's another favourite episode! The content you share both during cart open AND in the 60-90 days leading up to it has the power to make or break your launch. This is what I call the Magician's Gap: The gap between where someone is today and where they need to be to buy your offer. In today's episode, I suggest 3 different types of content for you to use (and those to avoid) to make more sales in your next launch.- Why building hype and excitement around your launch will NOT sell your offer (nobody will ever be as excited as you are!).- How educating your audience on what they need to know about their problem (or the solution your offer delivers) is actually preparing them to buy from you.- The types of content that WON'T help you sell more (hint: this includes talking non-stop about your offer and counting down the days).- The benefits of creating a strategically-aligned lead magnet to attract the RIGHT people to your offer.- Why addressing common questions or hesitations in your content will help your audience move closer to buying your offer.SHOW LINKS:- DM me "magic" on Instagram stephtaylor.co to join the Launch Magic waitlist or visit https://learn.stephtaylor.co/launch-magic-waitlist- DM me "tweaks" on Instagram stephtaylor.co for my FREE 5-part email series—5 simple tweaks to accelerate your launch profits or visit https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
12/28/2023 • 10 minutes, 24 seconds
Best of 2023: 6 essential tools for creating and selling digital courses online
Here's another of your favourite 2023 episodes! When it comes to creating and selling your online course, deciding what tech to use can hurt your brain! There's so many different platforms and processes to choose from that it can quickly get in the way and stop you in your tracks. So, in today's episode, I'm sharing the go-to tech tools that I use in my business, so that you can crack on with getting your online course out into the world, instead of spending weeks trying to figure it out for yourself.- How to avoid getting overwhelmed by all of the tech tools available and instead focus on what's really important.- The one platform I've chosen to run my entire business from.- How designing webinar slides and workbooks can be simple (and something you can easily delegate to your VA).- The video recording and editing tool that can save you thousands in professional filming costs.- Why choosing a webinar hosting platform that's user-friendly for you AND your audience is so important.- The program that makes live coaching and Q&A calls a breeze.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Cheat Sheet - The complete list of tools for creating and selling digital products (including a link to some great Canva templates to purchase): DM me TOOLS on Instagram stephtaylor.co- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
12/26/2023 • 12 minutes, 20 seconds
Best of 2023: Coaching call: How do I get my audience to see the value in what I sell?
I'm not surprised that this episode was one of the most downloaded of 2023—because this is a question that many online business owners ask. In this episode, I am coaching Maddi Parsons, an accredited practicing dietician specialising in disordered eating and eating disorders. In the lead-up to the launch of her course, Maddi is struggling with creating the messaging that best communicates the value in her offers. Tune in as we chat about some strategies to help her audience prioritise investing in her offers.- The importance of a nurturing process and how to make every piece of content move the person a step closer to conversion.- Nailing your CTA's (calls to action) for maximum uptake.- Why showing value in your offers through empathy and solution-based communication can be so powerful.- How to structure your sales page to connect the dots and demonstrate why your audience should prioritise this now.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
12/24/2023 • 23 minutes, 8 seconds
Best of 2023: Don’t waste your time and energy on these 8 things
This episode was one of the top 5 for 2023! Being busy and productive are not the same thing, and they don't always translate into growth. In today's episode, we explore 8 things that you might be busily doing in your business that don't actually move the needle or make you more productive.- The curse of perfectionism and how it's holding you back.- When over planning feels safe and comfortable, but not necessarily productive.- Why taking action steps leads to clarity and confidence (not the other way around).- How over complicating tasks can cause overwhelm and stagnation.- The art of saying "no!" and asking yourself: "Would I say yes to this if it were tomorrow?"- How failing to identify your focus point leads to "shiny object syndrome".- Why distracting yourself by over-consuming content (and doing too much research!) is one of the biggest time and energy wasters.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “EMM” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for my free download “Escape the Messy Middle” or visit https://stephtaylor.co/escape-the-messy-middle- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
12/21/2023 • 21 minutes, 1 second
Best of 2023: 5 essential questions to help you price your next offer (or update the price of your existing ones!)
Here's another one of your favourite episodes from 2023! The key to pricing your offer is NOT about how much content you provide, or what other people are charging or what you THINK people will pay. Instead, you need to be super clear on what outcome you're delivering in each offer. In today's episode, I am sharing 5 questions to ask yourself when you're pricing your online course, 1:1 coaching, programs or memberships.- Why clarifying the outcome will dictate the value (and therefore the pricing).- Understanding the difficulty of achieving the outcome and how long it will take them to get there.- The link between the outcome, how much support your clients need from you and the value this provides.- How educating your audience can help them to re-evaluate what outcomes they are prioritising.- How the value of your offer impacts your audience's bigger life picture.Show Links:- Episode #644: Ask Steph: Do you have to have live calls in your online course? Nope! DM me “644” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- Episode #561: What to do when people constantly tell you "I can't afford it" - without lowering your price. DM me "561" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
12/19/2023 • 13 minutes, 12 seconds
Best of 2023: 7 things I needed to unlearn to grow my business to this level
This was one of your favourite episodes of 2023! We all have these beliefs and ideas that we've picked up over the years and taken them on as "truths" without ever really questioning where they came from or whether they still serve us and our business. In today's episode, I'm sharing my own beliefs that I needed to change to grow my business to where it's at now.- Why trading time for money means that you're working harder NOT smarter.- How trying to control the outcome can zap your creativity (and your energy).- Why avoiding failure by over-planning and overthinking can actually slow down your success.- Why learning to become more comfortable with uncertainty creates space for ideas and creativity.- How to avoid getting stuck with finding the "right vision" and instead focus on what you want and how you want to show up in your business.Show Links:- DM me “EMM” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for my free download “Escape the Messy Middle” or visit https://stephtaylor.co/escape-the-messy-middle- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
12/17/2023 • 14 minutes, 42 seconds
Ask Steph: How can I troubleshoot unsubscribes from my email list?
Today I'm answering a question from a listener to wants to know how to troubleshoot the unsubscribers from his email list. While there will always be people who unsubscribe from you, in this episode I share the common reasons why they do and how you can mitigate these.- The importance of looking at the number of unsubscribers within the context of your email list size.- How understanding *why* people are unsubscribing can you clues about their expectations.- Why matching their expectations for your emails is important.- Why meeting your unsubscribers where they're at now is what creates valuable email content.- How changing your perspectives about unsubscribers will help you to see what they really mean for your business.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “ASK” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to ask me a question or visit stephtaylor.co/asksteph- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
12/14/2023 • 10 minutes, 20 seconds
7 lessons I learned the hard way in 2023 (so you don't have to)
One thing that has *really* helped me in my business this year is reminding myself that I *cannot* control everything. I can only focus on what's within my control—everything else is wasted energy. In today's episode, I'm sharing the main lessons that I've had to learn the hard way this year, in the hope that you don't have to learn them as harshly!- How realising that you can only do so much in your business will help you to focus on what you *can* do, instead of what you can't.- Why learning to see life (and business!) as an adventure will help to ease the load and the pressure.- Why trying to solve a problem without all the facts will just lead to overwhelm and overthinking.- The solution to help you avoid burning out.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
12/12/2023 • 9 minutes, 18 seconds
Starting a podcast in 2024? Here are 7 common mistakes to avoid
When starting a podcast, it's super important to be clear on your topic and your audience, rather than trying to emulate what other podcasters are doing. In today's episode, I'm sharing 7 common mistakes that are easy to make and what you can do to avoid them.- Why looking for the latest trends means you're missing the mark with your podcasting vision.- How understanding your "why" (and your audience's why) will help you stand out from the podcasting crowd.- The importance of niching in podcasting.- How using your podcast as a growth tool can boost your business—if you have a strategy.- Why worrying about your mic (and other tech) is such a teeny piece of the bigger podcasting puzzle.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “PODCASTING” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for my free podcasting masterclass: Your first 1,000 listeners: How to launch your podcast without overwhelm (even if your audience is non-existent, you have nightmares about anything remotely “techy” and you’re terrified nobody will listen) or visit https://stephtaylor.co/free-podcasting-masterclass- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
12/10/2023 • 10 minutes, 13 seconds
10 ways to use a podcast to grow your business in 2024
Podcasting can be an incredibly powerful tool for business growth, but it does require strategy and intention. In today's episode, I'm sharing 10 ways that you can use a podcast to grow your business in 2024.- Why understanding podcasting as an audience growth tool is essential.- How considering your podcast as a new revenue stream can help you explore diverse and creative income possibilities and networking opportunities.- The benefits of having your own podcast to build credibility and "know, like, trust" with your audience.- How podcasting can improve your speaking and presentation skills.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “PODCASTING” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for my free podcasting masterclass: Your first 1,000 listeners: How to launch your podcast without overwhelm (even if your audience is non-existent, you have nightmares about anything remotely “techy” and you’re terrified nobody will listen) or visit https://stephtaylor.co/free-podcasting-masterclass- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
12/7/2023 • 16 minutes, 37 seconds
How I launched this podcast on my own (and 5 things I wish I'd known before I started)
With millions of podcasts out there in the world, the idea of starting your own can be confusing and overwhelming. In today's episode, I'm sharing how I launched this podcast on my own and the 5 things I really wish I'd known before I'd started.- Where my podcasting journey began and how I got to where I am today.- The truth about "um's" and "ah's" and the editing process.- Why understanding that your podcast *will* evolve will minimise the need to "get it right" before you start.- The importance of growing your listenership intentionally.- Why getting crystal clear on your ideal listener will make it so much easier to come up with episode content.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “PODCASTING” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for my free podcasting masterclass: Your first 1,000 listeners: How to launch your podcast without overwhelm (even if your audience is non-existent, you have nightmares about anything remotely "techy" and you're terrified nobody will listen) or visit https://stephtaylor.co/free-podcasting-masterclass- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
12/5/2023 • 14 minutes, 38 seconds
5 things I never do in my business as an online business strategist
Over the years, I've learned what's helpful for my business and what's not. I now know that overthinking and over planning will not create a better offer and that some decisions are much more (or less) important than others. In today's episode, I'm sharing 5 of the things that I no longer do in my business as an online business strategist.- Why waiting until your idea is "perfect" before putting it out into the world doesn't mean it's perfect for your audience.- How understanding the difference between high-value and low-value decisions will help you to make better use of your time.- Why realising that it's normal for your business income to ebb and flow and how you can be proactive during the quieter times.- The importance of increasing your prices to be in line with the value you offer.- Why taking imperfect action can help you to avoid overwhelm.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
12/3/2023 • 11 minutes, 44 seconds
Do you really need to niche? (Target audience vs. Ideal client vs. Niche)
There's so much confusion around these three concepts: target audience, ideal client and niche. Sometimes, these are even used interchangeably—but they're really soooo different! In today's episode, I'm sharing some really clear definitions about each of these three terms and how you can better identify these in your business.- Why niching is not so much about *who* you work with but the solution you offer for the problem someone has.- Why your target audience is so much more than just the demographics of the people you work with.- How defining your ideal client avatar can help you to focus your content, messaging and your offers.- The benefits of niching to give your business more credibility and visibility.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “masterclass” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to access my free masterclass: 7 Secrets to Consistent Sales or visit https://stephtaylor.co/consistent-sales-masterclass- Episode #642: Choosing the right niche for your online business (+ 5 signs you might be in the wrong one). DM me “642” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
11/30/2023 • 14 minutes, 27 seconds
Keep buying courses you never finish? Try this approach instead
When you buy a course that you never finish (or even start) it could be because the course itself isn't really designed for action or perhaps there's something going on within you that's stopping you from completing it. In today's episode, I'm sharing some insights into why we keep collecting online courses that we don't use and what to do instead.- The reasons why you're buying online courses that you never get around to completing.- How exploring these reasons can help you to understand if it's a course problem or something within you.- Why buying and collecting courses is easier than *actually* taking action.- How looking for an external "magic pill" to save you (or your business) will stop you from taking responsibility.- The 3 action steps you can take today to help you prioritise the modules or courses that will lead to imperfect action.SHOW LINKS:- Want to know more about my 4-week online strategy intensive? DM me "INTENSIVE" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) or visit https://learn.stephtaylor.co/group-2024-intensive for details.- Join the Launch Magic waitlist - DM me “MAGIC” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) or visit https://stephtaylor.co/magic to register.- DM me “OLSM” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to find out more about “Offer Less, Sell More” or visit https://stephtaylor.co/offer-less-sell-more- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vipLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
11/28/2023 • 10 minutes, 17 seconds
Part 2: More do's and don'ts for creating freedom in your online business
Having a business that gives you freedom means different things to different people—so what does it mean to you? In today's episode, I'm sharing part 2 of how you can create more freedom in your biz with a helpful list of "do's" and "don'ts".- The importance of asking yourself where you're not taking action when you need to be.- Why regularly re-thinking your pricing is important as you learn and grow.- How showing up for your own learning and growth will attract clients who are committed to doing the same.- Why making time for the boring things (including building out your sales processes!) is just as important as making time for the fun things.SHOW LINKS:- Looking for Part 1? DM me "727" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- Want to know more about my 4-week online strategy intensive? DM me "INTENSIVE" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for details.- Join the Launch Magic waitlist - DM me “MAGIC” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) or visit https://stephtaylor.co/magic to register.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vipLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
11/26/2023 • 12 minutes, 25 seconds
6 questions I'm reflecting upon to grow my business in 2024
As we approach the end of another year, it's super important to spend some time reflecting on the year that was and start planning for the year ahead. In today's episode, I'm sharing 6 questions to ask yourself as you reflect on 2023 and look ahead to grow your business in 2024.- Why identifying any blocks in your business or things you need to change will pave the way for the next level of your business.- How reflecting on what this next level of your business requires you to be will help you to step up both personally and professionally.- How supporting your business with other income and realising where you're leaving money on the table can help you to make better decisions.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “OLSM” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to find out more about “Offer Less, Sell More” or visit https://stephtaylor.co/offer-less-sell-more- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
11/23/2023 • 14 minutes, 7 seconds
6 ways I blocked myself from freedom in my business—and what I do now instead
A few years back, I found myself in that spot that I know many of you are in right now. You're busy, you have clients, but there's no freedom and you're not making the income you want to yet. In today's episode, I'm sharing why finding freedom in your business can be so challenging and what you can do to change this.- When finding more clients means more money (but less freedom) and how you can scale in different ways.- Why focusing on service-based work takes up so much of your time and what you can do instead.- Why building a library of courses and memberships isn't always the answer to a scalable business that gives you freedom.- Why having sales processes in place is so important and what happens when you don't.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
11/21/2023 • 12 minutes, 37 seconds
Income growing too slowly? Here are 5 things you can do about it
Feel like you're doing all the things but your monthly income just isn't increasing? This is totally normal and growing a business can take a while. In today's episode, I'm sharing 5 things that you can do *now* to help build your income.- Why understanding the income equation will help you to identify the cause/s of your slow income growth.- How being clear on the strategy behind how you sell will help you to navigate ways to grow your income.- The importance of using your free content to attract the right people into your audience.- Using other ways to create a quick cash injection into your business.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “masterclass” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to access my free masterclass: 7 Secrets to Consistent Sales or visit https://stephtaylor.co/consistent-sales-masterclass- DM me “BYBS” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to find out more about “Boost Your Brand’s Superfans” or visit https://stephtaylor.co/boost-your-brands-superfans- DM me “OLSM” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to find out more about “Offer Less, Sell More” or visit https://stephtaylor.co/offer-less-sell-more- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vipLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
11/19/2023 • 13 minutes, 8 seconds
Are you ready to add an online course or digital product to your business? Here's how to tell...
I get asked this question a lot from those in my audience who are not sure if they're ready to create an online course yet. They often think they don't know *enough* and are filled with fear and doubt. In today's episode, I'm sharing 6 signs that you're ready to add an online course to your offer suite.- Why being clear about what you *do* know will help you to create an offer that solves a problem or achieves a transformation.- What you can do if you don't want to take on anymore 1:1 clients or have reached your ceiling.- The importance of listening to what your audience are asking you for.- How working with clients in different ways can help support those who may not be able to afford your main offer and/or those who have already worked with you previously.Links:- DM me “KIT” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to grab my free ebook, The Digital Product Kickstart Kit—3 simple steps to start creating an online course, membership, or other digital product or visit https://stephtaylor.co/digital-product-kickstart-kit- DM me “OLSM” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to find out more about “Offer Less, Sell More” or visit https://stephtaylor.co/offer-less-sell-moreSHOW LINKS:- DM me “KIT” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to grab my free ebook, The Digital Product Kickstart Kit—3 simple steps to start creating an online course, membership, or other digital product or visit https://stephtaylor.co/digital-product-kickstart-kit- DM me “OLSM” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to find out more about “Offer Less, Sell More” or visit https://stephtaylor.co/offer-less-sell-more- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-igLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
11/16/2023 • 16 minutes, 23 seconds
Creating income consistency in your business—without launching a membership
It's easy to think that having consistent income in your business means you need to have some form of recurring income—but this isn't the only way. In today's episode, I'm sharing how you can create income consistency *without* launching a membership.- Three ways to make more sales in your business that you can start doing right away.- Why building your email list is so important for both nurturing and selling.- The importance of conversion rates and what you can do to improve them.- Why creating consistent income isn't just about finding new people, it's about how to better support your existing customers too.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “masterclass” to access my free masterclass: 7 Secrets to Consistent Sales or visit https://stephtaylor.co/consistent-sales-masterclass- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
11/14/2023 • 14 minutes, 49 seconds
My recent course launch: What worked, what didn't work and what I learned from it
I just finished launching my 4-week crash course called "Boost Your Brand's Superfans". And just like every launch, I do a review afterwards. In today's episode, I'm sharing what worked, what didn't and my key takeaways for next time.- The numbers I look at when reviewing my own launches to really hone in on where and what I can improve (including a non-buyer survey).- Why reviewing what *didn't* work is just as important as what *did* work.- The importance of being really clear about what you learned so that you can take everything on board for next time.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “BYBS” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to find out more about “Boost Your Brand’s Superfans” or visit https://stephtaylor.co/boost-your-brands-superfans- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
11/12/2023 • 17 minutes, 36 seconds
Want to create more freedom in your business? Here are the do's and don'ts you need to know
Having a business that gives you freedom means different things to different people—so what does it mean to you? In today's episode, I'm sharing how you can create more freedom in your biz with a helpful list of "do's" and "don'ts".- Why getting clear on what freedom means to you will help you to vision the business you want to create.- The importance of being intentional with your business model and being willing to change it if necessary.- What investing in your business really looks like and how you can make the most of the time you *do* have.- Why becoming comfortable with discomfort is a necessary part of growth.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “EMM” for my free download “Escape the Messy Middle” or visit https://stephtaylor.co/escape-the-messy-middle- DM me “OLSM” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to find out more about “Offer Less, Sell More” or visit https://stephtaylor.co/offer-less-sell-more- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
11/9/2023 • 11 minutes, 45 seconds
When self-doubt stops you from taking action, ask yourself these 5 questions instead
All of those thoughts you're having about whether you can do something new or different are totally normal—even expected—because you're stepping out of your safe, comfort zone. However, they don't need to be in the driver's seat. In today's episode, I'm sharing 5 questions you can ask yourself whenever self-doubt creeps in.- How being honest about what's *really* scaring you will help you to see that doing anything outside of your comfort zone is going to bring up fear.- Why shifting your focus to "who will miss out if I *don't* do this?" will shift your perspective about what you're doing.- Why accepting that you'll never know everything about your niche provides opportunities for you to grow and learn in the future.- The importance of a positive mindset when dealing with self-doubt and how you can change your internal self-talk.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
11/7/2023 • 12 minutes, 51 seconds
7 business time-wasters that are slowing you down—and what to do instead
One of the challenges in business is understanding what to focus on and what not to. In today's episode, I'm sharing the common time-wasters that may be slowing you and your business down and what you can do instead.- How getting caught up in the little things won't make or break your success—like software, email platforms and podcast hosts.- Why sitting and waiting for inspiration to strike is not going to get you where you want to go.- Why most busy tasks that feel productive are not a great use of your time *and* they don't actually grow your business.- The hidden hazards of procrastination, perfectionism and making tasks unnecessarily overcomplicated.SHOW LINKS:- Episode 715: Stuck and overthinking? Here's how to start taking Imperfect Action in your business. DM me “715” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- DM me “EMM” for my free download “Escape the Messy Middle” or visit https://stephtaylor.co/escape-the-messy-middle- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
11/5/2023 • 16 minutes, 20 seconds
6 things I wish someone had told me in my first year of business
The reality is that business is not always fun and shiny. Sometimes it's boring and unsexy, but building a strong foundation is so important for your long-term vision. In today's episode, I'm sharing 6 tips that I wish someone had told me back in my first year of business.- Why being discerning with your "yes" and with your "no" will help you to make the best decisions for your business while also learning what you don't want.- Why spending your time creating Canva images etc won't grow your business (and how doing what *will* may seem unsexy and boring!).- How scaling your business starts with an intentional offer suite with your long-term business vision in mind.- The importance of looking after *you*—your most important resource—above everything else- Why imperfect action is the only way to overcome the fears and the doubts.- How selling the transformation is key—and why it's so important to articulate your offer in this way.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “masterclass” to access my free masterclass: 7 Secrets to Consistent Sales or visit https://stephtaylor.co/consistent-sales-masterclass.- Episode 715: Stuck and overthinking? Here's how to start taking Imperfect Action in your business. DM me “715” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
11/2/2023 • 12 minutes, 34 seconds
Why you're procrastinating, overworking and "stuck" in your business (with Masha Kay)
Masha Kay is a nervous system and breathwork coach who specialises in identifying ways to regulate your nervous system to help overcome procrastination and overwork in your business. In today's episode, Masha and I deep dive into the very real 'fight or flight' that can come from a dysregulated nervous system.- Understanding the 3 states of your nervous system and the triggers to be aware of that can cause it to mobilise and immobilise- How our 'personality traits' are often borne from a place of self-preservation, driven by our nervous system- Why preparing for dysregulation in your business is so important and the benefit of creating your own 'toolkit' to counteract it- Understanding the energy behind self-sabotage and the 'do-more' state of mind and strategies to resetYou can connect with Masha on Instagram @mashakay or check out her website Mashakay.comSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
10/31/2023 • 45 minutes, 19 seconds
The art of the post-launch review: 5 questions to make your next launch a success
When it comes to launching, there's always room for improvement—well beyond just how much money you make. This is why a post-launch review is super important, so that you can learn what worked and what didn't. In today's episode, I'm sharing the art of the post-launch review and 5 questions you can answer to make your next launch even more successful.- Why reviewing your launch numbers objectively, within the context of *your* business, is so valuable.- The questions to ask yourself straight after your launch while it's all still fresh in your mind.- How using your answers to these questions to tweak your next launch can set you up for even bigger success.SHOW LINKS:- To join the Launch Magic Waitlist DM me "magic" on Instagram @stephtaylor.co or visit Stephtaylor.co/magic- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
10/29/2023 • 13 minutes, 8 seconds
5 quick tips for building confidence and expertise as an online business owner
It can be tough to show up and own your expertise when you're surrounded by other experts in your industry. But, there will *always* be someone who knows more than you—and if you wait until you know "enough", then you'll be waiting a really long time! In today's episode, I'm sharing 5 quick tips you can use to build your confidence and expertise.- Why taking imperfect action before you feel *ready* will help you to learn and quickly course-correct as needed.- How investing in your learning and growth can boost your confidence and your expertise.- The benefits of reading books—and not just business books.- Why *not* sharing your expertise is doing others a disservice—after all, you have the solution to someone else's problem!- How sharing your experiences is more important than what others *may* say or think about you.SHOW LINKS:- Episode #715: Stuck and overthinking? Here's how to start taking Imperfect Action in your business. DM me “715” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- Episode #698: Reading list: 5 books I've read and loved this year (and what's next on my reading list). DM me “698” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- Episode #689: Self-doubt getting in the way? Here are 5 tools to help you overcome it. DM me "689" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vipLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
10/26/2023 • 14 minutes, 8 seconds
Here's how I keep coming up with fresh content ideas after 720 episodes
When I first started this podcast, I had no idea what I'd be talking about 100 episodes later—let alone 720 episodes in! It can be tricky to keep the content fresh and sometimes I do run out of ideas. In today's episode, I'm sharing the methods I use to keep coming up with fresh content to share with my audience.- How brainstorming content ideas with your team can help you to reveal what you may not know, or what you may be missing.- The benefits of using your audience's feedback to create content that is relevant for them—and the questions you can ask them to find out what that is.- How inviting your audience to write in with a problem or a question can provide great content for you to answer for your audience.- How using AI tools like Chat-GPT can help you to generate content ideas—and how to avoid generic, broad results.- Why reflecting on popular past content can give you new ideas for a different story or different perspective on content you have already used.SHOW LINKS:- Episode #651: If I had $5000 to start my business, this is where I would spend it for maximum results. DM me “651” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- To submit an Ask Steph question, visit stephtaylor.co/asksteph- Episode #710: What you really need to know about AI and how to use it to save time in your business (with Ronsley Vaz). DM me “710” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vipLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
10/24/2023 • 10 minutes, 42 seconds
Signs your current audience aren't your ideal clients—and 3 steps to fix it
Just because you have an audience of followers and subscribers, doesn't necessarily mean that they're the *right* people for your business. In today's episode, I'm sharing the signs to look out for that suggest your current audience are not your ideal clients and how you can change that.- The likely reasons behind low social engagement and/or low email open rates.- Why nobody is buying your offer and what you can do to find out the reasons why.- How understanding what causes you to grow the wrong audience for your business can help you to shift to finding the *right* people instead.- The importance of messaging, strategy and visibility when it comes to building your audience.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “BYBS” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) or find out more about Boost Your Brand's Superfans here: https://stephtaylor.co/boost-your-brands-superfans- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
10/22/2023 • 12 minutes, 29 seconds
5 simple shifts to reach more of the right people online
Growing your audience can feel like you're pushing an elephant up a hill—if you're approaching it in a way that makes it harder than it needs to be. In today's episode, I'm sharing some small shifts that you can make to make it easier—because it doesn't have to be hard.- Why being seen online can be so hard and the key to standing out with your content instead.- Why building a visibility plan to attract the right people into your audience is so important to avoid being at the mercy of the trends and algorithms.- How reaching the right people doesn't mean they're going to buy from you right away—it's how you support them once they've found you that's important.- Why using social media is no longer an effective tool for audience growth and how you can use it to nurture them instead.- Why showing up online is *not* about how often, it's about using the time you do have to focus on what works.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “BYBS” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to find out more about Boost Your Brand's Superfans.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
10/19/2023 • 14 minutes, 7 seconds
The 4-part formula for audience growth (before you spend a cent on ads!)
As most business owners are experiencing, times are changing when it comes to growing your audience. It's no longer just about building your numbers, it's about attracting the right people for the business you want to build. In today's episode, I'm sharing the 4-part formula for audience growth that won't cost you a cent.- Why focusing on building more followers and subscribers won't necessarily translate to increased revenue.- The common mistakes when it comes to growing your audience.- The questions you need to ask yourself to meet the *right* people where they're at.- How using this 4-part formula can help you to share remarkable content with the right people at the right time.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “BYBS” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to find out more about Boost Your Brand's Superfans.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
10/17/2023 • 13 minutes, 16 seconds
"What will they think?": Overcoming the fear of judgement online
When I first started sticking my head out of the sand and building my personal brand, I worried non-stop about what people would think. These days I generally don't care too much about what people say about me on the internet—but I've learned how to deal with this along the way. In today's episode, I'm sharing the top tips that helped me to overcome the fear of judgement.- How understanding the connection between what people say about you and what they think of themselves can help you to see any judgement for what it really is.- The importance of doing what feels right for you.- Why focusing on the people you're here to help is much more important than what others are saying about you.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
10/15/2023 • 7 minutes, 58 seconds
Stuck and overthinking? Here's how to start taking Imperfect Action in your business
If you've been listening to me for a while, you'll know that I *always* talk about taking imperfect action (it is the name of this podcast after all!). But what does that even mean—like really...on the day-to-day? In today's episode, I'm sharing how to *actually* take that imperfect action along with a framework you can use to do so.- The obstacles that pop up whenever you decide to do something you haven't done before, and how to move forward instead.- How being ready and confident comes only through doing—not by planning or waiting.- The four-step "how to take imperfect action" process you can use to get you closer to where you want to be.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
10/12/2023 • 13 minutes, 2 seconds
Content marketing mistakes that hurt your sales and reach
These mistakes are a deeper dive into the content marketing-specific mistakes that are limiting your reach, making it harder to grow your audience, and making it harder to convert them. In today's episode, I'm sharing 6 of these mistakes that are hurting your sales and your reach.- Why sharing standard "how-to" content is no longer the default and why this doesn't work for your audience.- Why using expert language will miss the mark with your audience.- Why looking at what your competitors are posting and using this as inspiration is a sure fire way to blend in with the masses.- How mapping out your visibility plan is what's going to get you (and your content) in front of the right people at the right time.- How sharing your unique take on something will set you apart from others in your industry.SHOW LINKS:- Episode #705: 6 mistakes that slow down your audience growth (and how to avoid them). DM me “705” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- Episode #690: Is your audience looking but not buying? Here are 5 mistakes that you might be making. DM me "690" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
10/10/2023 • 11 minutes, 31 seconds
Creating a traffic strategy and using SEO to reach the right people for free (with Nicki Sciberras)
Nicki Sciberras is an SEO and meta ads strategist, coach and former Launch Magic student who helps online businesses grow and scale their brands. Today Nicki is joining me to deep dive into the SEO world and the value it can provide to your business.- Understanding SEO and the power of an effective traffic strategy (and tips to create one)- Why SEO should be a priority in your business and the 3 key elements for beginners- Handy hacks to increase your domain authority and the importance of driving backlinks- Debunking common misconceptions of SEO and the pros and cons of DIY vs hiring an agency- The simple steps you can take now to optimise your reach- How to use Chat-GPT and AI tools in your SEO process to save timeYou can connect with Nicki at https://www.thedigitalexchange.co/ and download her free traffic and sales calculator at https://www.thedigitalexchange.co/traffic or check out her SEO course at https://www.thedigitalexchange.co/smewaitlistSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
10/8/2023 • 37 minutes, 44 seconds
The practical ways I avoid overwhelm in my business
Feeling overwhelmed by all of the things that *need* to be done is one of the biggest challenges that I know many business owners struggle with—regardless of where they are in the business. In today's episode, I'm sharing 6 practical things that I do to avoid that feeling of overwhelm.- The simplest way to wade through all of those "to-do thoughts" that are floating around your head.- Why trying to figure out all of the steps before you start a project will only leave your head spinning (and the framework you can use instead).- How using calendar blocking as a way to be realistic about your productivity will help you stay on track and actually get done what needs to be done.- Why some things on your to-do list *never* get done and what you can do with them instead.- The importance of planning your goals and direction and then prioritising what actually matters.SHOW LINKS:- Want to learn more about Sunsama? Use this link for a free 30 day trial: http://stephtaylor.co/sunsama- DM me “EMM” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for my free download “Escape the Messy Middle” or visit https://stephtaylor.co/escape-the-messy-middle- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
10/5/2023 • 12 minutes, 48 seconds
5 tools that help me stay consistent with content and marketing
Consistency is one of the biggest factors when building your business to both grow and nurture your audience. In today's episode, I'm sharing 5 game-changing tools that I use to help me stay consistent with my content and marketing.- How making the most of your ideas on-the-fly will give you a go-to place to create your content from.- The project management tool that my team and I use to ensure that we always have consistent content.- Why planning your weekly objectives and being realistic with your to-do list will help you to stay focused and prioritise your tasks.- The software I use for podcasting and how it streamlines the entire process.- The benefits of using a 4k webcam and how to decide whether you really need one.SHOW LINKS:- Want to learn more about Clickup? Use this link: stephtaylor.co/clickup- Want to learn more about Sunsama? Use this link for a free 30 day trial: http://stephtaylor.co/sunsama- Try Descript for free here: http://stephtaylor.co/descript- Learn more about the Lumina webcam: stephtaylor.co/lumina- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vipLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
10/3/2023 • 14 minutes, 13 seconds
What you really need to know about AI and how to use it to save time in your business (with Ronsley Vaz)
Ronsley Vaz is a podcasting specialist, author and TEDx speaker with an extensive background in computer and software engineering. The host of multiple podcasts, including My AI Love Affair, Ronsley joins me today for an eye-opening chat on all things AI.- Ronsley's podcasting journey and why he is pivoting his focus to the world of Artificial Intelligence (AI).- The importance of "not being the intelligent being that fears intelligence" by breaking down the definition of AI.- Defining the endless opportunities of AI and the benefits of using this in your business with "empathy".- Why exploring AI at a deeper level is imperative to debunk the misconceptions of today's users.- Understanding the practicalities of AI and the outcomes it can provide using the correct context.Listen to Ronsley's podcast at MyAiLoveAffair.comSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
10/1/2023 • 48 minutes, 15 seconds
5 key differences between successful and struggling business owners
It's not so much about the actual practical day-to-day things that business owners *do* that determine success (or struggle)—it's about mindset and the words between your ears. In today's episode, I'm sharing 5 of these key differences between successful business owners and those who are struggling.- Why constantly looking for external validation means that you're not trusting yourself, and how you can shift your experience.- Why worrying about the things you cannot control is a waste of time and energy, and why it's important to focus on what you can control instead.- What "imperfect action" really means and what you *actually* need to know to keep moving forwards.- The importance of prioritising long term growth over short term wins.- How setbacks are actually a lesson in disguise and how you can make the most of this growth.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “EMM” for my free download “Escape the Messy Middle” or visit https://stephtaylor.co/escape-the-messy-middle- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
9/28/2023 • 9 minutes, 39 seconds
Then vs. Now: How my approach to business has changed over time
One of my biggest lessons as a business owner has been to ebb and flow both personally and professionally. So, in today's episode, I'm taking a trip down memory lane, reflecting on what I used to do/believe back "then" compared to what I do/believe "now" and how my approach to business has changed over the years.- Why the number of followers has little to do with business success, and what to focus on instead.- The importance of showing up consistently over time—even when you don't feel like it.- How my launch failures have taught me so much more than the successful ones and the shifts I've needed to make to get to this point.- Why success doesn't come from jumping between trends and chasing what's working right now and what you can do instead.- Why comparing your business to another business is like comparing apples and oranges—you cannot see what's really going on behind-the scenes.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
9/26/2023 • 15 minutes, 27 seconds
Why you're struggling to be consistent in your marketing and how to fix it
Consistency is key when it comes to marketing, but you can't be consistent without the strategy, the structure and the systems in place first. In today's episode, I'll explore *why* you're struggling to be consistent and what you can do to fix it.- Why the "spraying and praying" approach doesn't work and how you can create a content and marketing strategy instead.- Why consistency requires structure and how this means showing up—even when you don't want to.- What happens when you don't have the systems in place and how you can implement these simply but effectively.- How working to your strengths and what you actually want to do will make your life so much easier!SHOW LINKS:Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaksWant me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vipGet The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-igGet a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
9/24/2023 • 10 minutes, 16 seconds
Q&A: How to find balance, disconnecting from social media, where to focus in the beginning + more
I regularly ask my audience to share any burning questions that they have about running their online business. In today's episode, I address many of these questions about payment plans, audience engagement, passive income and so much more...How many payment plans should I offer for my online course? (3:05)How can I disconnect from social media without losing engagement? (4:54)What are the key things to focus on in the very beginning when money is low & you don't have help? (7:45)How do you find "balance" when it feels like you always have to be doing? (10:48)How do I create a passive income without hiring extra staff/support? (14:01)Pre-selling stresses me out because I'm terrified of missing deadlines. Advice? (17:08)How to improve sound quality in your digital course/podcast/videos? (18:53)How to make sure there is content for followers of every stage? (Beginners to long-time followers) (20:23)Can you live launch a course that's only $247 (offer is $197 + calls)? (22:44)SHOW LINKS:- Episode #690: Is your audience looking but not buying? Here are 5 mistakes that you might be making. DM me “690” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) and I’ll instantly send you a direct link for this episode.- DM me "OLSM" to receive the direct link to Offer Less, Sell More or visit https://stephtaylor.co/OLSM- DM me "masterclass" to receive the direct link to my Seven Secrets to Consistent Sales masterclass or visit https://stephtaylor.co/consistent-sales-masterclass- Have a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/asksteph- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vipLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
9/21/2023 • 25 minutes, 10 seconds
6 mistakes that slow down your audience growth (and how to avoid them)
Online business owners are struggling to reach the right people and grow their audience because they're following outdated tactics and advice. They have a limited budget (and time) but they're wasting their time on things that don't actually get their business in front of the right people. In today's episode, I share 6 mistakes that slow down this audience growth and how to avoid them.- Why relying on social media to attract new clients no longer works—and what you can do instead.- Why jumping from tactic to tactic, or platform to platform doesn't work either and how being consistent on one platform is much more effective.- How sharing remarkable content is even more important now that AI is here.- How being crystal clear on your ideal client, messaging and content pillars is what will stop your ideal client mid-scroll.- Why looking to others for what to do and what to share online is a sure fire way to blend in with the crowd.SHOW LINKS:- Episode #662: 7 questions to get crystal clear on your messaging. DM me “662” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) and I’ll instantly send you a direct link for this episode.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
9/19/2023 • 10 minutes, 42 seconds
How to leverage storytelling to sell without feeling "icky" (with Colin Boyd)
Colin Boyd is a certified speaking professional and business coach who works with his clients to develop live presentations that convert and get results. In today's episode we deep dive into his concepts of infusion selling and conversion stories and the value these can bring to your business.- Colin's journey as a struggling entrepreneur to in-demand professional speaker and how just one irresistible offer can change the trajectory of your business- The common mistakes online business owners make in selling and why selling is more than just the final 'pitch'- The importance of developing your own 'conversion story' and the power this can bring to your sales strategy- The 3 key elements to formulating a successful conversion story and the critical questions you need to ask yourself- What is infusion selling and how you can build this into your business- Understanding and addressing the mindset blocks that can stand in the way of successful sellingSHOW LINKS:- DM me "conversion" to receive the direct link to the Conversion Story Formula or visit https://stephtaylor.co/conversion- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
9/17/2023 • 45 minutes, 6 seconds
Struggling to attract your ideal clients? Try these 5 tweaks to reach more of the right people
It's no longer just about the followers, the numbers and sharing content that you *hope* will be seen by your ideal client. This "spray-and-pray" approach doesn't work anymore and it's time to become much more intentional and strategic. In today's episode, I share 5 tweaks that you can do to reach more of the right people.- Why getting crystal clear on your messaging, your content strategy and your ideal client is so important to attract the right people.- How identifying where your ideal clients are hanging out (online or offline) means you don't have to be at the mercy of the algorithms, hoping they'll show your content to the right people.- Why having a visibility plan is important (and why you need to *actually* follow through with it).- The importance of sharing online content that is remarkable.SHOW LINKS:- Episode #662: 7 questions to get crystal clear on your messaging. DM me “662” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) and I’ll instantly send you a direct link for this episode.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
9/14/2023 • 8 minutes, 6 seconds
7 pieces of bad business advice that are a waste of your time and money
There's so many business do's and don't's out there that it's hard to know who and what to believe. These are often based on the latest trends and don't *actually* move the needle in your business. In today's episode, I'm sharing 7 pieces of bad business advice that are a waste of your time and your money.- Why thinking there's one "magic pill" for your business will only lead to you jumping around looking for that one thing that'll "work".- How having just one signature offer means that the lifetime value of your client is going to be low.- How having too many offers will confuse your clients and make your business harder to streamline and systematise.- The role of social media in your business.- Why niching down is one of the simplest ways to shift who your business attracts and what this means for your audience.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “649” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) and I’ll instantly send you a direct link for this episode: #649: What you sell determines who you attract. Here's how to design your offers to attract the right people- DM me “EMM” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for my free "Escape the Messy Middle" download that will help you find clarity and build momentum or visit https://stephtaylor.co/escape-the-messy-middle- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
9/12/2023 • 13 minutes, 17 seconds
How she pivoted an offer that was no longer working (with Anita Siek)
Anita Siek is the founder of Wordfetti, a human-centred copy and brand house and template shop for brands that don't do "normal". Anita is also one of my dear friends, and today she is joining me to share her journey over the last few months and how she identified what wasn't working in her business and how she pivoted to the needs of her audience.- How to identify areas where your business model is no longer sustainable or scalable and mapping out the path forward.- When reflection brings clarity and how the process of understanding your audience's needs can lead to new beginnings.- How she pivoted her membership to stay relevant when Chat-GPT swooped in and "stole" her members.- The surprising things that happened when she launched her new membership whilst travelling.Connect with Anita at https://wordfettigroup.com/ or on Instagram @anitasiek.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
9/10/2023 • 43 minutes, 45 seconds
The biggest things stopping you from building a profitable online business and how to overcome them (Part 2)
I recently surveyed my email list and asked them what's standing between them and their goals. After reviewing the responses, there were definitely some common threads! This is the second (of 2) special episodes where I'm sharing the biggest things that may be stopping you too from building a profitable online business *and* how you can overcome them.- Why reinvesting back into your business is essential for growth.- How understanding what's *really* behind your procrastination can help you to actually get it done.- The truth behind your fear of selling—what is it really?- How intentionally getting in front of the right people has changed in recent years and what no longer works like it used to.- Why communicating the value in what you do is so important for people to understand and care about what you're selling.SHOW LINKS:- Looking for part 1 on this topic? DM me “699” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) and I’ll instantly send you a direct link for this episode: #699: The biggest things stopping you from building a profitable online business and how to overcome them (part 1)- Episode #689: Self-doubt getting in the way? Here are 5 ways to overcome it. DM me “689” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) and I’ll instantly send you a direct link for this episode.- Episode #662: 7 questions to get crystal clear on your messaging. DM me “662” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) and I’ll instantly send you a direct link for this episode.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
9/7/2023 • 9 minutes, 9 seconds
The biggest things stopping you from building a profitable online business and how to overcome them (Part 1)
I recently surveyed my email list and asked them what's standing between them and their goals. After reviewing the responses, there were definitely some common threads! So, across two special episodes I'm sharing the biggest things that may be stopping you too from building a profitable online business *and* how you can overcome them.- What "I don't have enough time" really means and what to ask yourself instead.- The common myths about outsourcing and the baby steps you can take to get started.- Why understanding your fears about creating something that people might not buy can help you to hone your focus into something they will.- How recognising your fear of being judged by others can help you to reconnect with your "why" and your "who".- The struggle is real: why converting your leads into buyers won't happen automatically, and what you need to do instead.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “EMM” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for my free "Escape the Messy Middle" download that will help you find clarity and build momentum or visit https://stephtaylor.co/escape-the-messy-middle- DM me “675” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) and I’ll instantly send you a direct link for this episode: #675: The mistakes you're making that are making it harder to sell- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
9/5/2023 • 9 minutes, 16 seconds
Reading list: 5 books I've read and loved this year (and what's next on my reading list)
I've learned that most of the very successful people I've met spend a *lot* of time reading. But I think it's more about the art of reading itself, rather than the actual "strategies" or "tactics" in the books. In today's episode, I'm sharing the books that I've loved reading this year and what's next on my reading list.- How reading can impact your business, even if you're not reading business books.- The 5 books I've read about money, ideas, risk, leadership and change and how they've helped me.- The 3 books I've tagged to read next and how they may help you too.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
9/3/2023 • 13 minutes, 25 seconds
What you need to know before you start a podcast
Have you been thinking of starting a podcast? Then this episode is for you! I've been podcasting for 5.5 years and I've also helped to launch hundreds of new shows through my A-Z Podcast Launch Plan. In this episode, I'm sharing the things you need to know before you start your own show.- Why having a podcast won't automatically make you stand out and the question you need to ask yourself first.- How allowing your podcast to evolve organically over time means you don't have to have it all figured out before you start.- The importance of understanding why you're doing a podcast, who it's for and why they should listen to you over someone else.- Why defining your success and success metrics will help you to be patient, even when the novelty wears off (and it will!).- What *actually* matters when starting your podcast—think mic, name, cover art, description etc.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
8/31/2023 • 18 minutes, 7 seconds
Sick of social media? Here are 6 ways to get clients without showing up online
This episode is by popular demand—my mid-year audience survey showed me that (a) most of you are starting to feel burned out and sick of social media, and (b) you have no idea where else to get clients. In today's episode, I'm sharing 6 ways to get clients without showing up online.- Why attending in-person events can help you to build your network and business opportunities.- How sharing your offers with your current network can help you to reach ideal clients you may not have otherwise been able to reach.- How reaching out to past clients who already know, like and trust you can help you to solve more problems for them, or their peers.- Why sharing value with your dream clients will help you get your pitches to them over the line.- The power of pitching to relevant podcasters or course creators and how this can really scale your business.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
8/29/2023 • 11 minutes, 11 seconds
If you're doing any of these things, you could be hurting your business' growth
When you try lots of different things in your business—or worse, quit before something even has a chance to work—you don't give anything the chance to stick. What many business owners don't realise is that things take time—there's no shortcuts and no hacks for instant success. In today's episode, I'm sharing 5 things that can really hurt your business' growth, especially if you're not aware of them.- Why getting caught up in the little details won't move the needle in your business or make or break your success.- How waiting for inspiration to strike before taking imperfect action may mean that you'll be waiting for a really long time!- Why jumping around creating new offers, new messaging, new niches etc won't allow you to see their potential or the time it takes to build momentum.- Why chasing the trends just doesn't work—and why creating a sustainable business (regardless of what's working right now) is much more important for the future.- Why consistency is key when showing up with your marketing content.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
8/27/2023 • 8 minutes, 1 second
Real talk with Mike Bromley about navigating burnout and mental health in entrepreneurship
Mike Bromley is the CEO of Beyond Billables, a branding agency for professional firms across the globe—and he's also my former boss. In today's episode, I'm chatting with Mike candidly about his journey through burnout and navigating a tough period in his personal and business life. I believe this is such an important topic for all business owners, and it's something we really need to talk about more often.In today's episode, we chat about:- How Mike navigated the decision to walk away from a lucrative business and the challenges that came next in order to prioritise his mental health- Why listening to our internal voice is super beneficial to your health and the burnout warning signs to look out for- How finding your mental health 'sunscreen' and giving back to yourself is critical to maintaining balance- When sharing and accepting your struggles can offer clarity and confidence in navigating the path forward- The overarching importance of resetting your priorities in your business and coming to terms with doing less when the need requiresSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
8/24/2023 • 40 minutes, 33 seconds
5 simple tweaks to save time on your content marketing
Struggling to generate content ideas for your audience? Ask them! That way they're coming up with ideas for you, that they *actually* want, saving you time and brain power. In today's episode, I'm sharing this and more simple tweaks that you can use to save time when it comes to content marketing.- How using your audience to generate content will help you to meet them where they're at and give them what they both want and need from you.- Why procrastinating makes content creation harder, and how to use your strengths instead.- Why quality over quantity is much more effective—even for the algorithms.- How repurposing your content will actually create more content for you.- Why keeping your content simple and easy is the key to consistency.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
8/22/2023 • 9 minutes, 17 seconds
5 harsh truths I've learned recently—and how I'm leveraging them for business growth
I recently learned some hard truths while hanging out with a bunch of other entrepreneurs on a ski trip retreat recently. Most of them were miles ahead of me in business, but I learned *so much* from them. In today's episode, I'm sharing what I learned so that you can leverage them for your business growth too.- Using the Pareto Principle to understand where you're putting in the most effort to get the most results.- The unexpected benefits of "deep thinking time" and how it differs to "overthinking".- How wasting time on low-value tasks is interrupting your focus on the high-value tasks that really move the needle in your business.- Why reading books is essential for any business owner.- Using the pain points in your business as a starting point for growth.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
8/20/2023 • 10 minutes, 26 seconds
Ask Steph: How do you grow your email list outside of social media?
We put so much pressure on social media to grow our business. But there are other ways to do this! In today's episode, I'm answering a listener's question about how she can grow her email list outside of social media.- How understanding the value that your email list offers will guide the language you need to use to encourage subscribers.- Why clarifying *what* you're sharing through your email list is important for subscribers to find value.- How sharing your lead magnet on social media is more than just posting about it with a sign up link.- What you can do to intentionally get yourself in front of new audiences.SHOW LINKS:- DM "Ask Steph" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link to submit your own question for me to answer or visit stephtaylor.co/asksteph- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
8/17/2023 • 10 minutes, 53 seconds
Is your audience looking but not buying? Here are 5 mistakes that you might be making
It's so deflating when you *know* that people are looking at your offers but those looks are not converting into sales. When this happens, something may be amiss and you may need to make some changes. In today's episode, I'm sharing 5 mistakes that you may not realise you're making and what to do instead.- The importance of reaching the right people (and clues you may be reaching the wrong ones).- How understanding your expectations can give insight into why things aren't going according to your "plan".- Why building trust with your audience is so important and ways you can do this consistently and effectively.- How leaving hesitations and questions unanswered *will* stop your audience from buying.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
8/15/2023 • 11 minutes, 1 second
Self-doubt getting in the way? Here are 5 tools to help you overcome it
Whenever I try something new, I always come up against that little bit of self-doubt that says "can I really do this?". While some self-doubt is healthy, you can't allow it to stop you from doing the things that you really want to do—that's when it becomes a problem. In today's episode I'm sharing 5 tools to help you overcome self-doubt when it starts to get in your way.- How understanding your mind's patterns will help you to realise what's really going on.- Why focusing on the value you're sharing to help others is more important than your comfort zone.- Why reflecting on all of the things that you once doubted you could do will help you to realise that you actually *did* successfully do all those things.- How keeping track of the positive comments and feedback from your clients will help you to see that you're making a difference.- The importance of leaning on others for support.SHOW LINKS:- Episode 643: 7 ways that imposter syndrome shows up without you realising. DM me "643" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for the direct link.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
8/13/2023 • 11 minutes, 42 seconds
5 ways to create a cash injection when sales are slower than usual
Having the ability to generate cash injections on demand means you're in control of the cashflow in your business—and that the slower months can be a little less slow as you begin to realise that you can always bring in some sales if you need to. In today's episode, I'm sharing 5 ways that you can create a quick cash injection into your business when sales are slow.- How creating a low-hanging fruit offer can be simple and straightforward so that you an bring in some quick cash.- Why reminding your audience about the services you offer to solve their problem will keep you front and centre in their mind.- The benefits of relaunching an existing offer.- How following up old leads can help you to find those who are ready to work with you now (especially if they were not ready earlier).- Why re-engaging past/existing clients is much easier than trying to find new ones.SHOW LINKS:- DM me “OLSM” on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to find out more about “Offer Less, Sell More” or visit https://stephtaylor.co/offer-less-sell-more - Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
8/10/2023 • 10 minutes, 20 seconds
The big mistakes to avoid when delegating for the first time
It can feel a little daunting when planning to delegate parts of your business to someone else for the first time. But there's some things you can do (and mistakes to avoid) to navigate this process more easily. In today's episode, I'm sharing 3 big mistakes that you can avoid when delegating for the first time.- Why having clarity about the role you need is essential before you even start looking for someone to fill it.- How hiring an "all-rounder" is different to hiring an "expert" and how to identify who you need and why you need them.- The importance of training your "all-rounder" to set them up for success with templates and processes.- How hiring for skills is different to hiring for personality and what's more important for the role you need them for.- Why giving adequate instructions for process-driven tasks and great briefs for creative tasks are so important to set them up to do their best, without expecting them to read your mind.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
8/8/2023 • 12 minutes, 22 seconds
7 simple habits that can transform your business
Often, what moves the needle most in your business are the simple tweaks, like being curious (instead of rigid) and tracking your numbers (even if it's "boring"). In today's episode, I'm sharing 7 simple habits that can transform your business—and your business mindset.- Why tracking your numbers *is* important, even when it seems boring and slow.- How being curious and less attached to the outcome is so much more helpful than putting pressure on yourself, your business and your actions.- Why saying "no" to the things that you *don't* want to do will help you make space so that you can say "yes" to the things you *do* want to do.- How adopting a long-term focus will help you to create long-term growth, even though it's at the expense of short-term wins.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
8/6/2023 • 10 minutes, 3 seconds
10 questions to help you clarify your vision and find focus in your business
I've made *a lot* of mistakes in my business journey. And one of these was lacking the clarity and focus for the vision I had for my business' future. In today's episode, I'm putting *you* in the hot seat with some questions to ask yourself to find this clarity and focus for yourself.- The 3 lessons I wish I'd learned earlier in my business and how you can learn from these mistakes.- Why getting really clear and honest with yourself can help you to understand what's important and why.- Why letting go of the "how" can drive you to dream bigger and deeper without limiting yourself or your business.- How identifying the internal and external forces that are stopping you from having the kind of business you want can help you to understand what you can and can't control.- Why being really clear and focused on your vision will help you to identify what you can start doing (and what you need to stop doing).SHOW LINKS:- DM me "EMM" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) or download the work book for free at stephtaylor.co/EMM- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
8/3/2023 • 14 minutes
How to use repeatable live launches to make more sales of your online course, program or membership
Launching is not a one-time gig. It's a repeatable process that works for your product and your audience, so that you can continue to launch a few times a year and bring in profits each time. It starts with the first launch—but it doesn't end there. In today's episode, I'm sharing more about the repeatable live launch framework that I use in my own business.- The four R's that create the framework for every launch I do.- Why launching the first time is only the beginning and how you can use that experience to bring better results the next time around.- How using real numbers from your first launch will help you to make the necessary tweaks and grow your audience for the next launch.- When launching over and over helps you to understand your audience better, streamline your content messaging and convert more reliably so that you can invest in paid advertising to grow before the next launch.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
8/1/2023 • 9 minutes, 56 seconds
5 small things that will make a big difference in your next launch
It's so easy to look at what other people are doing online and assume that that's what you need to do to get results (like weekly lives, daily reels, talking non-stop about their offers). But the reality is that often it's the little things that make the biggest difference. In today's episode, I'm sharing 5 small things that will move the needle the most in your next launch.- Why understanding who your ideal customer is for the specific offer you're launching is what will impact your launch results the most.- Why knowing exactly what problem your offer solves, the solution it delivers and the transformation your ideal customer will have ensures that you will nail your messaging for those who need it.- How identifying the Magician's Gap and sharing content that bridges this gap will prime your audience so the right ones are ready to buy.- The importance of having a deadline—not to pressure someone to buy your offer, but to create a deadline for them to make a decision.- Why giving your audience all of the information they need to make a decision will put them in the best place to make the decision that's right for them.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
7/30/2023 • 11 minutes, 40 seconds
Q&A: How to come up with digital product ideas, creating content that sells and pre-selling your offers
Recently, I put a call out on Instagram, asking my audience to share their questions about launching and selling their online offers and I got some great questions in response! In today's episode, I'm sharing the answers to some of these questions about digital product ideas, creating content and pre-selling your offers.- How answering some simple questions will help you to decide whether a high-ticket or low-ticket offer may best support your audience.- Why understanding where your audience needs to be to buy your offer will help you to generate what content you need to share with them to bridge the Magician's Gap in the meantime.- When paying guests to teach in your online program, it's important to be clear about what they're teaching and how long it's available for.- The hidden realities behind launching a low-cost membership (and what low-cost / high-volume sales may mean for your business).- How selling your course before you create it gives you the opportunity to take both imperfect action while still giving yourself a deadline if you decide to pursue it.- Why directing your marketing to those who are making the buying decision is so important (especially if those completing the course (e.g. children) aren't the same people who are buying it).SHOW LINKS:- Episode #668: A simple way to decide which offer to launch next for maximum profit. DM me “668” on Instagram stephtaylor.co for a direct link.- Episode #637: How she turned a $9 membership into a six-figure business with Liz Wilcox. DM me "637" on Instagram stephtaylor.co for a direct link.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
7/27/2023 • 19 minutes, 36 seconds
To avoid overwhelm in your next launch, stop doing these 6 things
You don't need to have affiliates, 5 versions of your sales page, 10 bonuses, a challenge AND a webinar, 10 IG lives and an upsell for your next launch. All of these things pile up and create overwhelm in your mind, because you have this huge mental to-do list. In today's episode, I'm sharing things to avoid doing so you can navigate any overwhelm in your next launch.- Why launching the first time won't bring you a million-dollar launch and why your second launch probably won't be either.- Why plucking launch goals out of thin air such as "I want to enrol 20 students" or "I want to have a $50,000 launch" will cause you unnecessary stress unless it's based on some logical number crunching first.- How focusing too much on your audience size and growth can limit your launching success.- Why "failing" at something new is never a waste of time—everything "new" has a degree of risk and uncertainty.- How too much thinking and planning will only lead to more overwhelm and what you can do instead.SHOW LINKS:- To join the Launch Magic waitlist: DM me "magic" on Instagram (stephtaylor.co) or visit stephtaylor.co/magic- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
7/25/2023 • 10 minutes, 55 seconds
Coaching call: How can I streamline growing my membership?
Today I am coaching Eliska, an e-commerce store owner who also mentors clients to launch their own e-commerce store. The challenge that Eliska faces today is how she can better streamline her launches so she can continue to show up for her members and take on new projects. I know this topic will resonate with many of you, so today I'm sharing the framework I use for streamlining my own business while coaching Eliska with hers.- How analysing your launch strategy will help you to identify ways to reduce your mental load AND maintain results.- The questions to ask yourself to delete, delegate, simplify, automate or systemise your current operation.- How recycling your well-converting lead magnets by repurposing them and creating different versions can save you so much time.- When outsourcing your workload feels uncomfortable and how you can overcome this to create space in your calendar.SHOW LINKS:- To join the Launch Magic waitlist: DM me "magic" on Instagram (stephtaylor.co) or visit stephtaylor.co/magicGet my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
7/23/2023 • 37 minutes, 13 seconds
Don't make this mistake with your next launch (and what to do instead)
Want to create a quality digital product? Great! But unfortunately, even the best product won't sell itself—you need to have a strategy for it. Time and time again I see business owners focusing all of their energy on creating their program and getting the content "just right" but don't spend enough time actually launching it. In today's episode, I'm sharing more about this reallllly common mistake and what you can do instead.- Why selling a digital product has nothing to do with creating it and everything to do with getting it into your customers' hands.- Why having a great product with great content is important, but it doesn't mean that people will automatically buy from you.- The two likely problems you'll experience if you don't have clarity on who exactly your product is for.- The importance of purposeful audience research to understand their struggles and the language they use.- Using free content to communicate your offer in the right ways to the right people.SHOW LINKS:- To join the Launch Magic waitlist: DM me "magic" on Instagram (stephtaylor.co) or visit stephtaylor.co/magic- Podcast Episode #674 "How can I develop the right lead magnet for a particular offer, and do I need more than one?": DM me "674" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
7/20/2023 • 12 minutes, 57 seconds
Struggling to sell to your audience? Here are some places you might be going wrong (Part 2)
Most business owners assume that if they're not selling enough then it must be a marketing issue and that they just need to get in front of more people. But most of the time, this isn't the case. In part two on this topic, I'm sharing three more key areas that will impact how well you're able to sell—your messaging, marketing and mindset.- When your messaging is too broad (or too narrow) and it misses the mark with your ideal client audience.- The mistakes you may be making with your marketing that are actually making it harder for you to sell.- How subtle mindset blocks can affect your thoughts, feelings and actions around selling.SHOW LINKS:- Looking for Part 1? Episode #675: "Struggling to sell to your audience? Here are some places you might be going wrong (Part 1)." DM me "675" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link- Want to clarify your messaging? Episode #662: "7 questions to get crystal clear on your messaging and stand out online." DM me "662" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link- To join the Launch Magic waitlist: DM me "magic" on Instagram (stephtaylor.co) or visit stephtaylor.co/magic- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vipLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
7/18/2023 • 16 minutes, 20 seconds
Coaching call: How can I make my next launch even more successful?
Today I am coaching Jemima Flendt, a quilt pattern designer, author and teacher who launched her course earlier this year. Jemima is approaching her second launch and is seeking guidance on the areas she should be focusing on, to not only meet, but to exceed her previous launch results. Today we chat about how she can analyse, grow and build on her previous launch.- How reflecting on your non-buyer survey results is a great place to start.- The importance of addressing hesitations head-on through messaging tweaks and content shifts.- Why breaking down the numbers is critical to understanding what resonated with your audience AND identifying the areas that may have missed the mark.- Strategies to grow your audience through lead magnet promotion, affiliate marketing and alumni partnerships.- The benefit of exploring social media opportunities and creating content that aligns with your ideal customer.- Why offering time-sensitive bonuses during cart-open can assist in driving sales momentum.SHOW LINKS:- To join the Launch Magic waitlist: DM me "magic" on Instagram (stephtaylor.co) or visit stephtaylor.co/magic- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
7/16/2023 • 33 minutes, 32 seconds
How to maximise your launch profits when your audience is tiny
While you don't need a huge audience to launch your online course, group program or membership, you do need to understand some key differences and have a strategy in place. In today's episode, I'm sharing the biggest mistakes I see business owners making when they're trying to launch to a small audience and how you can maximise your profit instead.- How identifying and avoiding common mistakes when launching to a small audience can set you up for success.- Why launching is a repeatable process—a strategic vehicle to sell your offers (regardless of audience size).- The 4 key ways to maximise your launch profits with a tiny audience.- Understanding when to use paid ads—and when not to.SHOW LINKS:- DM 674- Podcast Episode #674 "How can I develop the right lead magnet for a particular offer, and do I need more than one?": DM me "674" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link- To join the Launch Magic waitlist: DM me "magic" on Instagram (stephtaylor.co) or visit stephtaylor.co/magic- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
7/13/2023 • 17 minutes, 18 seconds
Struggling to sell to your audience? Here are some places you might be going wrong (Part 1)
Most business owners assume that if they're not selling enough then it must be a marketing issue and that they just need to get in front of more people. But most of the time, this isn't the case. In part one on this topic, I'm sharing two key areas that will impact how well you're able to sell—your offer suite and your sales process.- How ensuring that your audience has a variety of different ways to work with you will increase their lifetime value to your business (but also not confuse them with too many options either!).- Why solving the same problem with all of your different offers will limit the lifetime value of your audience.- Why using one offer to solve all of your audience's problems can be overwhelming for you—and for them.- The 4 key sales process mistakes that will limit your sales.SHOW LINKS:- DM me "OSLM" over on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) or stephtaylor.co/olsm to strategically design your offer suite.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
7/11/2023 • 18 minutes, 5 seconds
Ask Steph: How can I develop the right lead magnet for a particular offer, and do I need more than one?
Today I’m answering a question from a listener who wants to know how to develop the right lead magnet for a particular offer. In this episode, I’m sharing the essential elements to consider when creating a new lead magnet to grow your email list.- How retiring my most popular lead magnet allowed me to build an email list with *more* of my ideal clients.- Why jam-packing your lead magnet with lots of information can lead to overwhelm (and other mistakes I see business owners making).- How attracting the right people is more about finding the perfect fit for your offer, rather than the number of downloads.- How using a lead magnet as a tool is a great way to move people closer to buying from you.- The importance of keeping your offer-specific lead magnet simple—for you and your audience.Have a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- To join the Launch Magic waitlist: DM me "magic" on Instagram (stephtaylor.co) or visit stephtaylor.co/magic- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
7/9/2023 • 13 minutes, 11 seconds
Struggling to stand out online? You're probably making one of these 9 mistakes
The online world is a noisy place these days—especially social media. You can't just follow, comment and hope anymore—those days are over. In today's episode, I'm sharing 9 of the most common mistakes business owners are making if they're struggling to stand out online—and you may be surprised!- Why trying to talk to and resonate with everyone will mean you'll end up talking to and resonating with no-one in particular.- Why really understanding your clients' own language around the problems they have, will better place you as the expert—not because of what you know, but because they'll see that you understand them.- The importance of having a crystal clear message with obvious "points of difference" to others in your industry.- How using consistency to grow your audience over time means showing up—even when you don't feel like it.- Why social media is no longer the "be all and end all" for reaching your audience and other options you can use instead.SHOW LINKS:- Podcast Episode #642 "Choosing the right niche for your online business": DM me "642" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link- Podcast Episode #662 "7 questions to get crystal clear on your messaging and stand out online": DM me "662" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) for a direct link- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
7/6/2023 • 18 minutes, 21 seconds
7 tweaks to make more sales of your online course, membership or group program
When it comes to selling your online products, it's the small tweaks that often make the biggest difference. So until you can hone that underlying strategy and make those adjustments, you just won't see the big results that you're always hearing about. In today's episode, I'm sharing 7 tweaks to help you make more sales of your online course, membership or group program—and they may be different to what you think.- The importance of understanding your audience—not just on the surface, but diving deep into what makes them tick.- How addressing the Magician's Gap will not only drive your content creation but will help your audience with their decision to buy during cart open.- Why talking in "expert language" can cause a disconnect with your audience—and what language to use instead.- How collecting testimonials can instantly connect with your audience (if they're written in a way that leverages their value).- How gauging your audience's "warmth" will help you decide how to grow your audience between launches.SHOW LINKS:- DM me "MAGIC" on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) to join the Launch Magic waitlist or visit stephtaylor.co/magic- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
7/4/2023 • 11 minutes, 3 seconds
Ask Steph: How does your live launch strategy change when what you are launching is a low ticket offer?
This is a *great* question! It's easy to think that launching is only for high ticket offers. But launching is important for *any* offer (one at a time of course!). So in today's episode, I'm answering Morgan's question about launching a low-ticket $57 masterclass and how the strategy changes accordingly.- Understanding the differences between live launching a high ticket offer vs a low ticket offer using the Magician's Gap.- Why having deadlines are so important—even when launching your low ticket offer.- Why considering your client's "total lifetime value" is important when launching offers <$100.- What my business has taught me about live launching low ticket offers.Have a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Dealing with a copycat? Check out Riz Amin's CopyCat Kit here- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
7/2/2023 • 11 minutes, 46 seconds
How to choose where to focus when your to-do list is overflowing
When it comes to running your online business, you'll have short-term, urgent "I need to do now" tasks, as well as long-term "I need to prepare for my future growth" tasks. But with so many short-term and long-term tasks on your to-do list, how do you know where to start? In today's episode, I have a few strategies that will give you clarity about what to do and when.- How gaining clarity on where your business is heading will help you to hone your focus on what you *really* need to do and when.- Why understanding your short-term and long-term gain tasks will change your priorities and the way you manage your time.- The benefits of using task management software to capture everything you need to do to keep your business running.- Using my "Escape the Messy Middle" workbook to understand what projects you need to plan and execute to move your business forward.- How being realistic with your to-do list will help you to prioritise your tasks and be more productive.SHOW LINKS:- FREE Escape the Messy Middle Workbook: https://stephtaylor.co/escape-the-messy-middle or DM me "EMM" on Instagram @stephtaylor.co- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
6/29/2023 • 10 minutes, 50 seconds
Should you live launch your offers or skip straight to evergreen? Here's what you need to know
Is an evergreen course really the "easy" solution? Something you can automate and then forget about it, hoping that people will just magically buy it? Well, it would be great if evergreen courses worked like this, but they don't! In today's episode, I am sharing the real differences between a live launch and opting for evergreen, and what you need to know about both.- The true differences between evergreen and live launching and the benefits of each.- When creating evergreen offers is costing you sales—and the two most common mistakes I see course creators making.- How live launching gives you essential intel for a highly successful evergreen course.- The two misconceptions about launching and how these affect your sales.- How building an automated evergreen funnel is not always the best first step, and what to do instead.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
6/27/2023 • 10 minutes, 33 seconds
A simple way to decide which offer to launch next for maximum profit
How can you decide what to launch next without building a business that feels messy and overwhelming? Do you have lots of offers that are getting you nowhere? Or not sure where to start? In today's episode, I am sharing how to choose what offer to focus on (and where to find ideas if you're stuck!).- Why having too many offers that are "sitting on your shop shelf" can feel messy and overwhelming.- Why examining your current offer suite is a great place to start for ideas for your next launch.- How launching an existing offer is a great way to help more people without starting from scratch.- Finding clarity when you have too many new ideas—or no ideas at all.- The four easiest ways to find ideas for your next offer and the essential questions to ask yourself before you decide.SHOW LINKS:- DM me "OSLM" over on Instagram (@stephtaylor.co) or stephtaylor.co/olsm- Sign up to the Launch Magic waitlist: https://stephtaylor.co/lmwaitlist- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
6/25/2023 • 13 minutes, 32 seconds
How to prepare your business for a few weeks offline
Does your business stop when you stop—or is it pretty self-sufficient? Or perhaps you're somewhere in the middle? In today's episode, I am sharing some great tips to help you understand your role in your business better and how you can prepare to take some time off—on your terms.- Understanding the "off-grid" test so that you can still maintain high client satisfaction and high profitability.- The different stages of your business and what these mean for your time offline.- Why setting up your foundations now will help you build a business that's profitable when you're offline.- Why taking a few weeks off now *is* possible, even if you don't have all of your ducks in a row.SHOW LINKS:- DM me "EMM" on Instagram (stephtaylor.co) or download https://stephtaylor.co/escape-the-messy-middle- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
6/22/2023 • 9 minutes, 50 seconds
Coaching Call - How do I narrow my focus when it comes to my messaging and marketing?
Today I am coaching Sammi Sadicario, who is a singing coach for conscious leaders, healers and soul seekers. She wants to identify the best ways to market her multiple offers across such a diverse audience and overcome her fear of launching. In this episode, we break down Sammi's big business goals to clarify her marketing and messaging focus while exploring her fears.- How identifying your ideal client and mapping out their transformation journey can bring clarity to your messaging and marketing.- Why reviewing your offer suite is essential to ensure that it meets the key elements of the transformation.- The importance of crafting messaging and developing lead magnets that align with your offers and meet your audience where they're at.- Understanding and overcoming the mindset challenges associated with launching your offer.- Why deadlines are so important when it comes to launching.SHOW LINKS:- Join Offer Less, Sell More: https://stephtaylor.co/offer-less-sell-more- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
6/20/2023 • 39 minutes, 51 seconds
Un-Niching Your Business: Should you ever go broader in your business? And how to know when it’s time to do that
Is it really true that the riches are in the niches—and that the smaller the niche, the better? There may be times when your business could benefit from accessing a larger niche. So, in today's episode, I am sharing how you can know that it's time to go broader in your business.- The importance of understanding your total addressable market and where you business is positioned within that.- Why having a bigger market is not necessarily better (unless your business outgrows a smaller niche).- How having a really specific niche to start with can help you to make those initial waves.- Why your niche *will* inevitably change over time and how to navigate that.- The relevance of market demand and its role in expanding your niche.- How un-niching your "who" (upstream, downstream and horizontally) as well as what you sell can help you to serve a broader audience.SHOW LINKS:- Episode 642: Choosing the right niche for your online business (+ 5 signs you might be in the wrong one). DM "642" on Instagram @stephtaylor.co and I'll send you the direct link.- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
6/18/2023 • 12 minutes, 41 seconds
How live launching creates freedom and ease in my business
If you're not launching, then you still need to be selling. Live launching is a way to get things done in a relatively short time frame so that you can have some time and space instead of the constant sell. In today's episode, I'm sharing how live launching has created so much more freedom and ease in my business compared to when I was doing 1:1 client work.- What live launching really means for you, your business, your sales and your audience.- How live launching can help you to create more freedom in your business structure.- The consequences of NOT live launching your offer/s.SHOW LINKS:- To join the Launch Magic waitlist DM me "magic" on Instagram stephtaylor.co- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
6/15/2023 • 10 minutes, 21 seconds
There's no such thing as a failed launch. Here's how to learn and grow from failed launches
So many people launch their offer the first time, are underwhelmed by the response, and then declare that it's a failed launch and give up. Sound familiar? In today's episode, I'm sharing how you can learn so much from any launch that you do, regardless of the outcome.- How launching your offer as a "once-off" probably means you're missing out.- Why taking time to slightly tweak or pivot your launch can set you up for a better launch next time.- How using a repeatable launch framework will help you to launch more effectively and efficiently.- What to do when a launch "flops" and does not go to plan.SHOW LINKS:- To join the Launch Magic waitlist DM me "magic" on Instagram stephtaylor.co- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
6/13/2023 • 9 minutes
7 questions to get crystal clear on your messaging and stand out online
Today's online world is saturated. It's swarming with business owners wanting to be seen AND people who are ready to consume content. But how do you get your message in front of the right people at the right time? In today's episode, I share exactly how to do this—by getting crystal clear on your messaging so that you can stand out online.- Why knowing your ideal client is just as important as knowing who is NOT your ideal client.- How understanding what's really going on in your ideal client's life will help you to tailor your message directly to them and hit them where they're at.- Why getting crystal clear on your ideal client's problems means understanding it in their words, rather than trying to understand it from your position as the expert.- The questions to ask yourself to really hone in on both the solution that you offer and the transformation that it provides.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
6/11/2023 • 8 minutes, 46 seconds
3 content swaps that'll make you more sales in a launch
The content you share both during cart open AND in the 60-90 days leading up to it has the power to make or break your launch. This is what I call the Magician's Gap: The gap between where someone is today and where they need to be to buy your offer. In today's episode, I suggest 3 different types of content for you to use (and those to avoid) to make more sales in your next launch.- Why building hype and excitement around your launch will NOT sell your offer (nobody will ever be as excited as you are!).- How educating your audience on what they need to know about their problem (or the solution your offer delivers) is actually preparing them to buy from you.- The types of content that WON'T help you sell more (hint: this includes talking non-stop about your offer and counting down the days).- The benefits of creating a strategically-aligned lead magnet to attract the RIGHT people to your offer.- Why addressing common questions or hesitations in your content will help your audience move closer to buying your offer.SHOW LINKS:- To join the Launch Magic waitlist DM me "magic" on Instagram stephtaylor.co- FREE 5-part email series—5 simple tweaks to accelerate your launch profits—DM me "tweaks" on Instagram stephtaylor.co- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
6/8/2023 • 10 minutes, 35 seconds
Coaching Call: How can I get my online course in front of the right people?
Today I am coaching Kim Fischer who is the CEO and founder of 13 Emeralds marketing agency where she helps businesses grow and scale by utilising SEO and SEM strategies. Kim's challenge is with finding the middle ground in her audience—between those who are looking for 1:1 agency services and those who are just there for the free advice. So today we're focusing on understanding your audience's priorities and how to meet them where they are at.In this episode we chat about:- How the content you're sharing may be holding your audience back.- The disadvantage of "how to" content and the overwhelm this can create.- Why understanding whether your client is "problem aware" or "solution aware" will help you to directly address the barriers (and gaps) to entry.- The ongoing importance of creating and promoting the "framework" in the 60-90 days leading to cart open.- How befriending the potential evolution of AI technology will help you to meet it (and capitalise on it) head on.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
6/6/2023 • 34 minutes, 9 seconds
Do you really HAVE to keep growing your business - or is it okay to be happy with where it is right now?
It's easy to get caught up thinking that your business needs to grow B-I-G into some giant empire. But is that what you really want? The thing about huge business growth is that it comes with a whole lot more responsibility. In today's episode, I'm sharing more about my journey as my business grew and why it's totally okay to be happy with where your business is at right now.- Why growing your business means you will have a lot more responsibility (and how that may show up for you).- How business growth also means stepping up and into your personal growth too.- Why building your business around someone else's (Instagram) vision may land you in a place you don't even enjoy.- Why doing more is not always the solution, especially if you're already an overachiever.- When you don't stop to recognise what you have achieved because you're already looking ahead to what's next.SHOW LINKS:- FREE Escape the Messy Middle Workbook: https://stephtaylor.co/escape-the-messy-middle or DM me "EMM" on Instagram stephtaylor.co- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
6/4/2023 • 8 minutes, 55 seconds
Ask Steph: Why didn’t your membership work?
Having a membership as part of your offer suite is a trendy topic right now, and they're popping up everywhere. Memberships CAN be incredibly successful IF they're executed well. But mine wasn't, and so I ended up closing it down after a few months. In today's episode, I answer a question from a listener who is planning to create an online course that funnels into a membership and asked me about why my membership didn't work.- Why closing down my membership was the best decision for my business.- Why creating a membership is not always the best way to share your message.- How creating too much content can become overwhelming for your members (and does NOT always mean more value).- The importance of having established processes in place to maintain your membership's operation and delivery.- Why focusing on membership retention is even more important than recruitment.Have a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephEpisode mentions:- Episode 637: How she turned a $9 membership into a six-figure business with Liz Wilcox. DM me "637" on Instagram stephtaylor.coSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
6/1/2023 • 12 minutes, 20 seconds
5 counterintuitive strategies for simplifying and streamlining your online business
The biggest, most exhausting mistake I see online business owners making is this: Trying to do all the things, without any real idea of what they're trying to achieve. Doing more does NOT mean you're being productive if you're making things more difficult than they need to be.In today's episode, I'm sharing 5 helpful ways to simplify and streamline your business, even though they may seem counterintuitive:- Why understanding where you're putting your time and energy is the first step to change.- How you can use today's tech and tools to make your life easier, not harder.- Why getting really clear on your marketing and sales processes will help you to streamline what you can to lighten your workload.- The importance of becoming really intentional about what you do AND what you don't do.- How identifying the complications in your business that you don't love will help you to save a lot of time and energy.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
5/30/2023 • 10 minutes, 46 seconds
6 essential tools for creating and selling digital courses online
When it comes to creating and selling your online course, deciding what tech to use can hurt your brain! There's so many different platforms and processes to choose from that it can quickly get in the way and stop you in your tracks. So, in today's episode, I am sharing the go-to tech tools that I use in my business, so that you can crack on with getting your online course out into the world, instead of spending weeks trying to figure it out for yourself.- How to avoid getting overwhelmed by all of the tech tools available and instead focus on what's really important.- The one platform I've chosen to run my entire business from.- How designing webinar slides and workbooks can be simple (and something you can easily delegate to your VA).- The video recording and editing tool that can save you thousands in professional filming costs.- Why choosing a webinar hosting platform that's user-friendly for you AND your audience is so important.- The program that makes live coaching and Q&A calls a breeze.Mentioned this episode:- Get my Cheat Sheet - The Complete List of Tools for Creating and Selling Digital Products (including a link to some great Canva templates to purchase): DM me TOOLS on Instagram stephtaylor.coSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
5/28/2023 • 12 minutes, 30 seconds
The not-so-obvious rules for building an online business that gives you freedom
Building an online business is a journey—one that doesn't happen overnight. But I've learned a few tips and tricks along the way to help you get there quicker. In today's episode, I share 5 of these tips to help you create that "off-grid" long term sustainability and freedom you crave:- Why doing what you've always done is not going to get you to where you want to go (or you'd be there already!).- The short-term and long-term action steps you can take right now to pass the "off-grid test".- Why spending more time on your lead magnet will better set you up for long-term growth (instead of spending all that time editing that reel).- How prioritising the important things can save you time and money in the future.SHOW LINKS:- Download my workbook - Escape the Messy Middle: DM me EMM on Instagram stephtaylor.co or download it here- Learn more about Offer Less, Sell More: DM me OLSM on Instagram stephtaylor.co or follow the link: https://stephtaylor.co/OLSM- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
5/25/2023 • 13 minutes, 55 seconds
7 things I needed to unlearn to grow my business to this level
We all have these beliefs and ideas that we've picked up over the years and taken them on as "truths" without ever really questioning where they came from or whether they still serve us and our business. In today's episode, I'm sharing my own beliefs that I needed to change to grow my business to where it's at now.- Why trading time for money means that you're working harder NOT smarter.- How trying to control the outcome can zap your creativity (and your energy).- Why avoiding failure by over-planning and overthinking can actually slow down your success.- Why learning to become more comfortable with uncertainty creates space for ideas and creativity.- How to avoid getting stuck with finding the "right vision" and instead focus on what you want and how you want to show up in your business.Episodes mentioned:- Ep #467: Denise Duffield-Thomas on money mindset, launching and scaling to a multi-million dollar biz by doubling down on one product. DM me 467 on Instagram stephtaylor.co or listen hereSHOW LINKS:- Download my workbook - Escape the Messy Middle: DM me EMM on Instagram stephtaylor.co or download it here - Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
5/23/2023 • 14 minutes, 52 seconds
Try these 2 straightforward ways to make more sales—without needing to reach more people or grow your audience
One of the biggest myths in the online business world today is that if you want to increase your revenue then you need to grow your audience. Yes, it's one option, but there are other ways you can increase your sales, even if your audience stays the same size. Today I share two simple and straightforward ways to do this, and it all comes down to basic maths (and a little strategy).In today's episode, we chat about:- The two, easier ways to grow your income without growing your audience.- How creating the right offers, with the right messaging, for the right people will help your conversions.- Why building hype around your offers does not work—and what you can do instead.- How solving different problems with different offers can help to increase the lifetime value of your clients.- How to use your "non-buyer surveys" to understand your audience better.Episodes mentioned:- Ep #637: How she turned a $9 membership into a six-figure business with Liz Wilcox. DM me 637 on Instagram stephtaylor.co or listen hereSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks - Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
5/21/2023 • 11 minutes, 55 seconds
5 essential questions to help you price your next offer (or update the price of your existing ones!)
The key to pricing your offer is NOT about how much content you provide, or what other people are charging or what you THINK people will pay. Instead, you need to be super clear on what outcome you're delivering in each offer. In today's episode, I am sharing 5 questions to ask yourself when you're pricing your online course, 1:1 coaching, programs or memberships.- Why clarifying the outcome will dictate the value (and therefore the pricing).- Understanding the difficulty of achieving the outcome and how long it will take them to get there.- The link between the outcome, how much support your clients need from you and the value this provides.- How educating your audience can help them to re-evaluate what outcomes they are prioritising.- How the value of your offer impacts your audience's bigger life picture.Episodes referred to:- Episode #644 - Ask Steph: Do you have to have live calls in your online course? Nope! (Here are 6 alternatives to coaching and Q&A calls) https://listen.stephtaylor.co/644b?sid=- Episode #561 - What to do when people constantly tell you "I can't afford it" - without lowering your price https://listen.stephtaylor.co/561?sid=SHOW LINKS:- Join the launch Magic waitlist: https//stephtaylor.co/lmwaitlist- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
5/18/2023 • 13 minutes, 22 seconds
If I had $5000 to start my business, this is where I would spend it for maximum results
When starting your online digital business, it can be difficult to know where to start. There are so many new and shiny options like websites and logos and software platforms—but they all cost money. So, what's actually worth investing in from the get-go? In today's episode, I am sharing how to prioritise your money in those early few months, so that you can get the most bang for your limited buck.- Why DIY visual branding can be a great way to keep things really simple- How hiring a professional can help you to get really clear on your messaging, right from the start- What software platforms are worth investing in and why- The benefits of having support from the beginningEpisodes mentioned:Episode #515: If I were starting over with no audience, no products and no biz... This is what I would do - https://listen.socialette.co/515?sid=Episode #650: Copycats 101: How to protect yourself and what to do if someone copies you online with Riz Amin - https://listen.stephtaylor.co/650?sid=SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
5/16/2023 • 15 minutes, 48 seconds
Copycats 101: How to protect yourself and what to do if someone copies you online with Riz Amin
Copyrights and trademarks aren't a sexy topic—and not one that business owners usually consider until they're faced with a copycat. And then it can potentially be very, very expensive. In today's episode, I chat with Riz Amin from Foundd Legal about the legal side of copycats, and how to prevent them from striking!- Understanding when copying becomes a copyright infringement- Some practical steps you can take to prevent copycats- Trademarks vs copyright, and how best to use these in your business- Tips for addressing copyright infringement if you find a copycat- How to avoid accidental copying in your business- The new world of AI & Chat-GPT and the copyright minefield this can presentYou can find Riz at https://www.instagram.com/founddlegal/ and check out her website at https://founddlegal.com/ to access a copy of The Copycat KitSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
5/14/2023 • 47 minutes, 38 seconds
What you sell determines who you attract. Here's how to design your offers to attract the right people
I've spoken about niching a lot on this podcast—but here's the thing: Niching down is one of the simplest ways to shift who your business attracts. So if you're struggling to stand out and find that you're getting people shopping around for the cheapest option, rather than seeing the value in what you sell, it could be that you need to switch up what you offer. So, in today's episode, I'm sharing some new ways to think about niching.- The link between your niche and your offers- The answers to the most frequently asked niching questions, such as "how niche is too niche?" and "won't niching limit my business?"- How to think about your business to help you to clarify your own niche- The 3 different ways to niche your business and the people this will attract- How your niche can help you stand out in an otherwise crowded, oversaturated marketSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
5/11/2023 • 12 minutes, 14 seconds
4 must-have boundaries for your digital course, group program and other online offers (and how to *actually* communicate them)
Boundaries are a hot topic—not just in business, but in everyday life too. Setting boundaries is one thing, but knowing how to implement them—and communicate them to others—can be quite the challenge! So, in today's episode, I am sharing the 4 must-have boundaries for your online offers so that YOU feel safe and comfortable in your business AND your clients know what to expect.- How to define your boundaries in your business and why they are important- The types of boundaries needed for both 1:1 and group online programs- How clarifying why and when your clients can contact you sets the foundation for all future interactions- The benefits of being proactive about boundary-setting- How to deal with those clients who disrespect your boundariesEpisodes referred to in this podcast: https://listen.stephtaylor.co/499 - Monica Yates on how to create boundaries in your business to protect your energySHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
5/9/2023 • 14 minutes, 30 seconds
Ask Steph: What do you do to keep the fire going in your business?
Today I'm answering a question from a listener who wants to know how to keep the fire going in her business. Let's be honest, it can be hard to always stay motivated when it comes to running your own business, so in this episode, I share how I stay inspired and excited about my business.- Why enjoying life outside of your business can help you to feel more present and excited when working in your business- How being super selective about the content you consume can minimise overwhelm and those 'I'm not doing enough' feelings- The importance of investing in one mentor at a time to move you closer to your goals- The benefits of having a business networking community around you for support- How focusing on a fun project (or creative idea) can help dig you out of a business rutHave a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
5/7/2023 • 9 minutes, 52 seconds
5 questions to ask your audience for instant inspiration—for your offers, messaging and marketing
Coming up with offers, content and messaging that resonates with your ideal clients can sometimes be a struggle. We may think we know what our audience needs from us, but often it's a guessing game where we cross our fingers and hope for the best. Today I am sharing with you my 5 key questions that I ask my audience regularly. Their answers always inspire me to create great, targeted content that's tailored to their needs.- How to research your audience, entice responses and evaluate their answers- How uncovering their problems highlights the disconnect in your messaging while also offering valuable content material- The benefit of identifying the end game for your ideal client (and the hidden inspiration this can offer)- Drilling down the obstacles (real and imagined) that may be holding your audience back- When audience visualisation translates into powerful copy that resonates with your ideal client- Why keeping it simple can be so effectiveSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet’s be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
5/4/2023 • 15 minutes, 55 seconds
Are you not charging enough for your offers? Here are some signs your offer might be underpriced
Struggling with your pricing? This is one of the toughest decisions faced by business owners—grappling with the question of what to charge for their offers. In today's episode, I reveal the tendency to undercharge, rather than overcharge, and the signs to look out for.- Why we fall into the trap of undercharging, particularly at the beginning of our business journey- When busy and burnt out can be a sign that it's time to re-evaluate your expertise- How undercharging can attract the wrong clients, not the right ones- When your audience doesn't value your offer enough to commit to it and how finding the 'uncomfortable price point' promotes action- The hidden message behind hitting your income ceiling and the value in reviewing your offer suite- When the offer price does not accurately reflect the effort you put in and value you provide (and so resentment sets in)SHOW LINKS:- Want to know more about Offer Less, Sell More: https://stephtaylor.co/offer-less-sell-more -Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
5/2/2023 • 14 minutes, 37 seconds
Ask Steph: Do you have to have live calls in your online course? Nope! (Here are 6 alternatives to coaching and Q&A calls)
Today I'm answering a question from a listener who wants to know whether it's necessary to include live Q&A and coaching calls in her cohort-based courses. Whilst I am a big advocate for Q&A calls, in this episode I break down 6 alternatives and how to determine what's right for your program.- How understanding the transformation your audience needs within your course will help determine the engagement level that's required- The benefit of offering a community within your program and how to get the most out of it- How running accountability groups and calls can be a great alternative to drive student support and engagement- The suitability of mini-mastermind calls as a perfect workshopping solution- How training a team member to coach or lead on your behalf can reduce your workload (if you can access the best person for the job!)- The benefits of identifying your students' challenges AND enlisting the support of an expertHave a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:-Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
4/30/2023 • 18 minutes, 48 seconds
7 ways that imposter syndrome shows up without you realising it
Imposter syndrome is a reality for most business owners, and it's one that can sneak up on you unnoticed even as your business flourishes. In today's episode, I share my own experience with imposter syndrome and how it might be showing up for you in your business too.- What imposter syndrome looks like and how it's holding you back- How feeling overworked and pressured to do more can have a hidden cause—and what it's costing you- When you fail to value your own expertise as the master of your craft- How constantly giving the spotlight to others (and keeping yourself in the shadows) hinders your growth- How imposter syndrome can show up as over-reaching and over-delivering, and be a disservice to your audience- How saying yes, when you really mean no, can sabotage your boundaries—and your opportunities- The curse of perfectionismSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB-5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
4/27/2023 • 16 minutes, 32 seconds
Choosing the right niche for your online business (+ 5 signs you might be in the wrong one)
Niching your target audience is a critical element to nail in your business, however it's also the one thing that raises the most questions. Get it wrong it and it can could hurt your future growth big time! Today I'm sharing with you my experience landing up in the wrong niche (ouch!) and the 5 signs that you may be targeting the wrong niche.- Why you've hit your growth ceiling and can't find clients to serve in your business- When your message is too broad and you're struggling to stand out in an over-saturated market- When your niche no longer brings you joy- The importance of specificity in niching when you niche by name but not by nature- Signs that your niche can't afford your servicesSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
4/25/2023 • 13 minutes, 36 seconds
Don’t waste your time and energy on these 8 things
Being busy and productive are not the same thing, and they don't always translate into growth. In today's episode we explore 8 things that you might be busily doing in your business that don't actually move the needle or make you more productive.- The curse of perfectionism and how it's holding you back.- When over-planning feels safe and comfortable, but not necessarily productive.- Why taking action steps leads to clarity and confidence (not the other way around).- How overcomplicating tasks can cause overwhelm and stagnation.- The art of saying 'no'! Ask yourself: 'Would I say yes to this if it were tomorrow?'.- How failing to identify your focus point leads to 'shiny object syndrome'.- Why distracting yourself by over-consuming content (and doing too much research!) is one of the biggest time and energy wasters.SHOW LINKS:- Want a free copy of Escape the Messy Middle? Get it here: https://stephtaylor.co/emm- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
4/23/2023 • 21 minutes, 11 seconds
Ask Steph: When you have too many ideas, how do you decide which one to pursue?
Today I am answering a question from a listener who has multiple business ideas but doesn't know which one to pursue. In today's episode, I share how I've used the wrong ideas to create unsustainable businesses and reveal the process I now follow when making decisions.- Understanding the reality: not all ideas make viable business models.- Why starting with the market you intend to sell to and brainstorming (their problems and solutions) is the first step.- The power of 1:1 client research to gain insight into what they need.- Key considerations when prioritising your ideas.- Why testing your idea is a crucial step in the decision-making process.Have a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
4/20/2023 • 19 minutes, 19 seconds
Struggling to grow your audience? Here are 3 places you might be going wrong
Growing your audience can be a long, hard slog. But it doesn't have to be. Audience growth can be simple—if you follow the two-part formula I'm sharing in today's episode. Having one part of the formula without the other (or having neither) just won't cut it in today's online world. In today's episode, I'm sharing 3 ways this shows up and how to fix it.- How to balance both sides of the audience growth equation for successful audience growth.- Why great content is only as good as the strategy implemented to promote it.- Why focusing on intentional promotion strategies over organic social media growth is critical.- How creating remarkable content will set you apart and move the needle on audience buy-in.- Why getting out of your comfort zone and consistently delivering remarkable content can pay dividends.SHOW LINKS:- Learn more about Boost your Brand's Superfans: https://stephtaylor.co/boost-your-brands-superfans- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
4/18/2023 • 15 minutes, 50 seconds
The path from broke and burnt out to consistent income in your business
For most of us, building an online business is all about freedom AND being profitable. However, it's not all smooth sailing, and there are (usually) a few bumps and bruises along the way, where you may end up broke, burnt out or both. In this episode, I'm sharing my own experiences in each of these phases and how I found my way to that sweet spot on the other side.- Understanding the leverage on your return and how you can influence this.- The importance of nurturing your customer for the long term whilst also promoting continued engagement.- The hamster wheel of broke and burnt out and how to recognise that you're there.- The strategies to overcome those times when consistent income fails to deliver the freedom you crave.- The value of keeping the big picture in mind when getting intentional about your offer suite.SHOW LINKS:- Learn more about Offer Less, Sell More: https://stephtaylor.co/offer-less-sell-more- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
4/16/2023 • 18 minutes, 15 seconds
How she turned a $9 membership into a six-figure business with Liz Wilcox
Liz Wilcox is an email strategist that shows small businesses how to build online relationships and make real money with emails. Her incredible $9 membership has yielded multiple six figures all whilst maintaining her 'simple is my superpower' ethos. In today's episode, we dive into the world of low-ticket items and understand how getting clear on your direction (and staying the course) can really set you up for low-stress success.- How a low ticket membership can scale to six figures.- How growing a membership starts with believing in your offer, creating your own hype and hitting your personal targets.- When launching begins and ends with an email list, literally!- How to create a sustainable, low-ticket membership that works for you AND your audience.- How to avoid unnecessary fear and overwhelm by not overthinking your course content creation.- Liz's simple tips for membership onboarding, retention and engagement.You can find Liz at lizwilcox.com and download her free email samples or connect with her on Instagram at https://www.instagram.com/thelizwilcox/SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
4/13/2023 • 46 minutes, 16 seconds
Turning your 1:1 offer into an online course won't solve your income inconsistency problem
Riding the income roller coaster can be a challenge when it comes to online business. Some try to solve this by rebirthing an offer into a different format, however, this isn't always the solution. So, today I am sharing some better options to help you to ride that wave in your business:- The importance of understanding that your 1:1 client may be quite different to your one-to-many student.- Why a concrete sales funnel is essential to turn your 1:1 offer into an online product that avoids lackluster results.- The value of intentionally designing a suite of offers to re-engage your existing clients whilst also appealing to new audiences.SHOW LINKS:- Learn more about Offer Less, Sell More: https://stephtaylor.co/offer-less-sell-more- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
4/11/2023 • 12 minutes, 56 seconds
Want to expand into overseas markets? Here's what you need to know before you start
Expanding into an overseas market can create so much potential for your business, but it's also important to travel this path with your eyes wide open to negotiate the challenges. Today I am sharing some mindful tips with you as you grow your business beyond your country's borders.- Why pricing your products in US dollars can give you a competitive edge and the benefit of maintaining a US dollar bank account.- The importance of understanding key terminology differences across the globe.- Why it's critical to ensure that your offer is suitable for overseas markets and how to craft messaging that demonstrates its worth.- Navigating product delivery elements and how they can impact the way you do international business.- How to connect with your new global audience while promoting growth outside of your country of origin.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet’s be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
4/9/2023 • 15 minutes, 53 seconds
5 tweaks to stand out online in 2023
As the online world gets noisier and content saturation becomes a reality, it's essential to learn how to captivate your audience and stand out from the crowd. Today I am sharing 5 tips to help you get heard in the online world.- Why consistency is critical for building trust and promoting meaningful engagement.- The overwhelming benefit of sharing remarkable, in-depth, long form content to showcase your expertise.- How serving your audience's needs and where they're at right now is crucial to positioning yourself as an expert in your niche.- The surprising stats that reveal why focusing on audience growth is far more effective than posting on social media.- Why the power of specificity in your messaging is essential for clearly and precisely resonating with your ideal audience.SHOW LINKS:- Learn about Boost Your Brands Superfans: https://stephtaylor.co/boost-your-brands-superfans- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet’s be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
4/6/2023 • 13 minutes, 48 seconds
Ask Steph: Is it okay to repeat content topics or do you always need to come up with fresh ones?
Today I'm answering a question from a listener who's wondering if it's okay to repeat content topics on her podcast or whether each episode needs to be fresh and new. I'm a big believer in repeating content topics, perhaps with a slightly different spin and in this episode, I'm sharing my views on why this is beneficial to your audience - and your business.- How to ensure your audience won't get bored when you repeat the same content- Why repetition is actually a good thing and can help your audience- Capitalising on your own growth and understanding of concepts over time- Why it's totally okay to rebroadcast and provide a 'best of' episode or series- How taking a more specific approach or a higher level view of the same content can create offshoot topics that resonateHave a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? - Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet’s be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
4/4/2023 • 8 minutes, 40 seconds
5 unrealistic expectations that hold your business back
Starting and growing an online business has many perks - but that doesn't mean it's going to be fun all the time... In the beginning, we often have unrealistic expectations built up by all of the external noise around us, and then feel flat and uncertain wondering if we're 'doing it right' when it doesn't happen! In today's episode, I'm debunking 5 of these unrealistic expectations and revealing more realistic approaches instead.- The benefits of organic growth and why online businesses don't grow overnight- Dispelling the myth that social media is ALL you need to grow your audience- Why investing in your business is necessary to flourish and grow- The true non-linear growth of business and why taking a step back is sometimes necessary to move forwardThe reality of operating an online business - it's not always going to be fun!SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch?- Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet’s be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
4/2/2023 • 13 minutes, 44 seconds
Coaching Call: How do I keep my audience engaged until they can work with me?
Today I am coaching Lucy Turner, an interior designer who focuses on designing homes with an emphasis on Feng Shui. Given the nature of her speciality, Lucy often becomes booked out with 1:1 clients, and she doesn't know how to keep her audience engaged until they can work with her. In today's episode, we explore strategies to identify the differing needs of your audience versus your ideal client and how to best serve both.- Why it's critical to structure your offers to address the Magician's Gap, whilst nurturing your audience- How clarifying your sales funnel can help with building long-term relationships- Why it's important to strategically set your marketing calendar to create content that is more intentional and meets your ideal client where they are at- The power of audience research and how it can help to identify the difference between your audience, your ideal client and valuable content that resonatesSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet’s be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
3/30/2023 • 26 minutes, 54 seconds
5 small things that make a big difference when building your online business
It's really easy to get distracted when looking for ways to stimulate your business growth. There always seems to be some big, new, shiny idea that's just around the corner, right? However, it's often the small things - like drilling down on your current operation and making some small tweaks that can deliver growth results too. In today's episode, I share with you 5 small things that can mean big wins - without shiny object syndrome.- Why tweaking your mindset to prioritise long-term growth over short-term wins will get you closer, faster.- How to be crystal clear when articulating why YOU are the expert and why your clients need you and your services.- The overwhelming benefit of audience feedback and the opportunities that it can create.- Why regularly analysing your numbers will pave the way for logical action and imperative goal setting.- The benefit of creating consistency and structure around marketing and audience growth activities.SHOW LINKS:- Get Offer Less, Sell More: https://stephtaylor.co/offer-less-sell-more- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
3/28/2023 • 14 minutes, 27 seconds
6 common setbacks you'll face as an online business owner - and how to overcome them
There's so much satisfaction and joy that comes from running your own business. But, it's also inevitable that there were will challenges and setbacks from time to time. In today's episode, I outline the 6 most common setbacks in business and my strategies and tips to overcome them.- How to persevere through the slow income growth phase of your business by following these 4 steps- Why audience growth is a slow burn and the 2 options you could consider to speed up this growth- Understanding that business ownership is a financial rollercoaster and how to deal with unexpected tax burdens- The importance of trade marking your products to protect them from digital 'copycats'- Why prioritising YOU is super important to avoiding burnout and how to overcome itFind The Copycat Kit @ https://founddlegal.com/products/the-copycat-kitSHOW LINKS:- Get Offer Less, Sell More: https://stephtaylor.co/offer-less-sell-more- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
3/26/2023 • 20 minutes, 5 seconds
Coaching Call: How can I structure my launch timeline to include a lower ticket offer leading into my higher ticket one?
Today I am coaching Joanna Nakaki who is a dietician and nutritionist. Currently, she runs a 6-week digital course and is considering launching a paid challenge prior to her free webinar. However, she is struggling to understand how the timeline would work in introducing this new offer pre-webinar. Today we chat about strategies to run a pre-webinar challenge that converts.In this episode we chat about:- How to formulate the ideal pre-webinar lower ticket offer that bridges the Magician's Gap and builds momentum in your audience- Why offering a low ticket "taste test" isn't the best way to sell your high ticket course and what to do instead- The importance of showing up daily to build and nurture your community whilst working to bridge the gap between the knowing and the doing- Why adding an early bird call to action can be a valuable step to achieving course conversionsSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
3/23/2023 • 28 minutes, 50 seconds
Ask Steph: How often should I email my subscribers?
Today I am answering a question from a listener who is excited to start doing email marketing in her business, but is unsure how often she should email her list and has no idea what to send them. In this episode, I'm sharing advice for anyone who is stuck when it comes to starting with email marketing in their business:- Why you should avoid emailing for the sake of emailing—and instead create structure for accountability and consistency- The benefit of emailing your subscribers and repurposing your content, even when you don't have anything to sell them- Getting clear on your content marketing pillars and the overwhelming value of creating long-form content- How surveying your audience and asking the right questions is a great way to create content that resonates.Have a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
3/21/2023 • 12 minutes, 47 seconds
Launch Magic students on their experiences and how building an online business isn't a linear journey
Today I'm sharing a live Q&A panel that I ran recently with some former Launch Magic students allowing my audience to answer their questions in real-time. The former Launch Magicians joining me have all gone through the program (some multiple times!) and they’re ready to share their honest experiences so you can get first-hand accounts of what it’s like launching with the support inside the program.Doors are currently open for Launch Magic until 22 March 2023. Find out more and sign up at the link below.Connect with our panelists:Kirsty: @candlebusinesscoachTiana: @cavoodlecoach or tune into Cavoodle Coach PodcastKate: @studiowildlingClare: @clare_wood_coach or tune into The Clare Wood PodcastSHOW LINKS:- Sign up to Launch Magic: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
3/19/2023 • 41 minutes, 53 seconds
Hear from my Launch Magic students about their experience with the program
In today's episode, Steph speaks with previous Launch Magic students to find out what challenges they were having with their launches before they did the program, their experience in Launch Magic and the results from their launches.Doors are currently open for Launch Magic until 22 March 2023. Find out more and sign up at the link below.SHOW LINKS:- Sign up to Launch Magic: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
3/16/2023 • 22 minutes, 10 seconds
How to boost sales of your online course, membership or group program in 2023
Today Steph talks about:- What sells and what doesn't sell in 2023- The simple strategy for sharing content that sells without sounding sales-y- The profitable framework you can repeat again and again to generate sales on demandThere's still a ton of opportunity to grow your business with your online course, group program or membership...but the strategy behind how you sell your offers has never been more important.SHOW LINKS:- Want to join Launch Magic? Sign up: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch?- Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
3/14/2023 • 42 minutes, 23 seconds
Jereshia Hawk on creating and selling group coaching programs that deliver results for your clients
Jereshia Hawk is an online business coach and sales strategist who helps high-achieving experts launch and scale. Having grown her own business from $0-2 million in less than 4 years, Jereshia joins me today to chat about how she shifted from 1:1 client work to group programs.In this episode, we chat about:- How buyer psychology affects your sales strategies- Understanding the changing expectations and objections of individual coaching vs group programs- Curating the right community to ensure their values, identity and philosophy align with your program's promise- Why identifying your ideal community begins with your free content and filtering strategies- The shifting business cycle of 2023 and predictions for the online business spaceYou can find Jereshia on Instagram @jereshiahawk and tune into her podcast at https://www.jereshiahawk.com/podcast/.SHOW LINKS:- Want to join Launch Magic? Sign up to the waitlist: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch?- Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
3/12/2023 • 56 minutes, 47 seconds
Coaching Call: How can I simplify my offer suite to better help my clients?
Today I am coaching Leah Selfe who is the go-to automation strategist working with business owners to create systems and workflows for seamless operations. Leah is struggling with how to clearly communicate her suite of offers to her audience who are at varying stages in their business journey. In today's episode, we drill down on this common problem and identify the strategies to overcome it.In this episode we chat about:- Understanding where your audience is at and which platforms to use to reach them- How to segment your audience to clarify which offers suit which audience- Why creating sales funnels is critical to capturing (and nurturing) audiences to meet them where they are- Getting clear on your content pillars to create free content that resonatesSHOW LINKS:- Want to join my free masterclass, save your seat: https://stephtaylor.co/masterclass- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch?- Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
3/9/2023 • 21 minutes, 29 seconds
The big shift that will set your next launch up for success
Launching often looks like a celebration based on the Instagram hype, the "doors open!" countdown timer, and the various posts promoting audience buy-in. But a launch is not about opening doors—it's about the lead-up. In this episode, I explain the big shift that will set you up for launch success.In this episode, we chat about:- The importance of a repeatable sales process for successful launching- Why launching is an educational journey for your audience, packed full of value, regardless of whether they buy or not- The benefit of launching before you create it and pivoting to the needs of your audience- Why launching is a rinse & repeat process- Capitalising on invaluable non-buyer feedback to cultivate your next successful launchSHOW LINKS:- Want to join my free masterclass, save your seat: https://stephtaylor.co/masterclass- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch?- Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
3/7/2023 • 11 minutes, 38 seconds
Clare Wood on creating intentional profit in your business
Clare Wood is a money mentor, author and qualified CPA who is passionate about teaching business owners all about profit and the concepts of money magic. In this episode, Clare and I chat about the importance of profit—not just sales—in your business and her 6 Profit Pillars.In today's episode, we chat about:- Why top-line sales aren't a reliable indicator of your business performance- Identifying inefficiencies in your business and when it's okay to take a profit hit to grow- Why it's important to separate your personal finances from your business finances- Identifying common expenses that can lead to an unprofitable business- The importance of factoring in tax payments into your cashflow budget- Deep diving into Clare's six Intentional Profit PillarsYou can find Clare at https://clarewood.com and follow the links to tune into her podcast and grab a copy of her book, Intentional Profit.Episodes referred to in this episode:- https://listen.stephtaylor.co/467 - Denise Duffield-Thomas on money mindset, launching and scaling to a multi-million dollar biz by doubling down on one productSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch?- Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
3/5/2023 • 57 minutes, 25 seconds
The 7 mistakes that cost you sales in a launch
Launching can be an exciting time in any online business. However there are some avoidable mistakes that I see often and today I share with you my thoughts on 7 of the most common ones.In this episode we chat about:- Why creating it before you've launched it can be a costly mistake.- The overwhelming value of audience research in answering the magician's gap.- Why making sales is about more than just exciting your audience about your offer- Why evergreen offers are not the solution to consistent sales- The value in launching repeatedly and executing a 60-90 day sales process to bridge the gap between where your audience is now and their being ready to buy- The benefit of capitalising on a small audience to improve in your next launchSHOW LINKS:- Want to join Launch Magic? Sign up to the waitlist: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch?- Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
3/2/2023 • 13 minutes, 1 second
Ask Steph: Will lower cost programs be the way to go in 2023?
Today I'm answering a question from a listener who is wondering if lower-cost offers are a better approach in 2023 given the skyrocketing cost of living. In this episode I share my views on this topic.- Why payment plans are more appealing in this tough economic climate - but a tripping hazard to beware of- Why I believe we are experiencing 'low-cost offer fatigue' and the impact of this on our business- The growing trend towards programs with higher touch points- The benefit of ensuring you are pitching the right offer to the right audience- Why it's critical to factor in rising costs of living and increasing business operating expenses to your offer price pointHave a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch?- Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/28/2023 • 10 minutes, 36 seconds
Coaching Call: How can I turn my audience into paying clients?
Today I am coaching Tristen Jarvis who is a Holistic Clinical Nutritionist specialising in Women's Health. Tristen is currently struggling with converting her audience to buyers. Even with an Instagram audience and an email list, she is experiencing the common problem of moving her audience into paying clients.In this episode we chat about:- How to use Calls to Action (CTA's) to better convert your audience- Overcoming the fear and mindset struggles that present when selling- Streamlining your sales funnel and identifying which CTA to use for best results- Why how-to content isn't the answer—and getting clear on communication that moves your audience closer to their next step- Ways to capitalise on your lead magnet for maximum engagement- How identifying objections can offer valuable content ideasSHOW LINKS:- Want to sign up to Launch Magic, join the waitlist: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- Find out more about Offer Less, Sell More: https://stephtaylor.co/offers- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch?- Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/26/2023 • 26 minutes, 57 seconds
Amy Porterfield on the journey from side hustle to building a multi 7-figure business
Amy Porterfield is an ex corporate girl turned online marketing expert and CEO of a multi-million dollar business. One of my greatest mentors, Amy has recently written a book, Two Weeks Notice, around taking a side hustle to a full-time online business success. Today we deep dive into Amy's journey to freedom and the lessons she learnt along the way.In today's episode, we chat about:- The pivotal moment when Amy realised she didn't want to work for somebody else anymore.- How she navigated through the messy middle of her business to building one that gives her so much freedom.- The biggest obstacles that keep someone from quitting their job and going all-in on their business idea—and how to overcome these.- How to transition from employee to business owner (and what not to do!)- How to overcome the mindset muck that arises on this journey, including self-doubt, impostor syndrome and money worries.Podcast links mentioned in this episode:- https://www.amyporterfield.com/2018/11/239/You can connect with Amy at www.amyporterfield.com and order a copy of her new book Two Weeks Notice at twoweeksnoticebook.comSHOW LINKS:- Want to sign up to Launch Magic, join the waitlist: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- Find out more about Offer Less, Sell More: https://stephtaylor.co/offers- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch?- Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/23/2023 • 46 minutes, 34 seconds
15 things I wish I'd known before I started an online business
When you're going through a challenging moment—and running an online business certainly has its ups and downs—it can be hard to see the lesson until you're on the other side of it. In today's episode, I'm sharing with you 15 of the lessons I've learned in the last few years:- Why selling is a non-negotiable element to every online business and understanding the difference between cash flow and profit- Why diving into the 'scary' zone can be so beneficial to your success and the value of learning from your failures- Not everything is going to be a shiny sparkly squirrel, which means getting comfortable with the boring tasks of running a business- Your success is based on a measurement of your vision and goals and not anyone else's.- Why the strategy behind what you sell is more important than how you promote it.- Why controlling the controllable is key and showing up for long-term success.- Why each launch doesn't have to be a new offer - the benefit of doubling down on one product- You are the most important person in your business—self-care is imperative.- Embracing your fears and doubts as a path to success - repetition breeds confidence.And more...SHOW LINKS:- Want to sign up to Launch Magic, join the waitlist: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- Find out more about Offer Less, Sell More: https://stephtaylor.co/offers- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch?- Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/21/2023 • 23 minutes, 51 seconds
Launch debrief: What worked, what flopped, and the big changes I'm making to my launches this year
Having recently launched my brand new program, Freedom Fast Track, today I'm sharing with you the breakdown of my launch results. In this episode, we chat about what worked well and what didn't, as well as valuable learnings and some changes that I plan to make to my future launches- Why it's so important to forward plan, identifying the must-do's in the lead up to cart open- Analysing the unexpected objections and re-enforcing the overwhelming importance of the 60-90 day launch lead up- The surprising benefit of pre-launching to a waitlist and the value of automating your follow-up sequencing- Why allowing time and space to be flexible in your cart open is critical to pivoting based on the needs of your potential audience- Highlighting the need to make a decision as a sales tool and the value in launch triggers and non-buyer surveysSHOW LINKS:- Want to join Launch Magic, sign up to the waitlist: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? - Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/19/2023 • 30 minutes, 37 seconds
Ask Steph: How can I use a waitlist to nurture my audience for my upcoming online course?
Today I am answering a question from a listener who is wondering how to best utilise their course waitlist to generate sales for their upcoming launch. In this episode I share my feelings about waitlists and explore methods to encourage course sales when you launch.In this episode, we chat about:- Why waitlists aren't a reliable indicator of demand and the benefit of reaching beyond this list- How launching 60 to 90 days prior to cart open is super effective as a nurturing process- Why creating a sales process and deadlines in your launch can facilitate decision-making in your audience- The overwhelming benefits of co-creating your course with your audience in return for offering an early bird incentiveHave a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Want to sign up to Launch Magic, join the waitlist here: https://stephtaylor.co/magic - Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch?- Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/16/2023 • 12 minutes, 2 seconds
The core foundations for a successful online business
The foundations of an online business might not seem as shiny and exciting as other things, however, they are critical in running a business that continues to grow even when you step away from your laptop screen. Today I'm sharing the five core foundations essential to building a business that gives you freedom.In this episode, I'm chatting about:- How to avoid 'The messy middle' where you have neither financial freedom nor time freedom.- Why getting complete clarity on the vision in your business is so important- How to define your business model—the foundation that underpins everything you do in business- Establishing systems and structure and building your platform to position yourself as the 'no-brainer' in your niche- The benefit of developing a sales process that will support consistent sales generation and business growthSHOW LINKS:- Sign up for Freedom Fast Track - https://stephtaylor.co/FFT- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch?- Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/14/2023 • 14 minutes, 2 seconds
Coaching call: How much should I niche down my business?
Today I am coaching Alana Bonnemann who is a Naturopath and Nutritionist focusing on supporting women to reclaim their energy. Alana broadly offers her expertise to woman over 30 years, however as a mother, Alana has found that she can offer great value to this market but is struggling to gain traction. In today's coaching call, I offer some suggestions as to why I believe Alana is facing this difficulty and the strategies to overcome it.In this episode, we chat about:- How being clear on the audience you are targeting and committing to it can be so valuable, especially when you're fairly new to business- How to meet your audience where they are at right now- Why creating an offer that is achievable to your ideal customer is so important- The key steps to pivot and niche, and the overwhelming benefits of doing so- The importance of taking imperfect action now and allowing yourself to fine-tune as your new direction evolvesSHOW LINKS:- Find out more about Freedom Fast Track - stephtaylor.co/FFT- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch?- Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/12/2023 • 23 minutes, 57 seconds
What do we think is happening in the online course world in 2023? Anita Siek and I share our predictions
The online learning arena has no doubt boomed over the last 2-3 years. Diving into 2023, what can we expect? What are we predicting? What's working and what's not? In this episode, I’m joining my good friend, fellow online course creator Anita Siek where we have a good chat about:- What we're predicting for the online course world in 2023.- Debating whether we should charge more for payment plans or not.- Whether low ticket offers still have a place as a strategic funnel strategy.- How we’re setting our businesses up for success in 2023 and beyond.SHOW LINKS:- Find out more about Freedom Fast Track - stephtaylor.co/FFT- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch?- Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/9/2023 • 56 minutes, 11 seconds
Are you stuck in the messy middle of your business? Here's how to break through it
Finding yourself in the messy middle of your business can often leave you feeling uncertain on how to get from where you are now to where you want to be. Having experienced this stage a few times in my own business, today I am sharing with you my process of how to escape it and find freedom without sacrificing business goals.In this episode, we look at:- The three warning signs that you are stuck in the messy middle- Why intentionally designing your business is a must and how to start this process.- How to identify where your business is no longer aligned with your long-term vision- Focusing on taking action that moves you closer to your long-term vision, potentially at the expense of the short-term wins.SHOW LINKS:- Download the free workbook: Escape the Messy Middle - stephtaylor.co/emm- Find out more about Freedom Fast Track - stephtaylor.co/FFT- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/7/2023 • 19 minutes, 39 seconds
Coaching call: How can I overcome the discomfort of asking for the sale
Today I am coaching Suki van Koeverden from Origami Globe who is a competition expert and strategist dedicated to helping business owners run successful and profitable competitions. Suki has a highly engaged audience however she is struggling with closing the final sale. Today we chat about strategies to adopt to overcome this very common issue.- Why developing multiple lead magnets is beneficial in addressing your audience's diverse objections- How offering lower priced products can cannibalise your big ticket items- Facing the difficult decision to retire a product in return for business growth- The 2 tiered benefit of structuring your offers to address your audience's problems whilst also highlighting your expertise- Developing a sales funnel that takes your audience on a journey towards a very specific outcome- The balance between offering enough without offering everything- How playing to your strengths to 'seal the deal' can overcome the discomfort in asking for the saleSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/5/2023 • 38 minutes, 1 second
Crafting compelling messaging using the power of storytelling (with Dr JJ Peterson)
Dr JJ Peterson is the head of StoryBrand and the host of the Marketing Made Simple podcast. Since 2013, he has used the StoryBrand Framework to help thousands of organizations clarify their message in order to grow their business. In today's episode, JJ and I deep dive into how online businesses can use the StoryBrand framework to create better messaging and marketing.- Why clarity in your communication is the key factor to standing out in any successful marketing story- The science behind clear and simple messaging that contributes to your customers' ability to 'survive and thrive'- The unmissable seven essential elements of storytelling for successful marketing - minus the unnecessary tangents!- The importance of staking your authority as the 'guide' to solve the problem for your 'hero' (insert customer)- JJ's tips for avoiding the costly mistake that 70% of American small businesses make today- The reality of manipulative and aggressive sales strategies, and the damage it could be doing to your business—and how to avoid this in your marketing.To learn more from JJ you can tune into his podcast Marketing Made Simple plus check out the StoryBrand online brand script at mystorybrand.comSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
2/2/2023 • 52 minutes, 14 seconds
What got you here won't get you there: How to grow your business to the next level
When you reach a ceiling in your business, figuring out how to get to the next level can be a challenge. Whilst it can seem scary and overwhelming the benefits are so rewarding. I often remind myself that in order to reach my lofty goals, I have to make changes in my business that will lead me there. In today's episode, I'm sharing with you 6 considerations for achieving this goal.- How your vision informs your business direction and dictates the strategic path and tactics to get you there- The undeniable value of your business model and the questions that it answers- The importance of task, time and project management to move forward in your growth- Why self-reflection of your personal effectiveness is critical, and the one question you need to ask- How to create freedom in your business through the implementation of systems and structure- Why nailing your sales process to an automated and scalable level is paramount to reaching that next levelSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/31/2023 • 16 minutes, 3 seconds
Ask Steph: How do I boost email list engagement?
Today I am answering a question from a listener who is struggling to engage her email list and get them to click through on her emails. Whilst her list is growing well, she is concerned that her email marketing is not generating results. In this episode, I break down the steps to overcome this issue.- How to evaluate the open rate of your emails- The factors that impact deliverability and how to navigate these- How to improve your click-through rate by nailing your copywriting skills and mixing up your email structure- How your sales page can impact the results of your email marketing- Evaluating the relevancy of your email list by getting specific on your lead magnetHave a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/29/2023 • 17 minutes, 18 seconds
Dealing with online trolls, prioritising holistic wealth and re-evaluating your business in 2023 with Angela Henderson
Angela Henderson is an international award-winning business coach, podcaster, and CEO of Angela Henderson Consulting. Her passion is helping women in business make more money through strategy and mastering their minds, so they have a business & life they love to show up to every day. In today's episode, we reflect on the challenges that Angela faced in 2022 and her plans and emerging trends for 2023.- What happened when Angela accidentally went viral in 2022—and how she faced the backlash that came from that- Living by the motto, "whatever you are not changing, you are choosing" and the impact this has had on her life and her business- The importance of holistic wealth over revenue wealth and how to begin prioritising this in 2023- How automating your business can offer freedom from your business- The surprising results that happened when she re-evaluated her business model- Her biggest takeaways from 2022 and how she's implementing these lessons going into 2023- How she runs her business effectively as someone with ADHDConnect with Angela at Angelathenderson.com.au or https://www.instagram.com/angelahendersonconsulting/.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/26/2023 • 41 minutes, 46 seconds
The future of marketing is here. Here's how AI will impact online business + how you can leverage it
With ever-growing advancements in technology, keeping up with the latest developments can be tricky and a little scary. In today's episode, I'm sharing a little about the latest advances in AI and sharing my predictions for how I think this will impact the online business world.In today's episode you'll uncover:- What GPT-3 is and how it could impact your online business.- The benefits (and downsides) of using this technology in your content creation.- How AI will shift the way you need to approach your content creation if you have any hope of standing out.- The most important factor in getting good outputs from AI.- What I'm testing at the moment and what I'm excited for in the future.Mentioned in this episode:https://soullesspodcastadvice.com/SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/24/2023 • 18 minutes, 35 seconds
Coaching call: How can I design my offer suite to create more freedom in my business?
Today I am coaching Nicki Sciberras, CEO of Miss Marketing, an agency that provides sales and leads support using Facebook ads, Google ads, and SEO. Nicki is facing a very common struggle of keeping one foot in the freelance world whilst developing and growing a suite of offers. In this episode we drill down on her business goals and identify a strategy to attract high-value clients whilst allowing her the freedom to work less and focus on other projects in her business.In this episode we chat about:- How deep diving into your current business direction and re-evaluating your goals can offer a new perspective- How creating boundaries and packaging up your offers can provide greater value to your clients and more structure in your business- The fine art of investing in time assets whilst still servicing time debts- Why wearing too many hats can be counterintuitive to your business goals and growth- The importance of making decisions based on the business you want in the future and not the business you have right now.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/22/2023 • 31 minutes, 56 seconds
Ask Steph: How do you know when to start hiring or outsourcing?
Today I'm answering a question from a listener hoping to identify when is the best time to hire and/or outsource elements of her business. This is a common concern of small business owners that often presents a catch-22, generating enough income to hire versus hiring to free up your time to grow.In this episode I chat about:- Why biting the bullet early can be such a valuable decision for your business- The benefit of exploring the varied options available for online assistance- Understanding what's holding you back and evaluating the opportunity cost of doing it yourself- The process of identifying the capacity at which to hire- Focussing on your 'Zone of Genius'...just because you can doesn't mean you should (do it yourself)SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/19/2023 • 11 minutes, 22 seconds
My must-have apps and tools for running a successful online business
In today's high-tech world software tools for business are in abundance. One of the most common questions I am asked is what tools I use to run my online business. Today I am sharing with you a snippet of the tech setup we operate by and my thoughts on the essentials for any online business.In today's episode I'm sharing:- Why file, task and project management systems are an absolute must for efficiency and team development- The power of 'brain dumping' technology and the unexpected benefit of synthesising your thoughts to generate new concepts.- How client delivery apps can automate your communication and streamline your processes- What marketing and content tools you really need (and which ones are just shiny objects!)- The importance of solid time management tools to help organise your daySHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/17/2023 • 21 minutes, 39 seconds
Coaching call: What can I do to keep my audience engaged?
Today I'm coaching Jess Greene who is a business consultant as well as a bikini bodybuilder. Jess' vision is to work with clients to prioritise health and well-being whilst achieving their business goals. With two such different audiences, she is struggling to resonate with both and maintain an engaged audience in the lead-up to her launch.In this episode we chat about:- The power of letting go and intentionally focusing on engaging with your ideal audience- How leveraging through your current audience can promote growth- Why highlighting your unique story can give you kudos against your competitors and resonate with your ideal customer- Implementing strategies to convert warm leads and the benefit of creating a nurturing funnelSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/15/2023 • 26 minutes, 12 seconds
Ask Steph: How can I increase my price when there are more affordable options available?
Today I'm answering a question from a listener wanting to increase the price of her offer in a market saturated with more affordable options. She is worried about the perception of this price increase given the outcome promises are similar to her competitors even though her offer promotes a different learning method. In this episode, I am sharing my strategy to overcome this objection.- How highlighting the benefits of your approach versus the uniqueness of your offer is far more important- Why focusing on social proof that praises your method can establish confidence in your offer- The benefit of communicating value through increasing your price and reaching serious buyersHave a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/12/2023 • 10 minutes, 48 seconds
How I leverage this podcast to create more than 130 pieces of content each month
Content creation can be a challenging (and sometimes daunting) task for many business owners. Today I am sharing with you my tips for streamlining content creation which allows me to repurpose content across multiple platforms.In today's episode we chat about:- The value in identifying your preferred hero content medium- Why mapping out a skeleton monthly schedule is a terrific starting point- The strategy behind fleshing out content, with a focus on your yearly goals- How repurposing content across multiple mediums can save you so much timeSHOW LINKS:- Join my Community: https://stephtayor.co/community- Sign up to Launch Magic, join the waitlist: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/10/2023 • 16 minutes, 49 seconds
Coaching call: How do I get my audience to see the value in what I sell?
Today I am coaching Maddi Parsons, an accredited practicing dietician specialising in disordered eating and eating disorders. In the lead-up to the launch of her course, Maddi is struggling with creating the messaging that best communicates the value in her offers. Today we chat about some strategies to help her audience prioritise investing in her offers.In his episode we cover:- The importance of a nurturing process and how to make every piece of content move the person a step closer to conversion- Nailing your CTA's (calls to action) for maximum uptake- Why showing value in your offers through empathy and solution-based communication can be so powerful- How to structure your sales page to connect the dots and demonstrate why your audience should prioritise this nowSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
1/8/2023 • 23 minutes, 19 seconds
Ask Steph: How can I transition from 1:1 to a group program without risking client success?
Today I am answering a question from a listener who is wanting to scale her offer to six figures, however, her current 1:1 model is not sustainable at that level. She is hoping to move it towards a group program, but she's wondering how she can still get her clients the kind of results they've seen in the 1:1 format.In this episode I share- Why replicating 1:1 success in a group format can be tricky- How to ensure you're providing enough support in a group format- How a group format can create advantages that aren't available in the 1:1 format- Identifying perceived group format disadvantages and creating workarounds to overcome themHave a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/5/2023 • 11 minutes, 33 seconds
2023 predictions: Shifts in social media behaviour and the way we sell our offers
Every year, I like to gaze into my crystal ball and give some predictions for what I think the year ahead will hold in the online business space. As we ring in the New year, this episode I'm sharing with you my predictions for what may lie ahead in 2023. Plus we take a quick look back at how my predictions for 2022 played out—spoiler: I was pretty good!In this episode, some of the predictions I'm talking about:- What I think will happen with Instagram in 2023 and how you can protect yourself against this- What's going to happen with web3 and what this means for you as a business owner- Why the value of smaller communities will outweigh larger audience platforms- How establishing foundations will be key to sales and growthEpisodes referred to in this episode:- https://listen.stephtaylor.co/525 - A lowdown on web3 and why it's about to totally flip how we market our businesses- https://listen.stephtaylor.co/552 - Are communities the new social media? Here's what you need to know about this current trendSHOW LINKS:- Get my Offer Less, Sell More workshop: https://stephtaylor.co/offer-less-sell-more- Join my community: https://stephtaylor.co/community- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/3/2023 • 17 minutes, 5 seconds
Best of 2022: 5 ways to create cashflow in your business when everything feels so slow
With all the recession talk going on around us, the business environment might feel a little uncertain. Today, I'm talking about ways you can overcome the 'doom and gloom' and reconnect with your audience to promote cashflow in your business.In this episode we chat about:- Finding your jumping-off point to create a new offer 'right now' - The power of reiterating how you can serve your audience- The magic in relaunching!- Reconnect and reengage - the results can be surprising!SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/1/2023 • 17 minutes, 31 seconds
Best of 2022: 5 things you can do during a slow period to set your business up for future growth
Slow periods can be super productive as it's the perfect time to work on your business and set yourself up for for long term results!In this episode, I share with you how I set myself up for future growth in these down times...- Invest intentional time and energy into audience growth- How to get clear on your 'ideal customer'- How to amplify your reach - Focus on your unique angle - strengths, experience, knowledge and your audience needs- Research, research, research - it's super valuable on so many levels- Get clarity on your perfect digital product idea- Start creating your income-producing assets...short term income vs long term growth!Today's take-away - use quiet periods to set yourself up today for your future success!SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/29/2022 • 19 minutes, 51 seconds
Best of 2022: How I went from one online course to a 7-figure digital product-based business
My journey has taken me from a client-based service income to a digital product-based business and today I'm walking you through the simple steps that you go through to design your digital product-based business. In this episode we cover:- Identifying your's (and your audience's) big dream...- Nailing the clear transformation of your digital product journey...- Identify the best way to solve the problem- Niching in your business...the progression of your products SHOW LINKS- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet’s be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/27/2022 • 20 minutes, 41 seconds
Best of 2022: If I were starting over with no audience, no products and no biz... This is what I would do
Imagine for a moment that I was starting out from scratch...no followers, no subscribers, no content and no products. Today I'm covering what I would do to start up a business from scratch...In this episode, we explore the following steps:- Pick a broad topic or area of interest- Find and hang out in related communities- Identify opportunities in this community by engaging and understanding their challenges (aka identify the problem you can solve)- Conduct audience research- Choose 1 main content platform (that suits your strength) and start sharing your content- Begin building your email list - lead magnet and consistent communication are key!- Explore other opportunities for content sharing- Keep sharing, growing and being present - Map out the offer and start launching!!SHOW LINKS- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/25/2022 • 14 minutes, 35 seconds
Best of 2022: 7 things I've done this year to streamline my business
After a massive start to this year, I felt exhausted, it was time to take stock and reassess my priorities for Quarter 2. With an unsteady economy coupled with my competing priorities, I realised that now was a great time to focus on streamlining my business to set us up for future growth. So today, I want to share with you the 7 things I have done to work to this goal...In today's episode I cover:- The benefit of redefining my pathways...where my audience get to know me, like me, trust me and over time are ready to buy from me- Resist the urge to over-create...keep it simple and consistent!- Restricting live launching through streamlining the process- Flexibility in client work (that satisfies my launch cravings)- Building out my team with my first permanent employee- Content collation - I wrote a book!! - Lifting the pressure on Instagram...SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/22/2022 • 18 minutes, 55 seconds
Best of 2022: 5 ways to make content creation less time-consuming
Content creation is a critical component in the digital product world, but it doesn't have to be a time drain on your business. Regardless of your preferred platform, today I share with you my tips on creating content with ease...In this episode we cover:- Audience participation - not only gives you tonnes of ideas, it ensures your content is meeting your audience where they are at!- Work with your strengths in content creation - if you don't enjoy it, don't do it!!- Show up consistently on one platform well!- One piece of content multiple ways- What would this look like if it were easy - avoid over-complication syndrome!SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/20/2022 • 16 minutes, 48 seconds
Ask Steph: How many hours do you really work?
Today I’m answering a question from a listener who is curious about work-life balance and whether it’s possible to run a business that’s profitable without working 60+ hours a week.In this episode, I’m sharing a snapshot of my journey, including:- Getting clarity on the factors that affect your work hours, beyond business demand- Why assessing the next phase of my business is critical to laying the foundations for what's to come- The very real value of not trading time for money...plotting your own path- Why freeing up space to focus on your 'Queen Bee' role is super important- What the ever-changing landscape of work hours looks like in a growing business- The key difference between working ON the business versus IN the businessHave a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtay...
12/18/2022 • 20 minutes, 18 seconds
Coaching call: What should I post to stand out in a saturated industry?
Today I am coaching Dinorah Bermúdez who is the author of “My Year Without Men,” relationship coach, and guest speaker. Dinorah is seeking input on the best way to create and share content that cuts through an already saturated market. Today we chat about strategies to pinpoint and connect with your ideal audience. In this episode, we chat about:- How standing out the in crowd...zagging when others are zigging...can be so powerful.- Why intentionally crafting out your ideal audience can be a game changer to your business- Getting clarity on your messaging and using relatable terminology to highlight your expertise- The benefits of identifying mindset shifts as an audience nurturing technique- Strategically planning for audience growth...its more than posting on social mediaSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/15/2022 • 21 minutes, 31 seconds
Ask Steph: What can I do to re-engage my audience and sell to them after months of silence?
Today I am answering a question from a listener who wants to re-engage with their audience following a period of silence. They are seeking to understand how to best share content that will not only re-engage these people but also grow their audience. In this episode, I'm sharing: - How successfully sharing content builds audience engagement and promotes new growth- The importance of showing up consistently as an instrumental means of re-engagement- Evaluating our commitment to social media and seeing this as a nurturing platform- Strategies for attracting a new audience - Knowing when your audience will be ready to buy...the why, what and how behind nurturing for successHave a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephEpisodes referred to in this episode:- https://listen.stephtaylor.co/580 - What to do when your existing audience is for a completely different niche to your new one- https://listen.stephtaylor.co/562 - How I can grow my audience for my online course launch- https://listen.stephtaylor.co/582 - How do you create long-form content that converts into sales?SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/13/2022 • 10 minutes, 53 seconds
2022 in review: What worked, what didn't work, and 3 things you can learn from my mistakes
As we approach the holiday season, now is a great time to look back on the year that was. In today's episode, I share with you my reflections on what worked, what didn't work, and 3 lightbulb moments that came out of my mistakes.In this episode I chat about:- The powerful impact of taking action to reflect upon and tweak what is no longer working - Getting intentional about repurposing content for maximum potential- Creating structure that allows for freedom to focus on the 'wants' and not the 'needs' of the business- We can't always do all the things...recognising and responding to the overload- Just because it's out there, doesn't mean it will sell - the reality of not having sales processes in place- Mapping out the next step - how can I continue to service my existing audience?SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/11/2022 • 14 minutes, 29 seconds
Live Coaching call: How can I structure my offers when my audience only has the problem for a short period of time?
Today I am coaching Helena McDonald who is a dietitian working with women suffering from gestational diabetes. Her unique challenge is that her audience have an immediate problem and a very limited transformation timeframe. Today we are exploring how best to structure Helena's business model and offers to not only work around this challenge but thrive despite it. In this episode we chat about:- How reassessing your audience's needs can provide clarity to pivot your existing offers- Not every transformation can be solved with a course - exploring alternative platforms- How drilling down on the problems you solve can identify potential expansion opportunities- The positive benefit of a tiered step nurturing process and the surprising value and flexibility it can give to your offer suite- Why evergreen does not mean set and forget!SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/8/2022 • 20 minutes, 33 seconds
Ask Steph: How do you create long-form content that converts into sales?
Today I am answering a listener's question around long-form content creation. A very common query, in this episode, I am sharing with you the 5 key considerations when creating content that's longer than a standard reel or an Instagram caption...- Why content alone will rarely convert to sales but will bring your audience closer to being ready to buy from you- The power of a strategic sales processes - turning browsers into buyers and followers into clients- Nurturing your audience to be ready to buy by bridging the gap between where they are versus where they need to be - How to build trust by promoting your expertise through long-form content- Why a Call to Action (CTA) is crucial in content creation...mapping out the next step in your audience's journeyHave a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/6/2022 • 10 minutes, 51 seconds
How doubling the price of his course increased sign-ups (and other lessons from 7 launches) with Justin Moore
Justin Moore is a passionate sponsorship coach and the founder of Creator Wizard, a school and community that teaches you how to find and negotiate your dream brand deals so that you stop leaving thousands on the table. In today's episode, Justin and I revisit his launching journey and share his pro tips on pitching for partnerships to grow your enrolments.In this episode we chat about:- Testing the waters—starting out and the valuable lessons Justin learned from his first launch which wasn't as successful as he'd hoped.- Why bouncing back and identifying the variables for your next launch can have such positive benefits- Understanding the impact of your course beyond the number of participants. Low sign-ups doesn't always mean failure!- Embracing your aspirational growth and the surprising benefits of increasing your price point- When inaction can be a curse - start somewhere and believe that the best path will identify itself- Justin's powerful R.O.P.E pitching methodYou can find Justin at https://www.instagram.com/creatorwizard/ and sign up to his newsletter at https://creatorwizard.com/join or check out his courses at https://creatorwizard.com SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/4/2022 • 51 minutes, 35 seconds
Coaching call: What to do when your existing audience is for a completely different niche to your new one
Today I am coaching Ashley Roberts who is a practicing Attorney who also runs a completely unrelated business. Ashley is struggling to work through the best way to grow an audience for her new business away from her current social platform, which is all law-related. We address this in our chat along with tips on creating high-value content rather than noise!In this episode, we chat about- How understanding the mechanics of social platforms and managing your strategic presence can be a game changer in your business - How engaging in collaborations and networking opportunities can boost your growth- The benefit of amplifying your long-form content and capitalising on the endless ways this can be repurposed- Not all growth happens online - how to secure in-person partnerships that offer new audience interaction - Staying the course and analysing your strategy successYou can connect with Ashley @the_bliss_queen_ and learn about her '33 Days to Feminine Radiance' challenge or over on Youtube at The Bliss QueenSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/1/2022 • 24 minutes, 35 seconds
Ask Steph: How do you get your groove back when you're feeling down about business?
Today I'm answering a question from a listener who is struggling with a lack of inspiration in her business. She is feeling weighed down by the long to-do list and the ever-present ebbs and flows of running a business. Today I share my own experiences and the tips and strategies that I have used to break out of this slump.- How reconnecting to your 'Why' can provide a great source of renewed motivation - When re-evaluating your mental load to an 'essential' to-do list can help you seek clarity through the overwhelm- How identifying your business 'season' can be so powerful in plotting the way forward right now- Why focusing on self-care to replenish your empty cup is instrumental to getting back on track!- The positive benefit of finding your 'white space' and giving yourself permission to disconnectHave a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Check my Offer Less, Sell More Workshop: https://stephtaylor.co/offers- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/29/2022 • 15 minutes, 40 seconds
Tarzan Kay on scaling back her business, letting go of her team and surviving tough times
In the online business space where everyone is quick to talk about how they're scaling up their businesses, there aren't nearly enough people talking about what happens when you need to scale back your business. Today, I'm welcoming back Tarzan Kay, one of my favourite ever guests, to have a very raw conversation about her decision to scale back her successful business.In today's episode we chat about:- Tarzan's experience running an online business whilst juggling some massive life changes and curveballs. - How she came to the realisation that she didn't have the capacity to lead her students or her team right now, and the process behind coming to terms with that. - How she navigated the process of scaling back her business and letting go of her team. And so much more. I can hand on heart say this was my favourite interview I've done on this podcast to date. You can find Tarzan at tarzankay.com and keep up to date by joining her email list at tarzankay.com/joinSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/27/2022 • 50 minutes, 13 seconds
Coaching call: How can I create compelling messaging to sell my online course?
Today I am coaching Jemima Flendt who is a quilt pattern designer, author and teacher currently developing an online course for quilters and preparing for her first launch. Jemima is seeking guidance on the best messaging to use to promote to a new audience and achieve her aim of hitting the beginner quilting market. Today we chat about strategies to create clear, concise messaging that converts.In this episode we chat about:- The gold that comes from audience research...exploiting the old adage 'they don't know what they don't know'!- Why launching is all about buying the promise and how your messaging statements are imperative to communicating the outcome- How identifying and breaking down the key features and benefits of your offer can have a positive, nurturing benefit on your audience- Why keeping your messaging language clear and concise, over-complicated and fancy, is a must.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/24/2022 • 33 minutes, 31 seconds
Ask Steph: Should I focus on 1:1 offers until I'm more experienced?
Today I am answering a question from a new online business owner who is wondering if her offers are meeting the needs of her audience and whether she should be rethinking her strategy. In today's episode, I offer some suggestions on how to approach this dilemma- How drilling down on 'the why' behind our feelings of insecurity can be so enlightening in delivering greater clarity on offer outcomes - Why small group format courses can hold so much benefit to developing and refining your offers- The proof is in the purchase...the only way to know if your offer will sell is to give it a go!- How your 1:1 clients can provide valuable direction in course creation through outcome-oriented coaching strategies - Remember - the best offers solve a problem or deliver a transformation!Have a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Sign up for my live workshop - Offer Less, Sell More: https://stephtaylor.co/offers- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/22/2022 • 16 minutes, 38 seconds
You don't need to launch everything. Here are 3 things you can do instead to sell your offers
Live launching is definitely an important part of my online business - and can be a great addition to most online businesses - however not all offers require a live launch. Today I am sharing with you 3 alternative sales solutions and how they are best applied.In today's episode we chat about:- How to identify which digital products are best suited to live launching and the all-important 60-90 day pre-launch nurturing process.- The benefit of 'always open' offers and the value they can add to your audience as instantly accessible problem solvers.- How 'limited time launching' of a high ticket offer to a small, highly engaged audience can provide a positive cash injection to your business.- The value of 'next step offers' allowing existing or returning clients an opportunity to continue their journey with you.SHOW LINKS:- Sign up for my live workshop - Offer Less, Sell More: https://stephtaylor.co/offers- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/20/2022 • 14 minutes, 11 seconds
Coaching Call: Where should I focus my time and energy for results?
Today I am coaching Kirsty Allen who is a candle business coach who helps new and experienced candle makers transform and grow their business. Whilst coaching others, Kirsty is still mindful of growth within her own business and is seeking clarity around setting goals, moving towards her vision, and where to best spend her energy, time and money.In this episode we explore:- The value of drilling down on your marketing strategy and really capitalising on free marketing strategies to nurture your audience- How creating business structure and habits in the early days can help maintain focus, motivation, and consistency in the long term.- The importance of identifying the big picture vision to create smaller action items and long-term goals whilst promoting sustainability in your business - Why being comfortable with all that you 'are' doing is so important to overcoming the feeling of 'needing to do more' SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/17/2022 • 25 minutes, 40 seconds
Ask Steph: Should I scale my existing offers or create something brand new?
Today I'm answering a question from one of my long-standing students who is torn between scaling her current offers or creating new offers to service her existing community. In this episode I answer this question by detailing some of the pros and cons around this important decision as well as offering a couple of alternatives...- How scaling one product can minimise the risk and allow more time for focussing on the next thing.- The challenges that present themselves whilst scaling up.- Why creating a new offer and increasing the lifetime value of your existing customer is easier than trying to reach new people all the time.- The strategy behind expanding your offers backwards, creating the simple win whilst nurturing your audience to your next offerHave a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Sign up for my live workshop - Offer Less, Sell More: https://stephtaylor.co/offers- Get a copy of my book, 99 Launch Lessons: https://stephtaylor.co/book- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/15/2022 • 15 minutes, 54 seconds
The big mistake I made when my business hit $1 million in annual revenue - and what you can learn from it
Learning from our mistakes should be a business owner’s mantra and today I am sharing with you the big mistakes I made at a crucial time in my business. Plus the 3 key learnings you can take from it.In today's episode I’m sharing:- Why fast growth has a tendency to highlight the missing pieces in your business's foundations.- How failing to have a series of offers for continued customer engagement is a missed revenue opportunity!- Why a lower volume, higher price point offer is not always the 'get rich quick' scheme and the benefits of delivering a high energy product to a lower volume audience at a higher yield.SHOW LINKS:- Sign up for my live workshop - Offer Less, Sell More: https://stephtaylor.co/offers- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/13/2022 • 16 minutes, 15 seconds
Coaching call: How can I create free content that doesn't give it all away?
Today I am coaching Lou Ellis who is a kitchen coach seeking to help busy women spark a passion for cooking! Lou is currently working towards her next launch and having difficulty identifying the sweet spot between creating and offering free content and delivering too much for free. Today we chat about the strategies to get comfortable with your content offerings.In this episode we chat about:- How to structure your free content to address the problem that your audience is facing whilst moving them closer to the solution.- Why creating 'trend bucking' content can be instrumental in attracting your ideal customer! - Key strategies behind what your free content should be communicating, ensuring it is at all times supporting your key message.- Identifying how simple content tweaks can shift your audience's perspective and create more clarity on your product benefits. SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/10/2022 • 26 minutes, 35 seconds
Ask Steph: I don't know what to launch next. Should I launch a higher ticket offer?
Today, I'm answering a question from a listener who has multiple offers within her business but is stuck on what to launch next and she is questioning if the next product should be positioned at a higher price point. In this episode, I am sharing my advice on solving this issue.- How to evaluate your business at a higher level to really understand what gaps exist and breaking down the reality of low ticket offers vs high ticket items.- What is the problem that you solve? Getting specific on the transformation your audience is seeking will be valuable in creating the next offer that your audience needs.- Why launching it before you create it is such a terrific strategy and the learning outcomes this will provide, bringing you closer to nailing your next ideal offer.Have a question you’d like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/8/2022 • 13 minutes, 42 seconds
Kate Erickson on intentionally building a business that creates freedom and staying focused to reach your goals
Kate Erickson is the heartbeat at Entrepreneurs On Fire, the host of Kate's Take, giving a behind-the-scenes look at running a 7-figure business, and co-host of Nicole & Kate Can Relate, a podcast about the power of conversations. Kate's goal is to help entrepreneurs achieve financial and lifestyle freedom. In today's episode, Kate and I chat about a variety of topics from goal setting and staying focused on your goals, to finding freedom in your business.In today's episode we chat about:- How Kate found her way from corporate America to a fulfilling life as a successful entrepreneur and the challenge of entering the world of the unknown.- What it takes to run a multi-million dollar business whilst simultaneously staying true to your core values, scaling within your means and satisfying the needs of your audience- Why drilling down on the offers in your business can be so powerful in staying focused and intentional in your day-to-day tasks.- How breaking down your goals into small bite-sized chunks and regulating your timeframes can lead to highly productive results.- The realisation that when we become intentional about setting up systems and consistency within our business it is possible to experience freedom from your business. You can find Kate at kate@eofire.com or https://www.instagram.com/katelerickson/ and you can learn more about Entrepreneurs On Fire at Entrepreneurs On Fire https://www.eofire.com. Plus, tune into her podcast Nicole & Kate Can Relate at https://www.canrelatepodcast.com/.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/6/2022 • 42 minutes, 21 seconds
Coaching call: How can I market myself for my new online course?
Today I am coaching Sandra Hallnor who is a family photographer struggling to work out the best way to market her new product in readiness for her launch. How can she reach her ideal customer and what kind of content should she create that will be enticing but not overwhelming? How can she maintain consistency in content creation?In this episode we chat about:- How to break down the mountain of content ideas into simple bite-sized pieces that engage your audience where they are at and entice them to want more - Strategies for audience growth through multiple cross-promotion channels where the customer can be redirected to long-form content and further nurtured - Overcoming self-doubt mindset and removing the emotional attachment to your content- When overthinking can lead to under-delivering....remember, any content is better than no content and all content can be edited, repurposed or even deleted as your vision becomes clearer.SHOW LINKS:- Join my community: https://stephtaylor.co/community- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/3/2022 • 25 minutes, 57 seconds
4 ways to make more consistent sales
The revenue rollercoaster is an all too common challenge faced by most business owners at one time or another. Today I share with you 4 tips on how to overcome this problem beyond simply getting in front of more people!In today's episode we chat about:- Why focusing on reaching new audiences is not as productive as re-engaging with your existing customers. - How offering a suite of solutions that solve your audience's recurring problems can lead to revenue consistency.- Knowing when to seek out your new audience with your current, high-converting offers - The overwhelming revenue benefits of ongoing and consistent promotion through content that adds value and solves a problem!SHOW LINKS:- Join my community: https://stephtaylor.co/community- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/1/2022 • 18 minutes
Ask Steph: What should I create and launch first? I'm so overwhelmed.
Overwhelmed to the point of inaction, today's listener is struggling to decide which of their many ideas she should be focusing on to develop their first launch. A common problem faced by business owners at all stages, today I'm sharing tips to overcome this issue:- How to choose your ONE path to success by finding the best person to follow and invest in, whose content aligns with your business's current position and vision- The 3 key factors to building and creating a sustainable business and avoiding the misstep of putting the cart before the horse.- How to release the clutter to focus on one single offer and really commit to the process of creating and selling this offer through to completion.Have a question you'd like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Join my Community: https://stephtaylor.co/community- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/30/2022 • 18 minutes, 25 seconds
Coaching call: How do I overcome my fear of being a "brand" on social media and reach the right people?
Today I'm coaching Marissa Green who is developing a brand new business from scratch and is struggling with a common fear that presents for not only new business owners but those that have been running for quite some time. How can she overcome the fear of being a "brand" on social media to grow an audience and reach the people who need to hear her message? In this episode we chat about:- How social media can fit into the greater scheme of your business without you having to show up daily and share your entire life- Exploring alternative avenues for content distribution that engages your audience and helps with audience growth.- Strategies for choosing where to show up for your existing followers that aligns with your values, whilst nurturing these people into paying customers.- Leveraging a variety of marketing platforms to release multiple content streams that inspire further engagement...there is more than one way to grow an audience!SHOW LINKS:- Join my Community: https://stephtaylor.co/community- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/27/2022 • 25 minutes, 6 seconds
You're limiting your sales with these 5 common mistakes. Here's how to fix them
Unfortunately, the best marketing in the world doesn’t guarantee sales. In today's episode, I’m chatting about the 5 common mistakes that are leaving money at the door and how to overcome them.In today's episode we talk about- Identifying the 'happy medium' of offers that appeals to your audience... Ask yourself, what does my ideal customer need and how do they want to consume it...? - How to strategically design a suite of offers where you can take your clients through the entire journey of developing, growing and repeatedly evaluating their business.- Refining the problems that you solve by getting clear on creating a portfolio of offers that are related, relevant and bound by a common link. SHOW LINKS:- Join my community: https://stephtaylor.co/community- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/25/2022 • 19 minutes, 13 seconds
Ask Steph: How can I grow my income beyond just selling services?
Today I'm answering a question from a listener struggling to grow her business beyond sales, allowing her to get off the hamster wheel of working IN the business instead of ON the business. In this episode, I'm sharing a few ways she can solve this problem. - How to find clarity on your vision so you can let it guide you in designing your business the way you want it. - Identify what 'lights you up' and move in an intentional way to formulate a business that not only meets your audience needs but brings you joy!- Three ways to scale your business without working more hours. Have a question you'd like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Join the Community: https://stephtaylor.co/community- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/23/2022 • 15 minutes, 50 seconds
Coaching call: How can I grow my audience for my online course launch?
Today I'm coaching Tiana Karamihas, a Cavoodle coach who is struggling to grow her audience ahead of her first online course launch. She's the first person in her industry that's doing what she's doing, so she's struggling with Instagram and with growing her email list. How can she grow her audience ahead of her launch? And how can she get media attention as the first person in her industry?In this episode, we chatted about: - The different types of media coverage and how to come up with compelling angles to pitch. - Who to pitch for media coverage and where to find their email addresses. - How to grow your audience using Facebook Groups without being spammy or breaking rules about self-promotion. SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/20/2022 • 26 minutes, 43 seconds
What to do when people constantly tell you "I can't afford it" - without lowering your price
Being told “I can’t afford it” can make you really question your pricing and the value inside your products. But this doesn't mean that you need to lower your price or offer discounts. Today I'm dissecting what this REALLY means and how crafting your content is crucial to dealing with this feedback in your business.In this episode we talk about:- How showing your customer the value of your offer can help to shuffle their priorities- The four ingredients you need before someone will buy- How to tweak your offer without changing the core product to identify what appeals to your audience- Strategies to understanding and knowing when you are promoting to the right people - How important positioning your messaging can be to reaching your ideal customer- The benefit of tailoring your marketing to show your buyer why it is essential they buy nowSHOW LINKS:- Join our community: https://stephtaylor.co/community- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/18/2022 • 18 minutes, 7 seconds
How I prioritise my tasks and find time to take action on the things that matter
Running a business can be super BUSY! It can often be difficult to work out how to best balance your time across all the tasks that need your attention. In today's episode I am sharing with you the strategies I use to free up time and prioritise tasks.In this episode we cover:- Defining your 'Queen Bee' role and why this is a must-do for anyone who runs a business- Task tracking - the reality check on what we really need to be doing- How automation, templates and processes can help to free up your time- Why just because you can do it, doesn't mean you should!- How to leverage structure to create more freedom in your business. SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/16/2022 • 12 minutes, 32 seconds
Coaching call: What content is the best to create for my audience?
Today I'm coaching Jen Butler who is an early parenting coach struggling to come up with content ideas after having been operating her business for some time. How can she create content that best suits her audience whilst standing out? And how can she ensure her content adds value whilst helping sell her membership when next she launches?In this episode we chatted about:- Creating content that resonates whilst addressing the education gap to overcome outdated myths in the parenting space- Various strategies that identify powerful long-form content ideas as well as bite-sized content prices that can be repurposed across multiple platforms- Nurturing your audience growth by drilling down on what your ideal customer needs to know to a) see value and b) be ready to buy- How to evolve with your audience, providing add-ons that meet their ongoing needsSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/13/2022 • 26 minutes
Ask Steph: How can I get potential students to see the value in my online group program?
Today I am answering a listener question around overcoming the objection of perceived value and support offered within this listener's online program. Here are my tips on how to address this common problem:- Identifying the audience categories who will value your offer, so you can avoid selling it to people who won't ever see the value.- How to show your potential buyers why they should value your product. - How to strategically create a bonus that overcomes a key objection—so the perceived value of your offer goes up in their eyes. Have a question you'd like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi- Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/11/2022 • 10 minutes, 8 seconds
What is Imperfect Action? This is how it's been the secret ingredient in building my business
Welcome to the very first episode of Imperfect Action. When I was coming up with a name for the show, I thought about what my superpower in business has been—that I take action before I'm ready, before I have it all figured out, and I learn from my mistakes. Today, I'm sharing what Imperfect Action looks like to me: - How we tend to make up stories about why we can't do something yet.- The myth about feeling ready to do something—and how to actually become ready. - Why we can't confuse action with productivity. Have a question you'd like me to answer on the show? Write in with your question at https://stephtaylor.co/askstephSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi- Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/9/2022 • 10 minutes, 46 seconds
The final episode of Socialette. Why I'm rebranding the podcast and what that looks like behind the scenes
After 4.5 years and 556 episodes, today I bring you the final episode of Socialette. When next you hear from me you will be listening to the first episode of Imperfect Action. This was not a decision taken lightly, however with the evolution of my business, it was necessary. And today I'm taking you through the various steps in this process.In today's episode we chat about:- To rebrand or not to rebrand...- Overcoming the fears of rebranding- The conundrum of renaming a popular podcast- Finding my why - identifying the messaging- Analysing and remodeling the format- Visual assets - the art and the science of nailing it!- The final rollout...SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/6/2022 • 16 minutes, 38 seconds
How the live launch model helps me to run my business with ease
Live launching often evokes stress, fear, and overwhelm in many business owners. Today I am going to share with you how developing a live launching model has created so much freedom in my business. In this episode we chat about:- The benefits of letting go to create space for business growth- The evolution of niching and live launching in my business- Designing your business to work for you not the other way around...- The power of launch models = repeatable stress-free launching!SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/4/2022 • 10 minutes, 19 seconds
Is it possible to give away too much for free? This is how I decide what to charge for and what to share for free
There's a common misconception that business owners should give away their best content for free. Today I'm going to tell you why I disagree with this approach and how you can deliver value for free without giving everything away.In this episode we chat about:- Free content (or 'how to' content) doesn't mean problem-solving- Why free content often contributes to the guilt and overwhelm of your audience- The reality is, there's limited value in free...- How free content in a business can equate to an expensive hobby- Great free content is a stepping stone to solving the 'why' - Free content triggers to paid services (the gap between knowing and doing)SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/2/2022 • 13 minutes, 41 seconds
In a world saturated with free content, this is how to create content that stands out
Our world is overflowing with free content - WAY more than we could ever consume! And with ever-evolving platforms offering audiences specific content based on the algorithm, it has never been more important to Zag when others are Zigging. Today I want to share with you my tips to making content stand out in a noisy crowd.In this episode we chat about:- Choosing your platform that suits you!- The importance of being intentional with a focus on your business goals - 3 essential pre-requisites for posting content - The truth about 'safe' content...- The value of meeting your audience where they are at.- Go deeper! Content for entertainment vs educationSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/29/2022 • 18 minutes, 22 seconds
Are communities the new social media? Here's what you need to know about this current trend
Recently the online space chatter has been buzzing with people moving away from social media and into closed communities. Algorithm changes and a lack of control on the direction of their content has forced influences to explore alternatives. Today I want to further discuss this important shift and the pros and cons to online business owners.In today's episode we chat about:- The challenges of modern-day social media - Communities - a deeper engagement vs broad and shallow - The return of limitless control over your content - Controlling the re-engagement of your followers- All roads lead to your community - the active promotion strategy for community growth- The importance of new value in your community- Reality check - Communities are not the 'magic pill' to audience growth- Is a community what I need? The 3 key questions to ask yourselfSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/27/2022 • 15 minutes, 57 seconds
5 unexpected things you can learn from my most recent launch
Having launched several times now, I still come away from each launch with a few valuable and unexpected learnings. These lessons offer me great insight and guidance for my future planning. In today's episode I'm sharing these with you.In this episode we cover:- The surprising outcome of more profit with less sign-ups- The benefit of a carefully nurtured email list and the 90 days prior to launching- The positive effect of modifying your offer to cater to the needs of the current economy - Tread your own path - do what feels good for you!- The necessity of monitoring the tech through your launch in order to troubleshoot as required- Further enticing your audience by offering a sneak peek of your product- The assumptions that can be made by analysing the figuresSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/25/2022 • 15 minutes, 58 seconds
Struggling to stay consistent with your content and marketing? Try these tips
Remaining consistent can be really difficult in your business. There is often a great divide between knowing what you need to do and actually doing what needs to be done! Today I am sharing my tips on the best ways to stay consistent in your content and marketing.In this episode we chat about:- BJ Fogg's behavioural model - B=MAT (behaviour = motivation, ability and trigger)- The surprising factors that determine our level of ability, beyond the simple can or can't do- The overwhelming benefit of identifying the disconnect between motivation and outcome- The power of igniting your trigger, through finding your ability and motivationSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/22/2022 • 17 minutes, 6 seconds
5 things that slow down your business growth without you realising
Having been in business for 6 years I have definitely made mistakes. It's only been when an outsider looking in has highlighted these to me that I have realised the impact these mistakes have had on the growth of my business. Today I am going to share these with you.In today's episode we cover:- The overwhelm of 'putting the cart before the horse'- The barrier of waiting for inspiration to strike- The difficulty of not staying the course vs natural evolution - Quitting before allowing for measurable results - The trap of working IN the business vs working ON the businessSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/20/2022 • 15 minutes
Live from Inbound: 5 ways you can leverage web3 in your marketing right now
Recently I went to Boston to present a live podcast episode at the Hubspot Inbound conference. Today I'm excited to share this episode with you which is all about leveraging web3 in your marketing right now.In today's episode, I cover the following:- The recent shifts in online marketing and decentralized social media- As marketers, why should we be caring about Web3?- The technology that gives YOU property rights on the internet- The power of partnering with existing NFT communities- The benefits of using NFT assets in your marketing- Leveraging POAP (Proof of Attendance Protocol)- The strategy behind rewarding your community actions through virtual rewards- The benefits of building a tokenised communitySHOW LINKS:- Want to access the resources from this episode? Visit https://stephtaylor.co/inbound- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Want to join Launch Magic? Sign up here: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/18/2022 • 31 minutes, 24 seconds
Your questions about launching (and Launch Magic) answered
Doors to Launch Magic are currently open until 20 September. In the recent webinars leading to cart open and through my inbox I am getting a host of questions about Launch Magic, so today I'm addressing some of the common queries that are coming in...In today's episode I answer the following:1. How big does my audience need to be before I can launch? (03:06)2. What if I want to launch before / after mid-December? (05:35)3. I haven't decided what my product will be yet, is Launch Magic still a good fit? (08:52)4. How much time should we invest in Launch Magic each week? (11:16)5. I'm just starting out in my business, is it too soon to launch something? (13:12)6. Can I start launching my product before I've created it? (15:00)7. How do I launch without social media? (17:25)SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Want to join Launch Magic? Sign up here: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/15/2022 • 21 minutes, 28 seconds
From 20 subscribers to a successful launch: Case study with Eliska Krajickova
Eliska is an e-commerce store owner who started coaching other e-commerce business owners, and soon found herself fully booked. Knowing she wanted to create a digital product offer, Eliska deep-dived into Launch Magic - creating and executing her first successful launch in just 90 days! Today Eliska chats with me about her journey to success through Launch Magic, with a tiny audience and not much time on her plate. In this episode we talk about:- How Eliska was able to identify a very specific problem for a very specific niche- The journey to launching - 'launching before you create it!' - Debunking the myth that launching is just for traditional online courses, memberships or group programs- The challenge of staying true to her ultimate offer...avoiding the tangents!- The value of warming up your audience and addressing hesitations through content- The overwhelming relief of content batching!You can connect with Eliska at https://trefitprofit.cz/ or on Instagram @trefitprofitSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Want to join our next round of Launch Magic? Sign up here: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/13/2022 • 40 minutes, 52 seconds
Growing a membership by launching over and over: Case study with Jen Butler
Jen Butler is an Early Parenting Consultant specialising in baby and toddler feeding and sleep. She helps parents confidently understand and meet their babies feeding, sleep, health and development needs at every age and stage. Having launched previously, Jen joined me as a student on the recent round of Launch Magic to elevate her launches to the next level! Today Jen shares with us her pre- and post-Launch Magic journey!In this episode, we chatted about:- Jen's progression with digital products (from ebooks to memberships) and how responding to the evolving needs in her market has opened up growth opportunities.- Common mindset struggles that pop up in a launch and how she overcame them.- What happened when she mixed it up and offering a webinar in her latest launch- How analysing launch stats can deliver so much goodness and identify audience growth potential- Education as a pre-launch promotion strategy!- The valuable takeaways from Launch Magic that have extended Jen's launching capacityYou can find Jen at www.jenbutler.com.au or on Instagram @jenbutlerearlyparenting. Plus catch her podcast at The Happy Baby Show.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Want to join Launch Magic? Sign up to the waitlist: https://stephtaylor.co/launch-magic- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/11/2022 • 38 minutes, 38 seconds
What no longer works in digital product launches in 2022
As someone who specialises in launching, I have certainly felt the shift in the digital product world. What used to work just a couple of years ago no longer gets the same traction. But that doesn't mean launches no longer work. In today's episode, I'm looking at what no longer is working in online launches.In this episode I'm chatting about:- Market saturation in the digital product world and how to break through this- Why launching is about so much more than building hype and buzz!- Educating your audience and where this fits in with your launch.- Why I don't rely on social media in my launches anymoreSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Want to join Launch Magic? Sign up to the waitlist: https://stephtaylor.co/launch-magic- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/8/2022 • 9 minutes, 55 seconds
5 things you're doing that make launching harder than it needs to be
It's human nature, we love to overcomplicate things - especially launching! In today's episode, I'm chatting about the ways in which you are making launching harder than it needs to be and how to avoid this common mistake.In this episode we chat about:- Finding YOUR person - the benefit of following just 1 mentor and their process...- Launching to learn vs goal achievement = tweaking toward perfection- Embracing external accountability to overcome procrastination- One person, one framework - the guidance to get it done!- Taking the easy road doesn't get all the things achieved!SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Want to join Launch magic? Sign up to the waitlist: https://stephtaylor.co/launch-magic- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/6/2022 • 12 minutes, 36 seconds
Do you really need to be on social media to launch?
Over the past 12 months, I've noticed a negative sentiment to social media in the online biz space. In today's episode I share with you my launching social media journey and dispel the myth that social media is crucial to your launch success.In this episode we chat about:- The changing face of social media and content consumption- The growing value of social media alternatives- Understanding the return on your energy to capitalise on relationship development- Avoiding the leaky bathtub...!- Evaluating sales approaches - top of funnel vs nurtured audience- Controlling your content distributionSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Want to join Launch Magic? Sign up to the waitlist: https://stephtaylor.co/launch-magic- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/4/2022 • 14 minutes, 39 seconds
The three must-have pillars of a profitable digital product launch
Launching can seem so overwhelming, it raises soooo many questions - where do I start, is there a checklist, what if no one buys...? Recently I asked my community how I can best support them in launching and relaunching. A number of replies were along the lines of "tell me exactly what to do step by step". To help answer this question, in today's episode we delve into the three most important pillars to launching! In this episode we chat about:- The powerful strategy behind launching that's so much more than planning and doing!- No cookie cutter approach - strategising to YOUR 'specifics'- The iterative process - launching to test, listening to tweak, refining to relaunch- The system of planning and mapping using the tool that works best for you.- Reducing the overwhelm by brain dumping at a granular level- Defining the action - bridging the gap between knowing what to do and how to do it!- The very real struggle of prioritising and overcoming the mindset muckSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Want to join Launch Magic? Sign up to the waitlist: https://stephtaylor.co/launch-magic- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/1/2022 • 17 minutes, 58 seconds
What to do in the 90 days before you open doors on a launch
When I tell people a launch needs to be 90 days, they're usually shocked — surely you can't talk about your product for 90 days without really annoying your subscribers and followers? In today's episode, I share with you the power of the 90 days before opening doors on a launch.In this episode we chat about:- The hugely important step of deeper level validation- Audience growth - it's more than just ads on social media- Follower engagement - the magnet that pulls!- Mindset strategy and education- Doing the 'things'...asset development SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want to join Launch Magic? Sign up for the waitlist here: https://stephtaylor.co/magicWant me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/30/2022 • 9 minutes, 22 seconds
How to turn a failed launch into a success
One of my most successful products started as a launch failure!! But it's what I did next that took this failure and turned it into a million-dollar product! Today I share with you my simple four-step strategy for turning a failed launch into a success.In today's episode I talk about:- Is a failed launch really a failure?- The surprising blocks to pivoting in our launches- The power behind launching before creating- Non-buyer research really is the bomb!- The answers are in the numbers...- Identifying the weak spots- Tweak, tweak, tweak- Get back on the horse...!!SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want to join Launch Magic? Sign up to the waitlist here: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/28/2022 • 18 minutes, 44 seconds
How to grow your audience for free with partnerships and collaborations with Danielle Wiebe
Danielle Wiebe is a community builder, podcaster, business strategist and the founder of Business Babes Collective, a global community for female entrepreneurs. With over 10 years of diverse multi industry experience, Danielle found a gap in the market for teaching women to create strategic and profitable collaborations, as well as building a strong foundation and systems to be able to scale their businesses. Today we chat about building collaborations and partnerships and seeing them through to maximum mutual value!In today's episode, we chatted about: - How she built a global community from scratch by leveraging partnerships and collaborations. - The steps in identifying potential partnerships and reaching out to them.- What to offer in a collaboration or partnership when you're just starting out and you don't know what you can offer. - How to build structure and systems around pitching collaborations and partnerships.- How to ensure your collaborations deliver maximum value to both parties.You can find Danielle at https://businessbabescollective.com or on instagram at @Danilivinglife or @Businessbabesco. Plus catch her podcast at Business Babes Collective SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want to join Launch Magic? Sign up to the waitlist here: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/25/2022 • 43 minutes, 50 seconds
Is your idea good enough to launch? This is what makes a good digital product idea
With so many digital products out there in the world today, we can place a lot of pressure on ourselves to have the "right" idea and we think that if we just have the right, unique idea then it'll sell. Today I'm addressing a commonly asked question 'Is my idea good enough' and what makes a good idea?In this episode I explore the following:- The components of winning digital product ideas- Unique product idea vs unique approach- What's your special flavour?- The benefits of niching - The power of nailing the messaging concepts- What is 'Good Enough' and how to satisfy your doubtSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want to join Launch Magic? Sign up to the waitlist here: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/23/2022 • 13 minutes, 16 seconds
5 simple shifts to feel more confident selling in your biz
The reality is that the only real way to make money in your business is to sell. However, for many of us, selling feels really uncomfortable. Today I share with you some mindset shifts that have helped me develop confidence and get comfortable with selling.In today's episode we chat about:- Why free content is not enough- Money isn't a dirty word!- Replacing cheesy sales talk with solutions- The hidden power of educating your buyer- Benefits of pre-empting hesitations- The comfort of reality- Banishing imposter syndromeSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want to join Launch Magic, sign up to the waitlist here: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/21/2022 • 12 minutes, 52 seconds
How to use quizzes to attract perfect-fit subscribers with Chanti Zak
Chanti Zak is a quiz funnel strategist, growth consultant, and coach with a passion for psychology, interactive marketing, and getting brag-worthy results for her students and clients. Chanti is the creator of The Empathy Marketing Ecosystem and today we deep dive into quiz funnels and explore how they can help you build your email list and nurture your subscribers.In this episode, we chatted about:- Why quizzes can be such a powerful way to build your email list and nurture your subscribers. - The different types of quizzes and how to identify which one is most suitable for your business.- The strategy behind choosing your quiz topic. - What tech to use in setting up your quiz—it's easier than you think it will be! You can find Chanti at http://chantizak.com where you can access her free quiz chantizak.com/quiz and register for her upcoming webinar 'The Quiz Funnel Freedom Formula' chantizak.com/webinarSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want to join Launch Magic? Sign up to the waitlist here: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/18/2022 • 39 minutes, 4 seconds
Forget features and benefits—THIS is what you need to talk about in a launch
We're often taught that marketing is about selling the features and benefits, but launching a digital product takes a lot more than this. In today's episode, we dive into the strategy behind launching your product on a deeper level.In this episode we cover the following:- Looking beyond the 'features and benefits' mindset- The importance of educating your audience- The solution your container holds- Addressing the benefit:risk ratio- Squashing the transformation doubters...SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want to join Launch Magic, sign up to my waitlist here: https://stephtaylor.co/magic- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/16/2022 • 10 minutes, 20 seconds
The big mistake you're making while creating your digital product
There's an all too common mistake that digital product creators tend to make. In my teachings, I have I witnessed the heartbreak that's caused when creators neglect this very important step. Today we identify the mistake and outline the reasons why it occurs and what you should be doing instead...In this episode we explore the following:- The heartbreaking case study I see over and over again- Effort and energy displacement- The simple truth about demand generation...- Challenging behaviour changes - Intentionally 'beating your own drum'!- Solutions to the digital product creation misstepHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want to join Launch Magic, sign up to the waitlist here: https://stephtaylor.co/launch-magic- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/14/2022 • 13 minutes, 54 seconds
How to ensure your business is intentionally inclusive with Annie Gichuru
Annie Gichuru is the founder of Uplifting Studios, a platform dedicated to supporting online business owners to build racially equitable businesses so they can be intentionally inclusive. A leading Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) coach & consultant for online entrepreneurs, today Annie shares with us some powerful tips on promoting inclusivity in your business.In today's episode we chat about the following:- Annie's journey to a career in DEI coaching- The importance of building an inclusive business- Facing and overcoming our fears and discomfort - The power of analysing your business through auditing your personal perspective- The confronting reality of 'un-learning'- Benefits of plugging into a source that 'gravitates' and finding a container of 'Like-hearted' business owners- The importance of serving people of a global majority - Expanding and attracting through stepping out of your comfort zone- Understanding the language of inclusivity and common unintended mistakesYou can find Annie on Instagram @upliftingstudiostv or at www.upliftingstudios.com.au where you can access her free guides on Inclusive Language and 10 steps to Becoming a Genuine Ally and Advocate.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/11/2022 • 49 minutes, 33 seconds
5 tips for running your business and traveling at the same time
Simultaneously running a business whilst travelling has been my dream since I quit my corporate job six years ago. However, to fully appreciate the benefits of exploring the world whilst your business ticks over requires some significant planning. Today I'm sharing with you some tips on how I manage the work/life balance whilst travelling. In this episode I cover the following:- How to set expectations and boundaries around your work intentions- How to set yourself up to feel less stressed while you're travelling- How I make the most of my downtime and travel time- A quick tip to make sure you've got reliable internet- The most important thing to remember while you're travelling... SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/9/2022 • 19 minutes, 9 seconds
Q&A: Your questions about launching digital products answered
I'm often asked questions about Digital product creation and launching from my community, so in today's episode I delve into a series of questions around these topics that came out of my recent audience surveyIn this episode, I answer the following questions:1. What are the most profitable and most popular digital products? (@ 02:44)2. How do you figure out what to start with? What’s the best way to start?(@ 04:40)3. How to know your idea is a good one? (@ 07:22)4. How to build an audience and warm them up effectively before you pitch your offer? (@ 08:12)5. How good does the product need to be to launch? How will I know if the product needs improvement or if the marketing needs improvement? (@ 10:55)6. Should it be video and if so what setup? In recording videos for a course, what camera and lighting is needed? (@ 12:53)7. Should I launch a micro offer before I have a full suite of offers? (@ 15:59)8. How much money is needed to launch? (@ 17:24)9. Why do I wait til the last minute to organize my launch even though I know I need a runway that’s longer than 4 weeks? (@ 19:35)10. How do you decide between whether to create a course that's completely hands-off, vs a coaching element where you provide support and weekly calls etc? (@ 21:46)11. How often to speak about it? (@ 25:04)12. How often do you create new products, and stop selling old ones? (@ 26:52)13. How can I stand out in a crowded marketplace? (@ 29:25)14. Are there any free but legit platforms instead of Kajabi? (I'm thinking of Trello!) (@ 32:01)15. What do you do for social proof in the beginning if you've never sold the course before? (@ 33:04)16. How do you know if people will actually pay for your program or if there's already a ton of the same stuff out there and you won't be able to get traction? (@ 34:59)17. How do you decide whether to just target your own country (I'm in Aust as well) or go international? (@ 36:06)18. Can you pre-sell the course and build it as you go, once people have actually bought it? (@ 37:49)19. Does it need to be a live product? (ie. attend meetings with me) Can it be a passive product? (ie. purchase tutorials etc online with little involvement from me) (@ 39:29)20. How long does it take to launch? (@ 40:20)21. Where to host my digital product? (@ 41:21)22. How to write a sales page? (@ 42:05)23. How to host a webinar? (@ 43:23)24. What's the fastest way to build an audience and launch, can you launch without an audience? (@ 45:27)25. How much of it can I outsource? (@ 46:48)SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want to join my waitlist for Launch Magic: https://stephtaylor.co/launch-magic- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/7/2022 • 51 minutes, 18 seconds
How to write a million dollar course sales page with Kate Toon
Kate Toon is an award-winning digital marketing entrepreneur, successful online business coach, a Google beast tamer (aka SEO whizz!) and a straight talking copywriting coach. A return guest to the show, today Kate is sharing with us her structure and strategy around creating high converting sales pages.In this episode Kate and I talk about:- Juggling two memberships on different topics- Why sales copy sucks! And how to get comfortable with it...- The 'blank page' overwhelm - where to start!- Kate's 4-part structure to 'succinct' sales page writing- Selling the transformation - beliefs, desires, fears...- Overcoming objections- Navigating pricingYou can find Kate at https://www.katetoon.com/ or on instagram @katetoon and find details of her current course at https://www.clevercopywritingschool.com/the-sales-page-course-sales-page/ and grab her sales page checklist https://www.clevercopywritingschool.com/product/sales-page-checklist/SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/4/2022 • 52 minutes, 9 seconds
How to stay positive when your business is growing slower than you'd like
Running a business can be challenging at the best of times, but when things are slower than expected it can be difficult to remain positive. Today I share with you my 5 tips on how to keep focused and positive during this time.In this episode we chat about:- Connecting back to why you're doing it- Remembering who you're doing it for - Finding a community- Finding a mentor or a 'container'- Using this time to design your business intentionallySHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB-5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/2/2022 • 16 minutes, 18 seconds
Q&A: Your questions about launching a podcast answered
Podcasting - where to start, what equipment to use, what topics to talk about...these are just some of the most commonly asked questions about podcasting from my recent audience survey that I'm deep diving into today...In this episode, I answer the following;1. Where do I begin? How do you even start? (@ 01:49)2. What if I launch a podcast no one listens? (@ 05:55)3. How do I market it? How do people find you? (@ 07:20)4. How long before you start seeing results (ROI)? (@ 08:51)5. What the heck should I talk about? (@ 11:34)6. What is the best tech? (@ 14:04)7. What is the best podcast hosting/platform? (@ 15:39)8. How does the ROI compare between podcasts, IG, and email marketing? I'm really struggling with figuring out where to spend my time.. (@ 17:47)9. How do you choose topics? (@ 19:58)10. What metrics do you consider to warrant your podcast a "success"? (@ 21:46)SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/31/2022 • 23 minutes, 54 seconds
5 ways to create cashflow in your business when everything feels so slow
With all the recession talk going on around us, the business environment might feel a little uncertain. Today, I'm talking about ways you can overcome the 'doom and gloom' and reconnect with your audience to promote cashflow in your business.In this episode we chat about:- Finding your jumping-off point to create a new offer 'right now' - The power of reiterating how you can serve your audience- The magic in relaunching!- Reconnect and reengage - the results can be surprising!SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Doors to Launch Magic open in September, join the waitlist: https://stephtaylor.co/launch-magic- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/28/2022 • 17 minutes, 37 seconds
The lowdown on web3 and why it's about to totally flip how we market our businesses
You might have heard of NFTs, the blockchain and cryptocurrencies, but chances are you've dismissed them as being something that the "crypto bros" on Tiktok are promoting to make a quick buck. Here's the thing: The internet (and social media) as we know it is about to change drastically as we move to web3. This episode, I'm sharing the basics of web3 and how it applies to you as a business owner and marketer. In this episode, I talk about: - What the heck web3 actually is and why you should care. - The future of social media platforms where we're not at the whim of algorithms. - The key web3 concepts that you need to know about, explained as simply as possible. - How real people are using this technology right now, and some ways you'll be able to use it in the future. - Where to start dipping your toe into the world so that you're ahead of the curve. Sign up for my new weekly newsletter, Web3 for Marketers at www.web3formarketers.com Further reading: - Web3 starter pack: https://docs.google.com/document/d/1SWJw_NTyUvgdB_asRzsnVyKjciW8dZbeqQeUeWsEiQc/edit - How to not be scammed in NFTs: https://medium.com/@maimai816/how-not-to-be-scammed-in-nfts-e8c8bb5dffc5 - NFTs 101 — Why NFTs are a generational innovation: https://medium.com/coinmonks/nfts-101-why-nfts-are-a-generational-innovation-4626ae803e3b
7/26/2022 • 34 minutes, 21 seconds
Evergreen vs. Live launches: Which is best in your business?
Live launching vs Evergreen Funnel....which is right for your business? Today I'm going to delve into this controversial topic and start by saying...you can have both!!In this episode I chat about:- Why most of the time I'll say that you MUST Live Launch before moving to Evergreen- The pros and cons of live launching, even if you don't love the idea- The pros and cons of the evergreen model (that is, keeping doors open all the time- How to decide which model will work best for youSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/24/2022 • 13 minutes, 13 seconds
Q&A: Your questions about audience growth answered (Part 2)
Recently I sent out a survey to my audience with so many replies Last episode (Ep#522) I answered the first 10 most commonly asked questions around audience growth and today I tackle the next batch of questions...In this episode I cover the following questions:- 11. What makes a good piece of content? (@ 02:20)- 12. What is "good" growth for a podcast? (@ 04:14)- 13. Do I have to have a social media following? If so, what’s the best platform? (@ 05:36)- 14. My audience LOVES my IG stories but barely engage with any posts (even if the information is the same). So how to get them to engage with my posts so I can grow my audience? (@ 07:09)- 15. What's the easiest way to come up with content? (@ 08:40)- 16. How do I keep my audience engaged once I have them? (@ 10:26) - 17. How can I better understand what my audience needs? (@ 11:51)- 18. What packs the most punch when you are time poor? (@ 13:07)- 19. Is Tik Tok really have a better way to grow your audience? (@ 14:51)SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Learn more about Boost Your Brands Superfans: https://stephtaylor.co/boost-your-brands-superfans- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/21/2022 • 17 minutes, 20 seconds
Q&A: Your questions about audience growth answered (Part 1)
Audience growth is one of the ongoing challenges most online business owners struggle with. Today I'm answering 10 of the most commonly asked questions from my recent audience survey in a 2-part podcast series about audience growth.In today's episode I answer the following questions:- 1. What is the best platform to grow my audience on? (@ 01:57)- 2. What is a realistic routine and strategy I can stick to consistently? (@ 03:40)- 3. Is there a way to get people to subscribe to my email list without using lead magnets? (@ 06:35)- 4. Do lead magnets still work? (@ 08:12)- 5. Should I just go back to old-school marketing, letterbox drop pamphlets etc (@ 09:21)- 6. What is the best platform to use to gain great leads? (@ 11.25)- 7. Do I have to boost posts? (@ 13:47)- 8. Can I reuse content on different channels? (@ 14:47)- 9. How do I use my social audience to sell? (@ 16:40)- 10. How do I reach more people organically? (@ 18:25)Tune in later this week for part 2 of this podcast series on Audience Growth.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/19/2022 • 21 minutes, 37 seconds
7 things I've done this year to streamline my business
After a massive start to this year, I felt exhausted, it was time to take stock and reassess my priorities for Quarter 2. With an unsteady economy coupled with my competing priorities, I realised that now was a great time to focus on streamlining my business to set us up for future growth. So today, I want to share with you the 7 things I have done to work to this goal...In today's episode I cover:- The benefit of redefining my pathways...where my audience get to know me, like me, trust me and over time are ready to buy from me- Resist the urge to over-create...keep it simple and consistent!- Restricting live launching through streamlining the process- Flexibility in client work (that satisfies my launch cravings)- Building out my team with my first permanent employee- Content collation - I wrote a book!! - Lifting the pressure on Instagram...SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/17/2022 • 18 minutes, 59 seconds
How to launch your online course (with Jono Petrohilos)
In today's episode I am being interviewed by my friend Jono Petrohilos for his podcast, 'The Course Creator Community'. In this chat Jono and I deep dive into launching and I share with you my steps and learnings made whilst launching. In this episode, I cover the following:- My crazy journey to a career in launch strategy- How to benefit from an unsuccessful launch- The very necessary 6 weeks prior to cart open...get your audience ready to buy- Free content vs valuable content...meeting your audience where they are at- My 3 pillars to profitable launching - strategy, planing and action- The critical do's and dont's on launching- Why live launching is instrumental before making it evergreenSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Want to join my waitlist for the next round of Launch Magic in September: https://stephtaylor.co/launch-magic- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/14/2022 • 43 minutes, 54 seconds
5 things that matter more than audience size in your next launch
Growing your audience between launches is important however, the size of your audience should not be a defining factor of your first launch. There is nothing wrong with launching to a small audience...In this episode I cover the following:- The importance of nurturing and engaging with your audience consistently- The need for your audience to fully understand the problem that you solve and why it's important to solve it right now- How well does your existing audience understand the solution to their problem?- Addressing hesitations beyond the excitementSHOW LINKS:Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaksWant me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vipGet The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-igGet a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/12/2022 • 15 minutes, 12 seconds
Q&A: Your questions about building a profitable online business answered
In this episode, I'm answering a range of questions that came out of the recent audience survey around building a profitable online business.- 1. Your daily and weekly routine, distribution of activities, work life balance? (1:53)- 2. How to keep your audience engaged between launches? (03:56)- 3. How do i reach more people? (05:25)- 4. How many hours per week (on an ongoing basis) does it take to run an online course? Am I setting myself up to be more busy? (07:08)- 5. What do you wish you knew when you very first started? (08:54)- 6. How to choose format for courses - group with certain start time, "evergreen", etc? (10:03)- 7. Where should I spend my time and money to get the biggest return? How do I do this without spending 80 hours a week on it? (12:03)- 8. How do you determine how much time to spend on what activities, how do you know what is a "profit moving activity" when there aren't any profits yet? (14:00)- 9. Attracting the right audience when they're ready to buy? (16:25)- 10. Do you hire people to help you with things? How do you do it all? (18:10)- 11. How long did it take you to get into a flow of marketing yourself and growing your audience to your products? (19:48)- 12. How much should I give away for free? (21:27)- 13. How to take a 1:1 or small group offer and make it scalable? (22:56)- 14. What are some pros and cons, and tips for paid advertising? (24:58)- 15. What do you use to schedule all your socials? (28:30)- 16. What do you use as your project management system? When is a good time to start using this? (29:04)- 17. How do you get admin support? When do you decide when you need VA help? (29:44)- 18. How did you go from just you to having others help you and are they working full time or part time for you? (30:56)- 19. How can I feel more confident about marketing and software operation? (31:36)- 20. How do you remain consistent? (33:12)- 21. Are you glad you did it? (33:51)- 22. Is it possible to build a profitable business selling relatively inexpensive products and courses? (34:26)- 23. Is it possible to grow when offering a bespoke service (like branding) not a strictly online business or course? (35:47)- 24. When is the best time to start paid traffic? (36:32)- 25. How to undertake market research to ensure the product we're building will be something people buy? (37:09)- 26. What is the key to scaling a tiny offer? (38:03)- 27. If you think you’re the first one doing something in your industry (which I think I might be) what are the pros and cons of this and how do you navigate it? (39:42)- 28. What systems do you have in place to help make your business run more easily and without as much daily input from you? (41:36)- 29. How did you shift from agency type model to your online business without taking a huge financial hit? (43:44)- 30. Is there a way to launch multiple mini courses without the huge launch strategy? (44:38)SHOW LINKS:- Learn more about Boost Your Brands Superfans: https://stephtaylor.co/boost-your-brands-superfans- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Join the waitlist for the September round of Launch Magic: https://stephtaylor.co/lmwaitlist- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-igLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/10/2022 • 47 minutes, 25 seconds
Bonus episode from Italy: The reality of building a business, travel and freedom with Bec Miller
Coming to you from a tiny town in Italy! Today, my good friend Bec Miller (@health_with_bec) and I are chatting about how we built businesses that give us the freedom to travel. We also answer all of the questions you asked on Instagram, including:- Why and how we started our businesses - How we take action when we feel unmotivated - The biggest lessons we've learnt - The most vital step to take when you're launching a product - How we move forward when we feel like giving up - How we created boundaries to be able to travel and switch off - Our best tips to getting started - How to move from 1:1 to 1 to many - And more...Links mentioned:- Follow Bec for more daily weight loss and gut health inspo and motivation: @health_with_bec- For free recipes and resources and to learn all about Bec's eBooks and programs: www.healthwithbec.com - Steph's website: www.stephtaylor.coSteph's podcast: listen.socialette.co/podcast- The Podcast Launch Plan - stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- The customer research podcast episode - https://listen.socialette.co/502
7/8/2022 • 1 hour, 31 minutes, 15 seconds
5 ways to make content creation less time-consuming
Content creation is a critical component in the digital product world, but it doesn't have to be a time drain on your business. Regardless of your preferred platform, today I share with you my tips on creating content with ease...In this episode we cover:- Audience participation - not only gives you tonnes of ideas, it ensures your content is meeting your audience where they are at!- Work with your strengths in content creation - if you don't enjoy it, don't do it!!- Show up consistently on one platform well!- One piece of content multiple ways- What would this look like if it were easy - avoid over-complication syndrome!SHOW LINKS:Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaksWant me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vipGet The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-igGet a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/7/2022 • 16 minutes, 42 seconds
Celinne Da Costa on uncovering and embodying your brand story
Celinne Da Costa is a story alchemist and self actualisation coach. Celinne specializes in helping clients let go of their limiting beliefs, reconnect to the truth of who they are at their core and translate that into a story and a brand that aligns with the people they desire to connect with (AKA their soulmate clients). In todays episode we chat about:- How quitting her job and couch surfing around the world led to the business she runs today. - Uncovering and embodying your brand story, and the ripple effect this can have on your business. - What is the future version of me and what am I doing to get here? Analysing your brain chatter and risk-taking...- The 4 part process of making the change: Unlocking limiting beliefs, embodying your story, the design process, amplifying your message.- The incredible power behind magnetising the right clients and opportunities- Changing perspective of your story... it's not what the story is, it's how and who you share it withYou can find Celinne at https://www.celinnedacosta.com/ and find how to work with her at https://celinnedacosta.com/work-with-me/ or on instagram @celinnedacostaSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Join the waitlist for the September round of Launch Magic: https://stephtaylor.co/lmwaitlist- Get the Digital Product Kickstart Kit: https://stephtaylor.co/kitLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/5/2022 • 51 minutes, 46 seconds
If I were starting over with no audience, no products and no biz... This is what I would do
Imagine for a moment that I was starting out from scratch...no followers, no subscribers, no content and no products. Today I'm covering what I would do to start up a business from scratch...In this episode, we explore the following steps:- Pick a broad topic or area of interest- Find and hang out in related communities- Identify opportunities in this community by engaging and understanding their challenges (aka identify the problem you can solve)- Conduct audience research- Choose 1 main content platform (that suits your strength) and start sharing your content- Begin building your email list - lead magnet and consistent communication are key!- Explore other opportunities for content sharing- Keep sharing, growing and being present - Map out the offer and start launching!! SHOW LINKS- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Join the waitlist for the September round of Launch Magic: https://stephtaylor.co/lmwaitlist- Get the Digital Product Kickstart Kit: https://stephtaylor.co/kitLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/3/2022 • 14 minutes, 31 seconds
9 things I did that helped grow my podcast to 1.5 million downloads
Realising that my podcast was producing my best returns, I intentionally dedicated my time and energy on growth in this area, and the results have been AMAZING! And today I share with you my winning formula.In today's episode, we talk about:- Community driven content and the benefits of surveying your audience- Pitching podcasts using your unique angle- All roads lead to the podcast!- Repurposing your podcasts through multiple platforms - EDMs, Instagram...- Creating podcast playlists- The benefits of transcribing your podcast- Other things that have helped grow my showSHOW LINKS- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Join the waitlist for the September round of Launch Magic: https://stephtaylor.co/lmwaitlist- Get the Digital Product Kickstart Kit: https://stephtaylor.co/kitLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/30/2022 • 17 minutes, 22 seconds
7 ways to create consistent income in your business (without launching a membership)
Creating consistent income in your business is a tricky art to master, but it can really help for avoiding the "feast or famine" that often comes with running a business. Today we explore 7 ways to do this, without launching a membership...In this episode I talk about:- Establishing and growing your email list, and make offers regularly- The importance of lead magnets and subsequent nurture sequences- Payment plans...they can often make your products more accessible- Affiliate programs- Reconsider how you work with existing clients - Offer variety in the way people can work with you- Sell more often!!SHOW LINKS:Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaksWant me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vipGet The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-igGet a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/28/2022 • 18 minutes, 5 seconds
Thinking of launching something? These are the best types of content to post
Launch content is one of the questions I get asked constantly! 'What content should you share in a launch so you're not giving it away for free?' or 'what should be the difference between free and paid content?' Today we navigate the content minefield to bust the myths and identify the best types of content to post...In this episode I talk about:- Why launching starts 60-90 days BEFORE cart open (and what to post during this time)- The key content principles you can't ignore- Educating your audience—A-C, don't ignore point B!- Followers vs Subscribers...the value of Lead Magnets- Showcase what's possible...how to turn testimonials into relatable contentSHOW LINKS- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Join the waitlist for the September round of Launch Magic: https://stephtaylor.co/lmwaitlist- Get the Digital Product Kickstart Kit: https://stephtaylor.co/kitLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/26/2022 • 20 minutes, 57 seconds
How to ensure your online course, program or membership delivers the most value
If you're questioning how to deliver value in your digital products, you're not alone—it can be tricky to know how much is "enough" value to include. Today we are going to explore five different ways to ensure you are achieving this goal!In this episode we cover:- Identifying and understanding the starting point of your audience...- All roads lead to the dream outcome... - Nailing the relationship to the outcome...what challenges stand in the way- Pinpoint the learning needs to get from A to B- Remove the unnecessary steps....fluff is not value!Key takeaway - if you can get them from point A to point B quicker, easier, or more enjoyably than all the products, then yours is going to be the most valuable one! SHOW LINKS- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Join the waitlist for the September round of Launch Magic: https://stephtaylor.co/lmwaitlist- Get the Digital Product Kickstart Kit: https://stephtaylor.co/kitLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/23/2022 • 12 minutes, 30 seconds
Shelley Judge on how creating and launching a course at the same time helped her to overcome perfectionism
Shelley Judge joins me on the podcast today to explore her learnings from creating and launching her program at the same time! Shelley is a children's nutritionist who has used her experience in child psychology and nutrition to create Mealtime Magic, changing the thoughts and behaviours around food for children whilst educating and guiding families through the journey.In today's episode we chat about:- The benefit of creating a digital product as an alternative to one-on-one client work- The reality of creating and launching concurrently- Overcoming the fears and mindset muck and dealing with perfectionism and procrastination- Biggest launch take-aways- The benefit of non-buyer surveys- The objection of costs and investment- Preparing the audience to buy through content sharing...You can find Shelley at www.goodlittleeaters.com or you can DM her on Instagram @goodlittleeaters to chat about anything mealtimes and kids nutrition related.SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Join the waitlist for the September round of Launch Magic: https://stephtaylor.co/lmwaitlist- Get the Digital Product Kickstart Kit: https://stephtaylor.co/kitLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/21/2022 • 31 minutes, 28 seconds
How I went from one online course to a 7-figure digital product-based business
My journey has taken me from a client-based service income to a digital product-based business and today I'm walking you through the simple steps that you go through to design your digital product-based business. In this episode we cover:- Identifying your's (and your audience's) big dream...- Nailing the clear transformation of your digital product journey...- Identify the best way to solve the problem- Niching in your business...the progression of your products SHOW LINKS- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Join the waitlist for the September round of Launch Magic: https://stephtaylor.co/lmwaitlist- Get the Digital Product Kickstart Kit: https://stephtaylor.co/kitLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/19/2022 • 20 minutes, 46 seconds
Day 5: 5 days to clarity on your digital product idea
Today is day 5 of the series - '5 days to clarity on your digital product idea'. So far this week we've looked at the problem that your product is going to solve, who your product is going to solve that problem for, how are you going to solve that problem, and what format you are going to create that digital product in. In this episode, we're looking at the final step, how will you physically create it and launch it!- The BIG misconception - creating vs launching...- It is absolutely possible to launch before you create and why this is an option worth considering- My creation process, and the 3 ways to move forward- Validation and product refinement - real-time market researchSHOW LINKS- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Join the waitlist for the September round of Launch Magic: https://stephtaylor.co/lmwaitlist- Get the Digital Product Kickstart Kit: https://stephtaylor.co/kitLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/16/2022 • 16 minutes, 19 seconds
Day 4: 5 days to clarity on your digital product idea
This is Day 4 of the 5 days to clarity in your digital product idea. In this week's training I'm walking you through each step in the formula to creating a digital product that people want, need, and will pay money for.- Today we are looking at 'what' format for your digital product and 'how' to create it- We explore the various formats to suit your customer's needs best- Some tips on how to create the most common formats- Kajabi, the easy tech solution...- No cookie cutter here - the importance of creating and designing your digital product to your specific requirementsSHOW LINKS- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Join the waitlist for the September round of Launch Magic: https://stephtaylor.co/lmwaitlist- Get the Digital Product Kickstart Kit: https://stephtaylor.co/kit
6/15/2022 • 20 minutes, 42 seconds
Day 3: 5 days to clarity on your digital product idea
This is Day 3 of my 5-part training series designed to bring you complete clarity on your digital product idea—whether you have no idea what to create next, or you have too many ideas and can’t decide which to start with.- In this episode, we cover how you best solve the problem- What's your unique signature - providing your customers with quicker, easier or more enjoyable results - Identifying the lowest hanging fruit right now!- Creating your problem-solving statementSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks- Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip- Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig- Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabiLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/14/2022 • 14 minutes, 3 seconds
Day 2: 5 days to clarity on your digital product idea
This is Day 2 of my 5-part training series designed to bring you complete clarity on your digital product idea—whether you have no idea what to create next, or you have too many ideas and can’t decide which to start with.In this episode, I’m sharing:- The big myth about helping more people with your digital product. - Where to find the people who will pay money for your digital product. - A quicker and easier way to grow even in a saturated market, if you’re just starting out and have a small budget. SHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Sign up for Boost Your Brand's Superfans: https://stephtaylor.co/BYBS
6/13/2022 • 12 minutes, 57 seconds
Start here: 5 days to clarity on your digital product idea
In this series over the next 5 days we will explore complete clarity in your winning digital product idea. - In today's episode we look at the problem your product is solving...- Solving a problem vs creating a 'nice to have'- How to find the stone in the shoe of your audience.- Banishing the myth of 'unique' ideas- It's not always the experts that get the audience tractionSHOW LINKS:- Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB- Get the Digital Product Kickstart Kit: https://stephtaylor.co/kit- Check out the A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-igLet's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/12/2022 • 15 minutes, 15 seconds
5 things you can do during a slow period to set your business up for future growth
Slow periods can be super productive as it's the perfect time to work on your business and set yourself up for for long term results!In this episode, I share with you how I set myself up for future growth in these down times...- Invest intentional time and energy into audience growth- How to get clear on your 'ideal customer'- How to amplify your reach - Focus on your unique angle - strengths, experience, knowledge and your audience needs- Research, research, research - it's super valuable on so many levels- Get clarity on your perfect digital product idea- Start creating your income-producing assets...short term income vs long term growth!Today's take-away - use quiet periods to set yourself up today for your future success!Be sure to check out next week's 5-day series where I break down how to uncover your winning digital product idea.SHOW LINKS:- Grow your audience with Boost Your Brand's Superfans (https://stephtaylor.co/BYBS)- Get my step-by-step plan to launch your podcast (https://stephtaylor.co/PLP-IG)- Sign up for my free podcasting masterclass (https://stephtaylor.co/podcasting)
6/9/2022 • 19 minutes, 20 seconds
Kirsty Fanton on how to use customer research to write high-converting launch copy
Kirsty is a launch copywriter and copy coach who's great at making sense of human tendencies and selling through words. In 2018 Kirsty returned to her love of teaching and launched her Brain Camp course. With a psychotherapist background, Kirsty understands the benefit of gathering insights from potential customers in order to connect with your audience and write copy that converts. In today's episode Kirsty and I chat about: Launch learnings after a 16-month hiatus to have a baby The overwhelming benefit of social proof...copy real CAN write itself! The power of word of mouth recommendations The 'wrong' questions to ask when gathering feedback Dispelling the fear of non-buyer surveys Customer research processes for identifying trends leading to valuable copy Social proof... it's not just testimonials! Tips for launching without social proof and the key elements of social proof Customer research is not just a 'tick-box' task You can find Kirsty at https://www.kirstyfanton.com/ and sign up to her social proof sidekick at https://www.kirstyfanton.com/sps-socialette or on Instagram @kirsty.fanton SHOW LINKS: Get the book — 99 Launch Lessons: https://stephtaylor.co/book Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB Learn more about Boost Your Brands Superfans: https://stephtaylor.co/boost-your-brands-superfans 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/7/2022 • 46 minutes, 20 seconds
The expectations vs. reality of fast business growth (aka. The time I became an "overnight success")
My business grew rapidly in 2020, but the 'overnight success' tag didn't ring true! Today I share with you my journey (and failures) to success. I detail the pros & cons of rapid growth and I highlight what I would do differently (aka - the take-aways for you!) Here's what I cover in this episode: It's not all sunshine & butterflies (pros & cons of rapid growth) Growth as validation 'Upper-limiting' growth potential The mindset muck Sustainability of growth One step back...two steps forward Reducing the 'Business Bloat' Systems, processes & SOP's are critical The value of scaling software YOU are SO important!! Overcoming the fear that it will break! SHOW LINKS: Get the book — 99 Launch Lessons: https://stephtaylor.co/book Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB Learn more about Boost Your Brands Superfans: https://stephtaylor.co/boost-your-brands-superfans 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/5/2022 • 22 minutes, 44 seconds
How my business has evolved in 500 episodes—and predictions for the future of online launches
Ep 500...Wow!! In the last 4 years of podcasting I have covered so many topics. Today I want to share with you how my business has evolved and my predictions for online business and launching. Here's what I cover in this episode: May 1st, 2018 - where it all began! My first launch flop... The Podcast Launch Plan evolution 2022 - you're not alone...this is tough! Flexibility is key... Looking ahead...audience growth without ad spends Remaining authentic in our offers Know, Like and Trust...standing out in the noise Getting to the finish line Becoming more accessible Email is King! Web3 & NFT's for digital products SHOW LINKS: Get the book — 99 Launch Lessons: https://stephtaylor.co/book Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB Learn more about Boost Your Brands Superfans: https://stephtaylor.co/boost-your-brands-superfans 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/2/2022 • 28 minutes, 15 seconds
Monica Yates on how to create boundaries in your business to protect your energy
Monica is a trauma healer and embodiment coach who works with women to set boundaries in their business and personal life. In her coaching, Monica explores the need for boundaries to avoid exhaustion and overwhelm and protect your positive energy. Language warning for this episode! In today's episode Monica and I chatted about: Boundaries without resentment Signs you need to set boundaries in your business Identifying boundaries within yourself - self-respect and discipline 'Silence' is golden... The importance of embodying your boundaries into your energy The surprising benefit of distancing yourself from validation Teaching your boundaries through gentle communication You can find Monica at https://monicayates.com.au/ and sign up to her masterclass at https://monicayates.com.au/monica_work/boundaries-bitch/ or on Instagram @ monicayateshealth SHOW LINKS: Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/31/2022 • 45 minutes, 2 seconds
Instagram doesn't light me up anymore—here's what I'm doing instead
Instagram has always been a core part of my business that has seen me reach great levels of success. However, with the ever-changing algorithms and content saturation we are experiencing today, I decided it was time to reassess its impact on my future goals. In this episode, I share with you my journey through Instagram My IG success story...the early days! The reality of those 'shiny objects' (aka Reels) Navigating the posting conundrum - what I want to post vs what my followers want to see It's okay to not be 'BIG' on Instagram (particularly if it doesn't fit your goals) How to make Instagram 'work for me' - options, options, options... And...where to from here! TL;DR - You don't HAVE to do anything in your biz. Do what works for you—and that includes IG. SHOW LINKS: Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/29/2022 • 23 minutes, 8 seconds
What to do during launch stuff ups and tech glitches (like the time I called everyone on my email list "Sarah")
Tech glitches are a given, particularly when you are launching! I've had my fair share...but it doesn't need to feel like the 'end of the world'!! In this episode, I share with you some of my tech glitches and how I handled them... Launching on Friday 13th.... Testing, testing....503 error! Everyone's called 'Sarah', right? Webinar "Going live in 3,2,1".... That time 60 people got all 13 cart open emails at once The positive take-away from unintended glitches is the opportunity it presents to re-evaluate your processes to minimise a reoccurrence! SHOW LINKS: Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/26/2022 • 13 minutes, 6 seconds
Tarzan Kay on how to make consistent sales with a small email list
Tarzan is a copywriter and email marketing specialist who has the unique ability to write fun and engaging emails that WANT to be read! Her story-based copywriting and consistent email model is designed to not only return a high email open rate but in turn, build better relationships and audience growth. In this episode, Tarzan and I chatted about: Why your email marketing strategy should be the centre of your business The striking differences between communication by email marketing and social media How to do 'a lot' with a small email list The benefit of storytelling as a unique value proposition Lessons learned in email list building Tips for developing relatable, easy-read, saleable emails (and overcoming the fear of 'unsubscribe') How to keep small email list engagement The difficulty of identifying your best business balance Love this interview? Get MORE! Join Tarzan for her FREE Masterclass: Small List, Big Profit https://tarzankayglobal.samcart.com/referral/masterclass/TWNXfJXXjvNRfNrz And get to know her better on instagram @tarzan_kay SHOW LINKS: Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/24/2022 • 51 minutes, 26 seconds
Some of the biggest mistakes you can make with your launch (Book Extract)
This episode is designed to help prevent you from making some of the big mistakes you can make in a launch. This is an extract from my book, 99 Launch Lessons. SHOW LINKS: Get the book — 99 Launch Lessons: https://stephtaylor.co/book Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/22/2022 • 9 minutes, 33 seconds
Madison Dohnt on the energy behind a successful launch and how to launch less stressfully
Madison is another of my Launch Magic Alumni who enjoys a successful career as a Women’s Hormone Specialist and Naturopath. After personally experiencing health issues, Madison took her knowledge as a scientist and high school science teacher and pivoted her career into the health space, specifically her passion for empowering and educating women about hormone health. Today Madison runs a successful 8 week Balance your Hormones Course. In this episode, Madison and I chatted about: How and why she took her education and knowledge to a digital product How Launch Magic gave her the realisation that the ‘Success of your launch is reliant on your ENERGY’ Madison’s post-it note strategy for boosting your confidence when teaching a live webinar Her ‘a-ha’ moment after content sharing in the lead up to her launch The impact of stress on our hormones through launching—and how to minimise stress in a launch Learnings from her first launch and the boundaries and changes implemented going forward You can find Madison at https://www.madisondohnt.com/ and find her free eBook at https://www.madisondohnt.com/clearyoursymptoms or on instagram @ madisondohnt Doors are currently open to Launch Magic until 19th May. Find out more and enroll at https://stephtaylor.co/magic SHOW LINKS: Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/16/2022 • 39 minutes, 53 seconds
Michelle Pontvert on how launching digital products transformed her web design business
Michelle is a Launch Magic Alumni and a freelance website designer who adjusted her business model to continue servicing her 1:1 clients whilst removing herself from the equation. Michelle has successfully 'templatised' her entire business whilst still achieving great results for her clients. In this episode, Michelle and I chatted about: How she was able to template her 1:1 custom design work How to make her templates meet a need and stand out in a crowded market whilst overcoming her fears Her experiences and learnings with launching (and relaunching) her online products Lessons and mistakes from her second launch (bonuses, fears and alike) How to create a webinar around templated products (as opposed to traditional online courses) Her 'lightbulb' moments from Launch Magic You can find Michelle at https://www.michellepontvert.com/ and find her templates at https://www.michellepontvert.com/shop or on Instagram @ michellepontvert Doors are currently open to Launch Magic until 19th May. Find out more and enroll at https://stephtaylor.co/magic SHOW LINKS: 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/15/2022 • 33 minutes, 26 seconds
This is why you keep pushing your launches back—and how to stop doing it so you can finally launch
If you're stuck in the endless cycle of procrastinating your launch (or launches), you're not alone. This episode I'm sharing why you keep doing it, and some steps you can take to stop procrastinating your launch. SHOW LINKS: Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/10/2022 • 16 minutes, 2 seconds
How a live launch can remove the risk of a failed launch (Book extract)
Launching can feel scary, because there's always the risk it might flop. But live launching can actually prevent this from happening. This episode, I'm reading an extract from my book, 99 Launch Lessons. Get your copy at https://stephtaylor.co/book SHOW LINKS: Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/5/2022 • 8 minutes, 3 seconds
I didn't record my signature course until the third round. This is why
I taught Launch Magic live for the first two rounds, rather than investing any time into recording it up-front. This episode, I'm sharing why I chose not to pre-record it all until the third time I taught the course. SHOW LINKS: Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/3/2022 • 8 minutes, 8 seconds
Not sure what to launch next? Here's how to come up with ideas (and decide between ideas!)
Too many ideas? Or not enough ideas for what to launch? Either way, this episode, I'm sharing how to come up with ideas to launch and how to choose what to launch next. SHOW LINKS: Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/1/2022 • 15 minutes, 46 seconds
This is how templates hurt your launches
Templates are tempting—after all, they can save you hours of work. However, they can hurt your launches and cramp your style. This episode, I'm sharing how they're hurting your launches. SHOW LINKS: Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/28/2022 • 11 minutes, 29 seconds
Launching: I launched a course before I recorded the first lesson. Here's how I did it.
I'm a big believer in launching your offer before you invest too much time into creating it, as launching is the best way to test your idea. This episode, I'm breaking down exactly how I launched my newest course before I even recorded the very first lesson. Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/5/2022 • 8 minutes, 6 seconds
The excuses that are holding you back from launching (Book extract)
As an introvert, I'll be the first one to tell you that launching can drain your energy—if you do it the wrong way. This episode, I'm sharing how to launch and keep your energy up, so that you don't burn yourself out in the process. Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/3/2022 • 6 minutes, 46 seconds
You are responsible for the business you create (Book extract)
If parts of your business are making you unhappy, you're responsible for it. This is a good thing, because it means you have the power to change it. This episode, I'm reading an extract from my book, 99 Launch Lessons. Get your copy at https://stephtaylor.co/book Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/31/2022 • 5 minutes, 47 seconds
3 big mistakes I made in Q1 of 2022 in my biz
The first quarter of 2022 was an interesting one in my business. We did more than we've ever done in one quarter, and naturally, I made some mistakes. This episode, I'm sharing what those mistakes were and what you can learn from them. Get my Daily Biz Booster emails: https://stephtaylor.co/DBB 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/29/2022 • 9 minutes, 15 seconds
Audience Growth | You don't have to be on social media if you don't want to be
You really don't have to be on social media if you don't want to. Yep— that's right. This episode, I'm sharing why. Register for my free masterclass — How to Grow your Audience in 2022 at https://stephtaylor.co/masterclass 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/22/2022 • 6 minutes, 4 seconds
Book Extract | Be brave enough to disqualify the wrong people
It's scary to say "no thanks" to the wrong people for your business, but it's so important. This episode, I'm sharing an extract from my book about being brave enough to disqualify the wrong people. Register for my free masterclass — How to Grow your Audience in 2022 at https://stephtaylor.co/masterclass 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/20/2022 • 5 minutes, 6 seconds
Audience Growth | There are only two ways to reach more people
Are you overcomplicating growing your audience? Probably. When it comes down to it, there really are only two ways to reach more people and this episode I'm sharing what they are. Register for my free masterclass — How to Grow your Audience in 2022 at https://stephtaylor.co/masterclass 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/17/2022 • 6 minutes, 14 seconds
Audience Growth | Why the algorithm doesn't like you and what to do about it
Hands up if you've ever felt personally victimised by the Instagram algorithm—or any other social media algorithms? This episode, I'm sharing why the algorithm doesn't like you and how to fix it. Register for my free masterclass — How to Grow your Audience in 2022 at www.stephtaylor.co/masterclass 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/15/2022 • 6 minutes, 1 second
Audience Growth | Why growing your audience feels so hard in 2022
There's no doubt that growing your audience in 2022 is a little more challenging than it was a few years ago. If you're wondering whether it's just you—it's not. This episode, I'm sharing exactly why growing your audience in 2022 can feel like an uphill battle and what to do about it. 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/13/2022 • 5 minutes, 12 seconds
Behind The Scenes | Why I deleted 15,000 subscribers off my email list
Last year, I deleted 15,000 subscribers off my email list. Did it hurt? Yes. But I did it for a reason, and this episode I'm sharing exactly why I deleted my subscribers and the signs that I needed to delete them. 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/10/2022 • 5 minutes, 25 seconds
Sara Noel on how to improve your website conversions with better copy
Sara Noel is a freelance website copywriter and educator who specializes in helping creative entrepreneurs and modern business owners connect with their ideal audience through her signature sales-focused storytelling method. In this episode, Sara and I chatted about: Why good website copy is so important (and why it's one of the big reasons you might not be converting as well as you'd like). The massive mistakes business owners make with their website copy. How to write your about page, even if you hate writing about yourself. How to get free traffic to your website (without relying on social media). Her experiences so far with launching her online course. You can find Sara at www.betweenthelinescopy.com and find her course at http://www.betweenthelinescopy.com/course SHOW LINKS: 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/8/2022 • 32 minutes, 4 seconds
Book Sneak Peek | Do what feels right for you
My book is LIVE! This episode, I'm sharing a little sneak peek from what I've written—some advice on what to do when you don't know what to do. Get the book at https://stephtaylor.co/book 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/6/2022 • 5 minutes, 18 seconds
Launching | Your launch flopped, now what?
Sometimes launches don't quite go to plan, and that's okay. I've been there a few times and each time this has happened, it's taught me something valuable. This episode, I'm sharing what steps to take if your launch has failed. 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/3/2022 • 6 minutes, 55 seconds
Launching | 7 reasons people will look at your product and not buy it
When you launch, people might be interested in your product and still not buy it. This episode, I'm sharing why that happens, so you can prepare for it next time you launch.
3/1/2022 • 6 minutes, 36 seconds
Launching | What if people unsubscribe or unfollow?
Worried that when you launch, people might unfollow you or unsubscribe from your list? Let's talk about that. Launch Magic Live is coming up on 24 and 25th of February. Launch Magic Live is The 2-day virtual event that will give you the strategy, motivation, and momentum to have your first (or biggest!) profitable launch. Check out the speaker lineup and grab your ticket at (http://stephtaylor.co/LML) 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
2/15/2022 • 5 minutes, 30 seconds
Launching | "I feel like my launch will fail"
Does your gut instinct tell you that your launch will fail? You're not alone. This episode, I'm showing you why your gut feeling that you'll fail can't always be trusted. Launch Magic Live is coming up on 24 and 25th of February. Launch Magic Live is The 2-day virtual event that will give you the strategy, motivation, and momentum to have your first (or biggest!) profitable launch. Check out the speaker lineup and grab your ticket at (http://stephtaylor.co/LML) 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
2/13/2022 • 5 minutes, 4 seconds
Online Biz | How I transitioned from 1:1 clients to a digital product business
Wondering how to ditch the client work and go all-in on your digital products? This episode, I'm sharing how I did it... The path I took might surprise you! Launch Magic Live is coming up on 24 and 25th of February. Launch Magic Live is The 2-day virtual event that will give you the strategy, motivation, and momentum to have your first (or biggest!) profitable launch. Check out the speaker lineup and grab your ticket at [stephtaylor.co/LML] 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
2/10/2022 • 7 minutes, 29 seconds
Book Sneak Peek | What to do if you're not ready to launch yet
I'm launching a BOOK about launching! This episode, I'm sharing a little sneak peek from what I've written—some advice on what to do if you're not ready to launch. Launch Magic Live is coming up on 24 and 25th of February. Launch Magic Live is The 2-day virtual event that will give you the strategy, motivation, and momentum to have your first (or biggest!) profitable launch. Check out the speaker lineup and grab your ticket at http://stephtaylor.co/LML SHOW LINKS: 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
2/8/2022 • 7 minutes, 7 seconds
Podcasting | 5 things that matter more than your podcasting equipment
When you want to start a podcast, it's only natural that your first instinct is to start researching podcast equipment. Surely the very first thing you need to start a podcast is a microphone, right? Wrong. This episode, I'm sharing 5 things that matter more when you're launching a podcast than your equipment. If you're thinking about launching a podcast in 2022, then I would like to invite you to join my free podcasting masterclass. In the 60-minute training, you'll uncover: - The 7 massive myths that are holding you back from launching a wildly successful podcast, - Your stand-out podcast topic. Your podcast topic can be the difference between a show that skyrockets your business, and one that flops. I'm letting you in on my simple strategy for your powerful podcast topic, and - 3 ways to make money from your podcast. Find a time that suits you and register at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting SHOW LINKS: 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/30/2022 • 8 minutes, 32 seconds
Podcasting | 5 things NOT to do when you're starting a podcast
Having helped launch more than 100 podcasts in the last 2 years, I've seen all the mistakes in the book. In this episode, I'm sharing 5 things you mustn't do when you're starting a podcast. If you're thinking about launching a podcast in 2022, then I would like to invite you to join my free podcasting masterclass. In the 60-minute training, you'll uncover: - The 7 massive myths that are holding you back from launching a wildly successful podcast, - Your stand-out podcast topic. Your podcast topic can be the difference between a show that skyrockets your business, and one that flops. I'm letting you in on my simple strategy for your powerful podcast topic, and - 3 ways to make money from your podcast. Find a time that suits you and register at stephtaylor.co/podcasting SHOW LINKS: 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/27/2022 • 8 minutes, 13 seconds
Denise Duffield-Thomas on money mindset, launching and scaling to a multi-million dollar biz by doubling down on one product
Denise Duffield-Thomas is_ _the money mentor for the new wave of online entrepreneurs who want to make money and change the world. She helps women charge premium prices, release the fear of money and create First Class lives. In today's episode, Denise and I chat about: - Why mindset is the most important part of any launch and how she mentally prepares herself for each launch. - Some of the most common mindset blocks that show up in launches. - Her manifestation and goal-setting rituals for each launch. - How doubling down on one product helped her to scale to a multi-million dollar business. You can find out more about Denise Duffield-Thomas at [www.denisedt.com](www.denisedt.com) and you can find her Money Bootcamp at [www.denisedt.com/bootcamp](https://www.denisedt.com/bootcamp) 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/20/2022 • 48 minutes, 1 second
Business Tips | 5 hacks to save time in your business in 2022
I spend less than 20 hours per week working IN my business, which has meant I have more time to work ON my business as a result. Here are some ways that I've become more efficient with my time. 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/18/2022 • 8 minutes, 42 seconds
Business Tips | How to choose what to focus on in 2022
Focus is one of the most important things in business, but it's also one of the hardest. With so many shiny projects you could chase, how do you decide which ones to focus on? This episode, I'm sharing how to choose what to focus on in your business in 2022. 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/16/2022 • 8 minutes, 57 seconds
2022 Predictions | What will make a successful digital product in 2022
There are more digital products than ever before, which means that the gap between the successful ones and the unsuccessful ones is widening. This episode, I'm sharing what a successful digital product will look like in 2022. 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/13/2022 • 8 minutes, 46 seconds
2022 Predictions | My predictions for the online business space in 2022
Every year, I like to take a little stab in the dark at what I think will happen in the online business space in the year ahead. This episode, I'm sharing my 2022 predictions for the online business space. 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/11/2022 • 11 minutes, 8 seconds
2022 Planning | How to plan your launches for 2022
When you're planning for the year ahead in your business, one of the most important parts is planning your launches for the year. This episode, I'm walking you through the process I go through to plan my launches each year. SHOW LINKS: 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits: https://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Want me to spend a day working on your next launch? Book a VIP intensive: https://stephtaylor.co/vip Get The A-Z Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-ig Get a 30-day free trial of Kajabi: https://stephtaylor.co/kajabi Let's be Instagram friends: https://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/9/2022 • 11 minutes, 23 seconds
Rebroadcast | The one app I recommend for selling and hosting your digital product
Where should you host your digital product? This episode, I'm diving into the tech that I use to host and sell my digital products. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/6/2022 • 10 minutes, 9 seconds
Rebroadcast | 5 things you can do now to prepare for a future launch
Not yet ready to launch? That’s cool, there are still a bunch of things you can do, starting today, that will prepare your business for your future launch - even if you don’t yet know what you’re launching. This episode, I’m sharing 10 things you can do right now to prepare for your future launch. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure
1/4/2022 • 9 minutes, 52 seconds
Rebroadcast | The fears that came up when I stepped into the spotlight
Putting yourself out there in the lead up to your launch is terrifying. I know the feeling very well. Sure, I might seem super comfortable in the spotlight these days, but it wasn’t always the case. This episode, I’m sharing a few of the fears that came up for me. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure
1/2/2022 • 7 minutes, 39 seconds
Rebroadcast | 5 small steps you can take to get visible
Getting visible and stepping into the spotlight is scary - I get it. But, it doesn’t mean you need to try and get on the front page of a magazine or land a radio interview. There are smaller steps you can take to start getting visible, so you can build your audience for your launch. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure
12/30/2021 • 8 minutes, 5 seconds
Rebroadcast | What if someone else has already launched my idea?
I hear this one quite a lot - you’re worried that because someone else has already created a digital product with the same or similar idea as you, that yours will flop. It’s a totally natural fear - I get it. You don’t want to have to compete, you don’t want people to accuse you of copying and you don’t want to potentially limit the number of customers you could have. So, this episode, I’m looking at why it doesn’t matter if someone else has already created your digital product idea. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure
12/28/2021 • 6 minutes, 54 seconds
Rebroadcast | The power of embracing a beginner mindset in business
We should all be approaching our businesses and launching with a beginner mindset, because we’re all still constantly learning - and if we’re not learning, we’re not growing. This episode, I’m sharing some ways you can cultivate that beginner mindset when it comes to business and launching. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure
12/26/2021 • 7 minutes, 16 seconds
Rebroadcast | 5 ways to uncover the perfect idea for your next course, membership or digital product
So, you want to launch something. Only, you don’t know what to launch yet? Or maybe you have an inkling of an idea for a course, membership or digital product, but you just don’t know how to flesh it out a bit more. There’s this misconception that you have to be super creative to come up with an idea for a digital product and that’s simply not true. There are a few places you can look to for inspiration. This episode, I’m sharing a few ways to uncover the perfect idea for your next digital product. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure
12/23/2021 • 6 minutes, 3 seconds
Behind the Scenes | 5 things I've learned about running a business this year
If I ever stop learning new things, it's probably time to start a new business! Fortunately, 2021 gave me no shortage of new lessons about running a business and I'm sharing 5 of them in this episode. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/14/2021 • 5 minutes, 53 seconds
Behind the Scenes | 3 things I've learned about launching in 2021
2021 was a big year and I learned a LOT. This episode, I'm sharing 3 things that I've learned about launching in 2021. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/12/2021 • 6 minutes, 18 seconds
Biz Mindset | What are you overcomplicating in your business and your launches?
Are you prone to overcomplicating everything in your business and your launches? We all do it sometimes. This episode, I'm sharing a few ways that overcomplicating shows up and some tips for working through it. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/9/2021 • 7 minutes, 32 seconds
Biz Mindset | 5 tiny habits that have changed my business for the better
You are a product of your habits. This episode, I'm sharing 5 little habits that have made a big difference to my business. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/7/2021 • 7 minutes, 59 seconds
Launching BTS | 5 things I'm doing now to prepare for my next launch
What you do between your launches is almost as important as what you do while you're launching. This episode, I'm sharing 5 things that I'm doing right now to prepare for my next launch in 2022. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/5/2021 • 6 minutes, 34 seconds
Launching BTS | What I do when I don't reach my launch goal
This launch, I fell a little short of my launch goal. And that's okay, because I have a system in place for reviewing and improving my launches. This episode, I'm sharing what I do when I don't reach my launch goal. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/2/2021 • 5 minutes, 11 seconds
Launching BTS | 4 interesting things I learned from this launch
After I close doors, I always go back and review my launch. I look at the numbers, I look at what worked and I look at what didn't work. This episode, I'm sharing 4 really interesting things that I learned from this most recent launch. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/30/2021 • 5 minutes, 49 seconds
Launch BTS | 3 things I did differently this launch
Every launch, I like to change things up a little. I like to tweak and test new things to see if I can improve a little each time. This episode, I'm sharing 3 things that I changed in my most recent Launch Magic launch. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/28/2021 • 6 minutes, 55 seconds
Launching BTS | How I get my energy back after a launch
Launching can be exhausting—especially if you are an introvert. This episode, I'm sharing how I'm getting my energy back after closing doors on my most recent launch. If you've launched recently or you're planning on launching a digital product soon, this episode is for you. Want to make a bigger profit next time you launch? Get my 5 simple tweaks to boost your launch profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Are we Instagram friends? Pop over and say hi at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/25/2021 • 6 minutes, 7 seconds
Launch Magic | 5 students on their experience launching with Launch Magic
Rather than tell you about how wonderful Launch Magic is, I thought I'd let you hear all about the course from the students who experienced it. Thank you to the following Launch Magic students for sharing their experiences for this episode: Rachel Mounsey https://www.instagram.com/rachelmounsey/ Rachel Hawkins https://www.instagram.com/rachelhawkinsco/ Bec Buchanan (Straight Up Bookkeeping) https://www.instagram.com/straightup_bookkeeping/ Donna Pinter + Kris Lubinski (Design And Prosper) https://www.instagram.com/designandprosper__/ Find out more + join Launch Magic at https://stephtaylor.co/launch-magic Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure
11/16/2021 • 18 minutes, 49 seconds
Launch Magic | Dasha Barsukova on the lessons she learned from launching her program
Today, I’m chatting with one of my fabulous Launch Magic students, Dasha Barsukova. We’re diving deep into launch lessons, mindset, self-love, self-sabotage and celebrating ALL of our launches--even the ones that don’t go to plan. Dasha Barsukova (she/her) has created a life of her dreams, she leaps out of bed every morning in pure bliss. She is in a relationship of her dreams and has creating a business that not only supports her abundant life style, but also brings her joy and deep fulfilment on the soul level. She has manifested and magnetised dream and soul clients into her life that are an inspiration to work with. Find more from Dasha here: Website - https://www.dashabarsukova.com/ FB - https://www.facebook.com/dasha1993 Insta- https://www.instagram.com/iamdashabarsukova/ Youtube - https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCzD3zhSJ0J9FCsoi\_IaWFrg —- Doors to Launch Magic open tomorrow! Find out more + enroll at stephtaylor.co/magic
11/14/2021 • 44 minutes, 57 seconds
Launching | Why you need a launch strategy
There's an art and a science to launching—it's not just about teaching a webinar or sending the right amount of emails to your list. This episode, I'm sharing exactly why you need a launch strategy. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/11/2021 • 8 minutes, 4 seconds
Launching | Why launching before you create your product can be magic
Launching a product before you've created it can feel terrifying. But, it's also a huge part of how I've grown my business. This episode, I'm sharing why it's something you should consider too. Register for my free masterclass: Recipe for a Profitable Launch at http://stephtaylor.co/masterclass Doors to Launch Magic open on 17 November. Get on the waitlist at http://stephtaylor.co/waitlist Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/9/2021 • 6 minutes, 53 seconds
Launching | Can I just pay someone to do my launch for me?
It's tempting to outsource your entire launch and have nothing to do with it. This episode, I'm sharing why that might not be the best decision for your business. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/7/2021 • 5 minutes, 29 seconds
Launching | Your failed launch probably wasn't a failure. This is why...
"My launch only got 5 students" —this is something I hear quite a lot. Here's the thing: Your tiny launch might actually be WAY more successful than you think. This episode, I'm sharing why. Doors to Launch Magic open on 17 November. Get on the waitlist at http://stephtaylor.co/waitlist Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/4/2021 • 6 minutes, 57 seconds
Launching | How you're leaving money on the table by only launching once
If you're only launching each product once, you're creating more work for yourself AND you're leaving money on the table. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/2/2021 • 6 minutes, 33 seconds
Launching | The problem with done-for-you launch plans
I've seen a lot of $27 copy + paste launch plans on Instagram lately, which is awesome because it's encouraging more people to launch... But, there's also a little problem with these plans. This episode, I'm sharing what you need to be aware of if you're considering investing in one of these. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/31/2021 • 7 minutes, 38 seconds
Launching | 6 signs you're ready to launch
If you're not sure whether you're ready to launch yet, here are 6 signs that maybe you are more ready than you think. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/28/2021 • 8 minutes, 28 seconds
Launching | Waiting to feel ready to launch? This is for you
If you're not quite ready to launch, today's episode is a little pep talk for you. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/26/2021 • 8 minutes, 18 seconds
Launching | What to do if you're not confident enough to launch
Not feeling confident enough to put yourself out there and launch? This episode, I'm sharing some tips on how to overcome this. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/24/2021 • 5 minutes, 44 seconds
Launching | If it's not selling in a live launch, it won't sell on evergreen
So often, I see people wanting to skip live launching and go straight to evergreen—that is, having doors open all the time. This episode, I'm sharing why that's a massive mistake. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/21/2021 • 6 minutes, 56 seconds
Launching | How live launching removes the risk of nobody buying
Live launching is a great way to remove the "what if nobody buys" fear that can pop up when you're launching. This episode, I'm explaining how you can use live launching to make sure you don't end up in a situation where nobody is buying. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/19/2021 • 6 minutes, 54 seconds
Launching | Why you can't afford to skip the live launch
What do is a live launch? - A launch with fixed dates, cart open, cart close, ideally a launch event like a webinar or a challenge, rather than just putting your product up for people to buy whenever they like. This episode, I'm sharing why you can't afford to skip the live launch. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/17/2021 • 8 minutes, 22 seconds
Launching | But what if I want doors open all the time?
Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/14/2021 • 6 minutes, 49 seconds
Launching | PSA: A launch isn't just putting your product out there
Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/12/2021 • 5 minutes, 47 seconds
Launching | How to stop overcomplicating your launches
Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/10/2021 • 5 minutes, 24 seconds
Launching | Here's why you're overcomplicating your launch
There's a reason why you're overcomplicating your launches—you just probably haven't realised it yet. This episode, I'm breaking down why you're overcomplicating your launch. Grab my 5 Simple Tweaks to Boost Your Launch Profits at http://stephtaylor.co/tweaks Already launched and want to make sure your next launch is more profitable than your last? Take the Launch Cure quiz at http://stephtaylor.co/cure
10/7/2021 • 5 minutes, 29 seconds
Launching | 16 ways you're making your launch harder than it needs to be (Part 2)
PART 2. Overcomplicating your launch is one of the biggest things getting in the way of you launching. This episode, I'm looking at 8 ways you're making your launch harder than it needs to be. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/5/2021 • 9 minutes, 2 seconds
Launching | 16 ways you're making your launch harder than it needs to be (Part 1)
PART 1. Overcomplicating your launch is one of the biggest things getting in the way of you launching. This episode, I'm looking at 8 ways you're making your launch harder than it needs to be. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/3/2021 • 8 minutes, 55 seconds
Launching | Why you're self-sabotaging your launches
Last episode, we looked at how you're self-sabotaging your launches. This episode, I'm sharing why you do it. Heads up—it's completely normal and we all do it! Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/30/2021 • 8 minutes, 4 seconds
Launching | This is how you're self-sabotaging your launches
You're probably your own worst enemy in your launch—did you know that? This episode, I'm sharing 7 ways you're self-sabotaging your launches. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/28/2021 • 8 minutes, 26 seconds
Digital Courses | 3 mistakes I made in my first digital course
When I created my first digital course, way back in 2017, I made a ton of mistakes. This episode, I'm sharing exactly what I did wrong—so you can avoid it! Register for Amy Porterfield's free masterclass - stephtaylor.co/amymasterclass Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/16/2021 • 7 minutes, 27 seconds
Amy Porterfield on how the pandemic has changed digital course creation + how to start creating your digital course
Amy Porterfield is the digital course creation queen. Eight successful digital courses, 48,000 students, and $43 million dollars in revenue later, she knows a thing or two about turning your knowledge into a digital course. In today's episode, we're chatting all about: How the pandemic has impacted the digital course creation space. Whether Amy believes that there are too many digital courses out there these days. The best kind of digital course to get started with if you've never created one before. How to beat the overwhelm of digital course creation, and how to create your course when you're tight on time (side hustlers, I'm looking at you!) Register for Amy's free masterclass - https://stephtaylor.co/amymasterclass
9/14/2021 • 41 minutes, 1 second
Digital Courses | How to stop fear holding you back from creating a digital course
Fear is going to pop up a lot when you're creating your digital course—it's inevitable and I've dealt with almost every flavour of fear. This episode, I'm sharing the three most common ones: Fear of failure, fear of judgement and fear of not delivering enough value. Get a sneak peek into Digital Course Academy module 1 at http://stephtaylor.co/sneakpeek Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/12/2021 • 6 minutes, 52 seconds
Digital Courses | Don't feel ready to create a digital course? Listen to this
Not sure if you're ready to create a digital course? Don't think you know enough yet? Waiting for your audience to grow a bit more or waiting until you've planned a bit more? This episode is for you. Get a sneak peek into Digital Course Academy module 1 at http://stephtaylor.co/sneakpeek Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/9/2021 • 8 minutes, 47 seconds
Digital Courses | Are there too many digital courses out there?
This episode, I'm busting 3 massive myths about creating a digital course: 1) That digital courses are too saturated, 2) That you have to be an expert to create a digital course, and 3) That your first digital course needs to be a big comprehensive one. Get a sneak peek into Digital Course Academy module 1 at http://stephtaylor.co/sneakpeek Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/7/2021 • 10 minutes, 14 seconds
Digital Courses | Are you enough of an expert to create a digital course?
Worried you don't know enough to create a digital course? Here are a few signs that yes, you are enough of an expert to create a digital course. Take Amy Porterfield's quiz: Your personal path to profitable digital course creation - https://stephtaylor.co/amyquiz
9/2/2021 • 7 minutes, 14 seconds
Digital Product Myth-Busting | The more content, the more I can charge
One big myth I’ve noticed floating around is that the more content you put in your digital product, the more you can charge for it. This is absolutely not true. This episode, I’m breaking down the myth and explaining what determines how much you can charge for your digital product. Wanna launch your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/19/2021 • 6 minutes, 26 seconds
Online Course Creation | What the heck should I teach in my online course?
Creating an online course? Or starting to think about creating one, but no idea what to teach in your online course? This episode, I’m sharing 5 things you can teach inside your digital course (even if you’re not an expert yet!) Take the FREE quiz: What’s your personal path to digital course success? http://stephtaylor.co/292 Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/17/2021 • 9 minutes, 35 seconds
Audience Growth | Organic audience growth isn't just about showing up on social media more
Growing your audience isn't just about posting more, doing more Stories or creating a viral Reel. This episode, I'm sharing why organic audience growth isn't about showing up on social media more. Worried your audience isn’t big enough to get the results you want in your next launch—Or that they might not be the right people for your product? Introducing... Boost Your Brand’s Superfans: A 2-part live workshop to fill your audience with people who want your product and will pay money for it, without spending a cent on Facebook Ads. Find out more + Register at https://stephtaylor.co/workshop Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/5/2021 • 7 minutes, 21 seconds
Audience Growth | What you need to know about growing your audience organically in 2021
Audience growth in 2021 is a totally different game to what it used to be. This episode, I'm sharing a few things you need to know about growing your audience in 2021. Worried your audience isn’t big enough to get the results you want in your next launch—Or that they might not be the right people for your product? Introducing... Boost Your Brand’s Superfans: A 2-part live workshop to fill your audience with people who want your product and will pay money for it, without spending a cent on Facebook Ads. Find out more + Register at https://stephtaylor.co/workshop Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/3/2021 • 3 minutes, 39 seconds
Audience Growth | What you might not know about niching down
You don't have to niche down by serving only one audience with your business. There are other ways to niche your business and, this episode, I'm sharing what you might not know about niching down. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/1/2021 • 5 minutes, 26 seconds
Q&A | I answer all the listener questions
I'm answering your listener questions about launching a digital product and launching a podcast! Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/29/2021 • 19 minutes, 6 seconds
Behind The Scenes | The digital product I never talk about and why I chose to retire it
Back in 2017, I accidentally created a product that brought in over $10,000 for my business. So, why did I choose to retire it? Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/27/2021 • 6 minutes, 2 seconds
Launching | 6 reasons your audience isn't buying from you (that have nothing to do with your product)
There are plenty of reasons why someone might not buy your product, and sometimes it has to do with your product, but other times it’s actually nothing to do with your product - your product is fine. You’re just not getting it in front of enough of the RIGHT people. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/25/2021 • 5 minutes, 18 seconds
Launching | 7 signs you're launching to the wrong audience
One of the big reasons your launch might not have gone so well is that you launched to the wrong audience. This episode, I'm sharing 7 signs that you're launching to the wrong audience. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/22/2021 • 7 minutes, 35 seconds
Content Creation | How to find content ideas when you feel like you've exhausted them all
Over 408 episodes, there have been a few times when I've run out of content ideas and thought there was absolutely no way I could keep creating more. This episode, I'm sharing some ways to keep finding content ideas when you've exhausted them all. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/20/2021 • 6 minutes, 27 seconds
Emma Troy on how launching her design templates has changed her business (+ tips for designing a sales page that converts)
Emma Troy is an Australia Showit designer, obsessed with creating high-converting websites. She's the genius behind my own branding and website, a client of mine and a Launch Magic alumni who has had some epic results in her business from launching her own Showit website templates. This episode, Emma and I are chatting about: - How her business and life has changed as a result of launching her website templates - The process she went through from idea through to launching her website templates (as well as some of the challenges she faced along the way) - How she launched her templates with a 5 day challenge and accidentally booked $40,000 of custom design work - The biggest mistakes she sees people making with their sales page designs - The most important things to consider when designing your sales page You can find Emma's beautiful website templates at [emmatroy.com.au/steph](emmatroy.com.au/steph) (use the code VIPSTEPH for $100 off) You can connect with Emma on Instagram @emmatroydesign and find her website at emmatroy.com.au Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/11/2021 • 32 minutes, 23 seconds
Audience Growth | 12 ways to grow your audience without Facebook Ads (Part 4)
Believe it or not, you don't need to pay for Facebook Ads to grow your business. Over the next 4 episodes I'm sharing 12 ways to grow your audience without Facebook Ads. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/8/2021 • 5 minutes, 29 seconds
Audience Growth | 12 ways to grow your audience without Facebook Ads (Part 3)
Believe it or not, you don't need to pay for Facebook Ads to grow your business. Over the next 4 episodes I'm sharing 12 ways to grow your audience without Facebook Ads. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/6/2021 • 5 minutes, 9 seconds
Audience Growth | 12 ways to grow your audience without Facebook Ads (Part 2)
Believe it or not, you don't need to pay for Facebook Ads to grow your business. Over the next 4 episodes I'm sharing 12 ways to grow your audience without Facebook Ads. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/4/2021 • 4 minutes, 44 seconds
Audience Growth | 12 ways to grow your audience without Facebook Ads (Part 1)
Believe it or not, you don't need to pay for Facebook Ads to grow your business. Over the next 4 episodes I'm sharing 12 ways to grow your audience without Facebook Ads. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/1/2021 • 5 minutes, 39 seconds
Pep Talk | If you feel like giving up on your business, here's what I want you to know
There have been a few times I wanted to quit this business thing - even times when I've applied for jobs. If you feel like giving up on it right now, I want you to listen to this episode. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/29/2021 • 7 minutes, 5 seconds
Behind the Scenes | 7 decisions I've made that had the biggest impact on my business
In the last 5 years of business, I've made some pretty impactful decisions - even though they might not have felt like it at the time. This episode, I'm sharing 7 of the decisions that I believe had the biggest impact on my business. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/27/2021 • 9 minutes, 11 seconds
Behind the Scenes | 10 things I've learned in 400 episodes, which have had the biggest impact on my business
Celebrating 400 episodes of Socialette!!! This episode, I'm sharing 10 things that I've learned in the last 400 episodes. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/24/2021 • 10 minutes, 11 seconds
Behind the Scenes | How I pivoted from a service business to digital products
My income used to be 100% client revenue, but for the last 2 years, it's been about 90% from digital products. This episode, I'm sharing my journey pivoting from client income to digital product income. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/22/2021 • 8 minutes, 54 seconds
Behind the Scenes | How I built a successful business... that I hated
This business isn't my first "successful" business, but it IS the first one that I genuinely love running. This episode, I'm going behind the scenes and sharing the story of how I built a successful business that I hated. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/20/2021 • 7 minutes, 34 seconds
Behind the Scenes | Why I'm grateful my first business didn't work out
My first business was a flop. Although it was tough at the time, today I'm grateful for the failure because it taught me a few lessons. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/17/2021 • 7 minutes, 18 seconds
Behind the Scenes | 5 reasons my first business flopped
I don't often talk about my first business - a health food e-commerce brand. This episode, I'm sharing some of the BIG reasons why it didn't work out (and what I learned from it!) Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/15/2021 • 7 minutes, 9 seconds
Behind the Scenes | I'm sharing my entire business journey so far
My business journey has had a lot of twists and turns so far, and now I'm sharing it all with you. All the highs and lows from the last 5 years! Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/13/2021 • 24 minutes, 19 seconds
Launch Debrief | Some of the mindset struggles that came up in my last launch
Nobody is immune to the mindset struggles that come up during a launch, even if you've launched many times before. This episode, I'm sharing some of the mindset muck that arose during the latest launch of my signature program, Launch Magic. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/10/2021 • 7 minutes, 14 seconds
Launch Debrief | 5 lessons I learned from my latest Launch Magic launch
Every launch, I learn something new. It's one of my favourite things about launching. This episode, I'm sharing 5 lessons I learned in the latest launch of my signature program, Launch Magic. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/8/2021 • 7 minutes, 45 seconds
Launch Debrief | What was different between my 1st and 2nd launches of Launch Magic?
In May, I wrapped up the second launch of my signature program, Launch Magic. I'm a big believer in testing different things each time you launch, so this episode I'm sharing what I changed, why I changed it and what the results were. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/6/2021 • 9 minutes
Launching | 5 small steps you can take to get visible
Getting visible and stepping into the spotlight is scary - I get it. But, it doesn’t mean you need to try and get on the front page of a magazine or land a radio interview. There are smaller steps you can take to start getting visible, so you can build your audience for your launch. Wanna launch your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/3/2021 • 8 minutes, 5 seconds
Podcasting | Why podcasts and digital products are a match made in heaven
If you're a podcaster, a digital product is the perfect way to monetise your podcast. If you're a digital product creator, a podcast is a beautiful way to build and nurture your audience. This episode, I'm diving into why podcasts and digital products are a match made in online heaven. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/1/2021 • 5 minutes, 47 seconds
Launching | 5 things you can do now to prepare for a future launch
Not yet ready to launch? That’s cool, there are still a bunch of things you can do, starting today, that will prepare your business for your future launch - even if you don’t yet know what you’re launching. This episode, I’m sharing 10 things you can do right now to prepare for your future launch.
5/30/2021 • 9 minutes, 52 seconds
Behind the Scenes | 9 things I did to scale my business to $1m revenue in a year
I had a few people ask me on Instagram - what did you do to grow your business tenfold in the last year? Truthfully, it’s more than one thing that contributed to this growth. This episode I’m sharing a few of the things that I believe helped me take my business from around $150k in the 2019 financial year, to over $1m revenue in the 2020 financial year. Wanna launch your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/27/2021 • 12 minutes, 45 seconds
Behind the Scenes | 7 things that have happened in 1 year since niching down
A year ago, I made the scary decision to niche down into launching. I was afraid that I would lose customers and clients, lose podcast listeners and alienate my followers. Instead, some amazing things started happening in my business. This episode, I'm sharing 7 things that happened in the 12 months since I decided to niche down. Check out the Digital Product Creator’s Vault (and pre-selling bundle) at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/25/2021 • 10 minutes, 44 seconds
Building a Personal Brand | 5 things I wish I'd known before I built my personal brand
When I started building my personal brand, I just jumped head-first in and figured it out as I went. This episode, I'm sharing 5 things I wish someone had told me before I started! Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/23/2021 • 5 minutes, 32 seconds
Building a Personal Brand | The pros and cons of building a personal brand
We often hear about the advantages of building a personal brand online, but what about the disadvantages? This episode, I'm sharing both the pros and cons of building a personal brand. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/20/2021 • 8 minutes, 48 seconds
Building a Personal Brand | How I became an "expert" in launching
I often get asked how I became the launch "expert", which makes me laugh, because I don't consider myself an expert in anything! This episode, I'm sharing the things I did to build my expertise and position myself as one of the go-to people for launching. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/18/2021 • 6 minutes, 42 seconds
Building a Personal Brand | Why I decided to build my business under my personal brand
I've had business brands and now my entire business is under my personal brand. This episode, I'm sharing the reasons why I chose to structure it this way. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/16/2021 • 6 minutes, 3 seconds
Biz Tip | Should you build your business under a personal brand or a business brand?
Not sure whether to build your business under your own name or under a business name? This episode is for you. Today, I'm sharing some of the reasons why you might choose a business brand over a personal brand, and vice versa. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/13/2021 • 7 minutes, 3 seconds
Biz Mindset | 3 areas of self-doubt I had to push through to build my business and personal brand
Building a personal brand can feel SCARY. It's easy to look at people with a personal brand and think, "oh, it's easy for them!" when, in reality, I think we all deal with self-doubt of some kind. This episode, I'm sharing the 3 areas of self-doubt I had to push through to build my business and personal brand. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/11/2021 • 6 minutes, 22 seconds
Launch Magic Student | Pam Hird on how her launch went and what she'll be doing differently next time around!
Today, I'm chatting with Launch Magic student Pam Hird about her launch. She had some massive learnings and if you've ever had a launch not go to plan (or if you're worried that it won't!) this episode is a must listen. You can find Pam on Instagram @pam_naturopath and at https://www.pamhird.com/ Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/9/2021 • 36 minutes, 49 seconds
Socialette Turns 3 | Anita Siek asks me the *curly* questions about business and life
Happy birthday to this podcast! To celebrate, I asked my "work wife" and biz bestie, Anita Siek, to interview me. She prepared some pretty curly questions about running a business, growth and life... Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/6/2021 • 1 hour, 1 minute, 17 seconds
Launch Magic | "How is it different to other courses?"
You've got questions about Launch Magic? Great! I've got answers. This episode, I'm answering the big question: How is Launch Magic different to other courses about launching? Doors to Launch Magic close on 7 May 2021 and won't be reopening until the second half of the year. Head to http://stephtaylor.co/magic Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/4/2021 • 7 minutes, 27 seconds
Launch Magic | FAQs
You've got questions about Launch Magic? Great! I've got answers. This episode, I'm answering the most commonly asked questions about Launch Magic. Doors to Launch Magic close on 7 May 2021 and won't be reopening until the second half of the year. Head to stephtaylor.co/magic to find out more + enrol! Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/2/2021 • 11 minutes, 13 seconds
Launch Magic Student | Geraldine Headley on putting up your prices, firing clients and replacing your income with a digital product
Geraldine was one of the winners of my Launch Magic challenge last round and this episode, we chatted about increasing your prices, the fears that show up when you fire your clients, and how to replace your client income with a digital product income stream. Doors to Launch Magic close on 7 May 2021 and won't be reopening until the second half of the year. Head to http://stephtaylor.co/magic to find out more + enrol! Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Connect with Geraldine: www.mentoringwithgeraldine.com @mentoringwithgeraldine on Instagram
4/29/2021 • 49 minutes, 43 seconds
Launch Magic | Chatting with Launch Magic alumni about their experience with the course (and their launches!)
Doors to Launch Magic are OPEN! This episode, I'm chatting with a few of my founding students about their experience with Launch Magic and their own launches. Doors to Launch Magic close on 7 May 2021 and won't be reopening until the second half of the year. Head to http://stephtaylor.co/magic to find out more + enrol! Students in this interview: Ewa Golan | Online Fitness Biz Coach, ewagolan.com Kate O'Moore | MAKER | https://makerdesign.ie/ Kim Fischer | 13 Emeralds Marketing | https://13emeraldsmarketing.com, Natalie Stokell | Kickass Affirmations | https://www.fbombaffirmations.com/ Valentine Helsmoortel | Je vis de ma passion | www.jevisdemapassion.com Marissa Wendt | Fitness Coach | The Motivated Mum Renata Bernarde | Job Hunting Expert | www.renatabernarde.com
4/27/2021 • 32 minutes, 5 seconds
Launching | 5 digital products you can launch that AREN'T an online course
Think that you HAVE to launch an online course because everyone else is? You don't! Here are 5 other digital products you can launch that aren't an online course. Register for my FREE launching masterclass at stephtaylor.co/launch Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/25/2021 • 7 minutes, 33 seconds
Launching | Successful launches vs. Unsuccessful launches
I've noticed a few key things that set successful digital product launches apart from the unsuccessful ones, and this episode I'm sharing 6 of these things with you. Register for my FREE launching masterclass at stephtaylor.co/launch Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/22/2021 • 7 minutes, 27 seconds
Launching | 5 things that move the needle most in your launch
Short on time, but still want to have a powerful launch? This episode, I'm sharing the 5 things that will make the biggest difference in your launch. Join my FREE challenge - 5 Days to Crystal Ball Clarity on Your Winning Digital Product Idea at http://stephtaylor.co/challenge Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/20/2021 • 7 minutes, 58 seconds
Clare Wood on getting back up when your launch fails, the magic of relaunching and why you don't need a big aud audienceience to launch
This episode, I'm joined by one of my biz besties, Clare Wood, to talk about bouncing back after a launch flop, why you \*need\* a pre-launch, and why audience size doesn't matter as much as you think it does! Join my FREE challenge - 5 Days to Crystal Ball Clarity on Your Winning Digital Product Idea at http://stephtaylor.co/challenge Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/18/2021 • 35 minutes, 14 seconds
Launching | 5 reasons why your launch wasn't as successful as you'd hoped
So, you launched. But it wasn't as successful as you wanted it to be. What now? This episode, I'm breaking down 5 common reasons why your launch might have flopped. Join my FREE challenge - 5 Days to Crystal Ball Clarity on Your Winning Digital Product Idea at stephtaylor.co/challenge
4/15/2021 • 8 minutes, 32 seconds
Launching | Why there's never any "guarantee" your launch will go to plan
You could have the perfect launch, where you do everything perfectly... And still no have it go to plan. This episode, I'm explaining why this happens and why it's actually a good thing! Join my FREE challenge - 5 Days to Crystal Ball Clarity on Your Winning Digital Product Idea at stephtaylor.co/challenge Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/13/2021 • 6 minutes, 45 seconds
Launching | The best market research for your digital product
Worried you'll launch and nobody will buy your digital product? This episode, I'm sharing my number one method for market research - so you can make sure you have customers for your product, before you create it! Join my FREE challenge - 5 Days to Crystal Ball Clarity on Your Winning Digital Product Idea at stephtaylor.co/challenge Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/11/2021 • 6 minutes, 10 seconds
Launching | How you can have a successful launch with a tiny following and email list
Believe it or not, you don't need a big email list or lots of followers to have a successful launch. This episode, I'm sharing some tips for how you can have a successful launch with a tiny audience. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/8/2021 • 6 minutes, 19 seconds
Launching | How to find the clarity you need to launch your digital product
Feeling a bit like your digital product idea is a huge, overwhelming, complicated mess? This episode, I'm helping you find the clarity you need to launch your digital product. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/6/2021 • 7 minutes, 16 seconds
Launching | How to find the time to launch your digital product
Time. We never feel like we have enough of it. This episode, I'm sharing some tips for how you can find the time to create and launch a digital product. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/4/2021 • 11 minutes, 3 seconds
Launching | 5 excuses that are holding you back from launching your digital product
"I can't launch a digital product because..." - If only I had a dollar for every time I'd heard one of these common excuses for not launching a digital product... Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/1/2021 • 9 minutes, 38 seconds
Digital Product Creation | What to do if your ideal customer doesn't want to pay for your product
"People don't want to pay money for my digital product" - ever thought this? Or worried about it? This episode, I'm sharing some tips on what you can do if your customers won't pay for your product. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/31/2021 • 6 minutes, 35 seconds
Biz Mindset | How I built the confidence to put myself out there on the internet (as an introvert!)
I'm an introvert, so putting myself out there on the internet doesn't come easily. This episode, I'm sharing how I built the confidence to show up online and build my brand in the public space. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/29/2021 • 5 minutes, 33 seconds
Digital Product Myth-Busting | "I need to have a unique, competitive idea for my product"
Think that you need a completely unique idea before you can create and launch your digital product? Think again. This episode, I'm busting the myth that you need to have a unique, competitive idea for your product. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/25/2021 • 5 minutes, 42 seconds
Biz Mindset | Anything worth having comes with a "what if"
One of the scariest things about creating and launching a digital product is the fear - “what if nobody buys” “what if it’s a waste of time and money” “what if I’m a failure”. In this episode, I'm giving you a mindset pep talk on overcoming the "what ifs" Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/23/2021 • 5 minutes, 55 seconds
Digital Product Creation | 5 tools I use for creating my digital products
Ever wondered what tech is best for creating a digital product? This episode, I'm giving you a behind-the-scenes look at 5 tools I use for creating my own digital products. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/21/2021 • 7 minutes, 27 seconds
Digital Product Myth-Busting | "I need to have more content to give my customers more value"
More content = more value, right? Surely your products need to be packed full of content to be worth the price? Not necessarily. This episode, I'm busting the myth that you need to include more content to give your customers more value. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/18/2021 • 6 minutes, 27 seconds
Digital Product Creation | How to decide what is free content vs. paid content
What content should I share for free and what content should be in my paid products?
3/16/2021 • 6 minutes, 33 seconds
Digital Product Creation | Overwhelmed? 5 ways to make creating a digital product less overwhelming
Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/14/2021 • 4 minutes, 32 seconds
Digital Product Ideas | How to decide what to create and launch first when you have too many ideas
One thing I've found with most entrepreneurs is they don't have any trouble coming up with ideas - the real problem is that they have too many of them, and can't decide where to start. This episode, I'm helping you to decide which digital product to create and launch first. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/11/2021 • 6 minutes, 20 seconds
Digital Product Creation | Where to host a digital product
Where should you host your digital product? This episode, I'm diving into the tech that I use to host and sell my digital products. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/9/2021 • 10 minutes, 9 seconds
Digital Product Creation | 4 places to find ideas for your digital product
If you have no idea what digital product to create, this episode is for you. Today, I'm sharing 4 places to get ideas for digital products that your customers *want* to buy! Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/7/2021 • 7 minutes, 9 seconds
Biz Mindset | Are you in survival mode or growth mode?
Often, when we think we're busy growing our businesses, we're actually stuck in survival mode - just keeping the lights on, but not growing. This episode, I'm sharing some of the signs that you're in survival mode and some tips for moving into growth mode. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/4/2021 • 8 minutes, 16 seconds
Podcasting | 3 ways a podcast can up-level your digital product launches
Did you know that your podcast can seriously up-level your digital product launches? Podcasting and digital products go hand-in-hand. This episode, I'm sharing 3 ways you can use your podcast in a launch. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/2/2021 • 6 minutes, 52 seconds
Biz Tip | Where I would focus if I was just starting out again
I've had a few people ask "What would you do differently if you were to start over in business again?" Truthfully, I know every mistake I've made has led me to where I am now and I don't think I'd change any of it. But, there are a few areas I would focus on if I were starting from scratch... Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
2/28/2021 • 10 minutes, 32 seconds
Podcasting | How I create 3 episodes in 1 hour
The exact process that I use to batch produce 3 episodes in 1 hour. Want to launch your first podcast without the guesswork with a complete step-by-step plan? Grab my AZ Podcast Launch Plan at https://stephtaylor.co/plp-5 Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
2/25/2021 • 4 minutes, 46 seconds
Podcasting | Launching a podcast when you don't like your voice
Today I'm sharing how to learn to like your voice when you're a beginner podcaster, and my own experience with my self-consciousness. Want to launch your first podcast without the guesswork with a complete step-by-step plan? Grab my AZ Podcast Launch Plan at https://stephtaylor.co/plp-5 Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
2/23/2021 • 4 minutes, 54 seconds
Myth-busting | "I need to know more before I can launch a podcast / digital product"
Today I'm sharing 5 reasons why this myth is just that - a myth. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
2/21/2021 • 4 minutes, 49 seconds
Podcasting | 5 ways to make sure you never run out of content ideas
My top 5 tips to turn you into a content-creating machine! Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
2/18/2021 • 6 minutes, 34 seconds
Biz Mindset | 5 tips for overcoming self-doubt to launch a podcast or a digital product
Know that we all struggle with it - even nearly 3 years into podcasting, I still often question myself “Who am I to be doing this?” One of my Launch Magic students told us she has a PhD and still questions whether she knows enough at times. Remember - it’s not about you, it’s about the people you’re helping. It’s about the value you’re providing. You’re doing your audience a disservice by not sharing it. The more you know, the more you realise how much you don’t know. If you’re questioning whether you know enough - the Dunning Kruger effect: The people who think they know enough are the ones who don’t know anything. Start a “happy feedback” folder in your inbox or on your phone. Remind yourself of the impact you can make when you put yourself out there. Lean on others for support - join a mastermind group, find biz friends you can bounce off, ask a trusted mentor or friend. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
2/16/2021 • 5 minutes, 31 seconds
Podcasting | How I use my podcast to launch and sell my digital products
I run ads to my podcast content + blog content - Facebook Ads, also Overcast Ads, to grow my audience. Once they’re listening to my podcast, I give calls to action - download my free ebook, join my free masterclass. I’m authentically ME on my podcast, which I believe helps to build a connection with my audience - you either like me or you don’t. I use my podcast content to nurture my audience to where they need to be ready to buy my products - I give them the what and why, not so much the how. I use my podcast content to help overcome any questions, fears and hesitations my audience has about buying from me. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
2/14/2021 • 5 minutes, 42 seconds
Podcasting | 5 reasons to launch a podcast in 2021
More people are listening to podcasts than ever before Audio is the only content you can consume while multitasking Podcasting builds a connection with your audience It’s quicker than producing regular blog content It’s a great way to get a foot in the door with people who you wouldn’t otherwise get on a call Wanna launch your podcast without the guesswork? Grab my AZ Podcast Launch Plan: https://stephtaylor.co/plp-4 Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
2/11/2021 • 4 minutes, 46 seconds
Podcasting | 3 reasons why it's not too late to launch a podcast
Podcasts are mainstream now (radio stations, true crime, Spotify, Wondery, etc) which means more people than ever are tuning in Audio is still the only content you can consume while doing something else (driving, walking, cleaning) You can stand out by carving out your own unique spot - your unique topic, style, audience or guests. Rather than doing what everyone else is doing, how can you zag? Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
2/9/2021 • 4 minutes, 46 seconds
Pep Talk | 9 ways you're being your own worst enemy
I need more visibility to launch I need to launch a whole library I want it to be perfect It’s not a priority right now I’m worried it’ll flop/nobody will buy It’s too much work I don’t know where to begin I don’t know what the difference between a paid product and free content should be I’m not techy enough to create and launch a digital product Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
2/7/2021 • 7 minutes, 1 second
Pep Talk | It *had* to happen this way
This episode, I'm sharing why everything in my business journey had to happen the way that it did, because - spoiler alert - it wasn't linear. I know it might look straightforward from the outside, it might look like it was really easy to grow my business to the point where I have, but let me tell you, it was definitely not. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
2/4/2021 • 8 minutes, 1 second
Pep Talk | Failure is a great thing
Going through failures has such a big lesson for me. If I didn't go through these failures, I wouldn't be where I am today. This episode, I want to share why there is absolutely nothing wrong with failing. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
2/2/2021 • 10 minutes, 21 seconds
Pep Talk | What other people think and say about you has nothing to do with you
I used to worry “what would people think” - and I let this hold me back from showing up for my business fully. ESPECIALLY when it came to building a personal brand. I was afraid people would think I was big-noting myself or full of myself. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/31/2021 • 6 minutes, 18 seconds
2020 Lessons | Making more money isn't just about money
To celebrate surviving the year that was 2020, I'm sharing some of the biggest lessons I learned during the year and how they changed the way I run my business. It was a BIG year, so buckle up and enjoy! Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/28/2021 • 6 minutes, 40 seconds
2020 Lessons | Being a leader comes with responsibilities
To celebrate surviving the year that was 2020, I'm sharing some of the biggest lessons I learned during the year and how they changed the way I run my business. It was a BIG year, so buckle up and enjoy! Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/26/2021 • 7 minutes, 39 seconds
2020 Lessons | You don’t know unless you ask
To celebrate surviving the year that was 2020, I'm sharing some of the biggest lessons I learned during the year and how they changed the way I run my business. It was a BIG year, so buckle up and enjoy! Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/24/2021 • 6 minutes, 27 seconds
2020 Lessons | ANYTHING is possible
To celebrate surviving the year that was 2020, I'm sharing some of the biggest lessons I learned during the year and how they changed the way I run my business. It was a BIG year, so buckle up and enjoy! Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/21/2021 • 5 minutes, 52 seconds
2020 Lessons | Changing your mind is a great thing
To celebrate surviving the year that was 2020, I'm sharing some of the biggest lessons I learned during the year and how they changed the way I run my business. It was a BIG year, so buckle up and enjoy! Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/19/2021 • 7 minutes, 11 seconds
2020 Lessons | Patterns are patterns are patterns
To celebrate surviving the year that was 2020, I'm sharing some of the biggest lessons I learned during the year and how they changed the way I run my business. It was a BIG year, so buckle up and enjoy! Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/17/2021 • 6 minutes, 18 seconds
2020 Lessons | When things don’t go to plan, the universe is just trying to save your butt
To celebrate surviving the year that was 2020, I'm sharing some of the biggest lessons I learned during the year and how they changed the way I run my business. It was a BIG year, so buckle up and enjoy! Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/14/2021 • 5 minutes, 38 seconds
2020 Lessons | You’re no less worthy of it just because it felt “easy”
To celebrate surviving the year that was 2020, I'm sharing some of the biggest lessons I learned during the year and how they changed the way I run my business. It was a BIG year, so buckle up and enjoy! Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/12/2021 • 6 minutes, 23 seconds
2020 Lessons | Get the heck out of your own way
To celebrate surviving the year that was 2020, I'm sharing some of the biggest lessons I learned during the year and how they changed the way I run my business. It was a BIG year, so buckle up and enjoy! Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/10/2021 • 6 minutes, 31 seconds
2020 Lessons | Success is just as “hard” as failure
To celebrate surviving the year that was 2020, I'm sharing some of the biggest lessons I learned during the year and how they changed the way I run my business. It was a BIG year, so buckle up and enjoy! Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/7/2021 • 7 minutes
Business Mindset | 7 reasons why I'm grateful 2020 happened
Well, 2020 certainly was a wild year, wasn't it?! It's had its ups, downs, challenges and celebrations - more so than any other year so far. This episode, I'm sharing 7 reasons I'm so grateful 2020 happened. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/22/2020 • 12 minutes, 30 seconds
Business Mindset | How I'm working through the fear of rejection
This year, I realised just how much my fear of rejection was holding me back in business. I wasn't reaching out to people I looked up to, I wasn't pitching the media and I wasn't creating opportunities - simply because I was scared of getting a "no". This episode, I'm sharing how I've been working through my fear of rejection. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/20/2020 • 7 minutes, 20 seconds
Business Tip | How to niche down when you want to help everybody
Worried that niching down will limit the number of people you can help? This episode, I'm showing you how to niche down when you just want to help everyone. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/17/2020 • 6 minutes, 1 second
Behind the Scenes | Breakdown of the Launch Magic launch
I'm all for transparency - particularly when it comes to numbers and launching. It's easy to look at my launch and say "She had a $100k launch, it was a success!" but you don't see the things that didn't work so well. This episode, I'm sharing the things that worked, what didn't work and (of course!) all the numbers behind the launch. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/15/2020 • 16 minutes, 21 seconds
Instagram Reels | How I used IG Reels in a launch
Instagram Reels are just silly videos of people dancing and pointing, right? Wrong. I used IG Reels in my launch and saw some great results. This episode, I'm sharing how I used Instagram Reels in a launch. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/13/2020 • 5 minutes, 48 seconds
Podcasting | Why podcasts and digital products are a match made in heaven
If you're a podcaster, a digital product is the perfect way to monetise your podcast. If you're a digital product creator, a podcast is a beautiful way to build and nurture your audience. This episode, I'm diving into why podcasts and digital products are a match made in online heaven. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/10/2020 • 5 minutes, 47 seconds
Behind the Scenes | 5 things I loved about my most recent launch
The Launch Magic launch was my favourite (and most successful) launch to date. But, I did a few things differently to previous launches! This episode, I'm sharing 5 things that I loved about it. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/8/2020 • 8 minutes, 23 seconds
Business Mindset | What would this look like if it were easy?
Are you guilty of overcomplicating everything in your business? This episode, I'm sharing how this one little question has changed the way I run my business. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/6/2020 • 6 minutes, 15 seconds
Behind the Scenes | 5 ways I'm having more fun in my business
Business couldn't possibly be fun... Could it?! Here's the thing: You didn't start your business to have a terrible time. This episode, I'm sharing 5 ways that I'm having more fun in my business. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork?Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/3/2020 • 9 minutes, 15 seconds
Myth-busting | A small launch means my launch failed
Worried you'll launch and not many people will buy? Or, maybe you've already launched and the response was underwhelming? This episode, I'm sharing exactly why a small launch doesn't necessarily mean a failed launch. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
11/1/2020 • 7 minutes, 25 seconds
Launching | Why you should convince the wrong people NOT to buy
Surely you just want to sell to everyone and make as much money as possible, right? Wrong. When you're launching, it's just as important to make sure you disqualify the wrong people. This episode, I'm sharing why you should convince the wrong people not to buy. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/29/2020 • 6 minutes, 44 seconds
Launching | Selling is a good thing because it's how you help people
I get it - selling is SCARY. But, unless you're making sales, you don't have a business. It also happens to be one of the most important parts of your launch. This episode, I'm helping you shift your mindset around selling - I'm showing you how selling is a good thing. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/27/2020 • 7 minutes, 20 seconds
Launching | 5 things you can do with a small audience before your launch
Worried you don't have enough followers or subscribers to launch yet? Having a small audience can actually be beneficial, because it means you can do things that don't scale. This episode, I'm sharing 5 things you can do with your small audience to make sure they're super engaged next time you launch something. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork?Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? Connect with me over at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/25/2020 • 8 minutes, 25 seconds
Launching | 5 things you can do now to prepare for a future launch
Not yet ready to launch? That’s cool, there are still a bunch of things you can do, starting today, that will prepare your business for your future launch - even if you don’t yet know what you’re launching. This episode, I’m sharing 10 things you can do right now to prepare for your future launch.
10/22/2020 • 9 minutes, 52 seconds
Launching | Give me email subscribers over Instagram followers any day
Worried you need more followers before you’ll be ready to launch? Sick of seeing your follower count go up by 3 and down by 5? This episode, I’m talking about why your social media following isn’t anywhere near as important as your email list. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/20/2020 • 8 minutes, 41 seconds
Myth-busting | You need a big audience to launch
Worried that your audience isn’t big enough for you to launch your digital product yet? This episode, I’m breaking down WHY it’s a myth that you need a big audience before you can launch (and why a small audience is actually a good thing). Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/18/2020 • 7 minutes, 5 seconds
Behind the scenes | The fears that came up when I stepped into the spotlight
Putting yourself out there in the lead up to your launch is terrifying. I know the feeling very well. Sure, I might seem super comfortable in the spotlight these days, but it wasn’t always the case. This episode, I’m sharing a few of the fears that came up for me. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/15/2020 • 7 minutes, 39 seconds
Launching | 5 small steps you can take to get visible
Getting visible and stepping into the spotlight is scary - I get it. But, it doesn’t mean you need to try and get on the front page of a magazine or land a radio interview. There are smaller steps you can take to start getting visible, so you can build your audience for your launch. Wanna launch your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/13/2020 • 8 minutes, 5 seconds
Launch Mindset | The world needs you to step into the spotlight
Fearful of putting yourself out there and stepping into the spotlight? This episode is for you. I’m giving you a pep talk today on why the world needs you to promote yourself and your message, as well as some quick nuggets to help you get over the fear of putting yourself out there. Wanna launch your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/11/2020 • 7 minutes, 57 seconds
Launching | How I scaled to 7-figures by doubling down on one product
How did I turn a $3,000 launch into a $1m product? This episode, I’m sharing all the numbers and behind-the-scenes of how I scaled to 7-figures by doubling down and relaunching the same product over and over. Wanna launch your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/8/2020 • 10 minutes, 4 seconds
Launching | Why you shouldn't launch only once
I believe that you shouldn’t only launch your digital product once, but sadly, too many people launch once, declare their launch a “failure” and then move on to creating the next product. This episode, I’m sharing why you shouldn’t launch only once. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/6/2020 • 6 minutes, 25 seconds
Behind the scenes | Break down of my $100k affiliate launch
I recently was an affiliate for Amy Porterfield's Digital Course Academy launch, and I'm proud to say that I smashed it! As requested by so many of you, this episode I'm sharing a breakdown of what I did for the launch, what worked and what didn't work. Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/4/2020 • 13 minutes, 59 seconds
Launching | How trying to "build hype" is hurting your launch
Believe it or not, trying to build hype and sell in your launch can actually damage your results. This episode, I'm sharing just why you shouldn't be trying to build hype. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/29/2020 • 5 minutes, 11 seconds
Launching | Your launch isn't just about "building hype"
There's a big misconception that launching is about building hype and getting people excited for your product. While this might be a part of your pre-launch, there are 5 objectives for your pre-launch content that aren't about building hype. This episode, I'm sharing the 5 purposes of your pre-launch content. Wanna create your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/27/2020 • 8 minutes, 25 seconds
Digital Product Myth-busting | "I feel bad for charging people"
Ever felt guilty for charging your customers and clients, because you simply want to help everyone? You need to listen to this super-quick episode on why the world needs to you to charge for them and not give everything away for free! Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/10/2020 • 5 minutes, 3 seconds
Behind the Scenes | 7 things that have happened in 1 year since niching down
A year ago, I made the scary decision to niche down into launching. I was afraid that I would lose customers and clients, lose podcast listeners and alienate my followers. Instead, some amazing things started happening in my business. This episode, I'm sharing 7 things that happened in the 12 months since I decided to niche down. Check out the Digital Product Creator’s Vault (and pre-selling bundle) at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/8/2020 • 10 minutes, 44 seconds
Digital Product Myth-busting | "My product has to be ready before I can launch"
Think your digital product has to be 100% ready before you can launch it? Nope, that’s not true. Because, you can pre-sell your product. Which is when you sell it before you make it, or before you’ve finished making it. This episode, I’m looking at why you would want to pre-sell your product and how you might go about it. Check out the Digital Product Creator’s Vault (and pre-selling bundle) at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/6/2020 • 7 minutes, 52 seconds
EP 300 SPECIAL! | Ronsley Vaz interviews me on the realities of entrepreneurship and "success", mindset shifts and my 20-year vision
To celebrate 300 episodes of Socialette, I asked my good friend and mentor, Ronsley Vaz, to interview me on my own podcast. Given that he's the person who got me into podcasting (and is also the best interviewer I know), it seemed only fitting that he should be the one to interview me. This episode was incredibly scary for me to record and Ronsley asked me some pretty tough questions about the realities of entrepreneurship and "success", mindset shifts and my 20-year vision. You can hear more of Ronsley's (very soothing) voice on his podcast, The Psychology of Entrepreneurship, and you can connect with him on Instagram @ronsleyvaz Are we Instagram friends yet? You can find me over there @stephtaylor.co
9/3/2020 • 57 minutes, 58 seconds
Rebroadcast | Why you NEED to invest in yourself for your business to succeed
So many business owners are afraid to invest in themselves. They’ll spend money on business expenses, no problem, but when it comes to investing in their own development - even if it might move their business forward - they’re scared to do so. This episode, I’m looking at why you need to get serious about up-leveling yourself as a business owner. Follow me on Instagram: http://Instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/1/2020 • 6 minutes, 10 seconds
Rebroadcast | Working ON your biz vs. Working IN it
What might feel like you’re being productive and kicking goals doesn’t always bring you any closer to kicking those goals. Yes, there will be an amount of time you spend working IN your business - especially if you have client work and you don’t have a team - but working ON your business is crucial if you want to grow. Otherwise, it’s far too easy to stay stuck where you are. Download Amy Porterfield's Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit - http://stephtaylor.co/amy Are we Insta friends yet? Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/25/2020 • 6 minutes, 31 seconds
Rebroadcast | "What type of online course should I create?
Not all online courses (also known as digital courses) are created equal. In fact, there are 5 different types of online courses and in this episode I’m looking at all 5 types, so you can decide which type is best for your business. Download the Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit at http://stephtaylor.co/amy Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/18/2020 • 7 minutes, 4 seconds
Rebroadcast | 5 reasons to create an online course
Creating an online course changed my business completely. It took me from trading time for money with one-on-one client work, to giving me the freedom to travel more, create more and run my business on my own terms. This episode I’m sharing 5 reasons to create an online course. Download the Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit at http://stephtaylor.co/amy Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/16/2020 • 7 minutes, 50 seconds
Rebroadcast | "Should I create an online course?"
Making the decision to create an online course isn’t an easy one to make - it’s no small decision, but creating an online course can have such a big impact on your business so it’s definitely something to consider. Here are a few signs that creating an online course is a good next step in your business… Download the Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit at http://stephtaylor.co/amy Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/13/2020 • 7 minutes, 41 seconds
Rebroadcast | Amy Porterfield on creating an online course, shifting out of the time-for-money trap and the biggest course creation mistakes
Amy Porterfield is the online course creation, list building and webinar queen. She has been a big inspiration for me, and her Digital Course Academy program is a big part of why I shifted from client work to a digital product-based business. When it comes to creating an online course, Amy Porterfield is a fountain of knowledge, and in this episode she’s sharing some of her biggest tips for creating an online course. Download Amy Porterfield’s free Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit: http://stephtaylor.co/amy Take Amy’s free quiz - What's your personal path to digital course success? http://stephtaylor.co/quiz Some of the things we covered: Amy Porterfield’s journey from corporate to running a 7-figure business, and some of her key learnings along the way. The very first course launch that Amy did, why it flopped and what you can learn from her mistakes. The key reasons you need to push past your fears in order to create and launch a successful online course, and how creating an online course can change your business (and your life!) Why creating an online course isn’t for everybody, and who the people Amy sees having the most success with course creation are. Amy Porterfield’s tips on how to overcome impostor syndrome when creating and launching a course. The biggest mistakes Amy sees business owners making when it comes to digital course creation
8/11/2020 • 42 minutes, 30 seconds
Online Course Creation | "What the heck should I teach in my online course?"
Creating an online course? Or starting to think about creating one, but no idea what to teach in your online course? This episode, I’m sharing 5 things you can teach inside your digital course (even if you’re not an expert yet!) Take the FREE quiz: What’s your personal path to digital course success? http://stephtaylor.co/292 Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/6/2020 • 9 minutes, 35 seconds
Ryan Carruthers on how to start building a membership site and the big mistakes people make with memberships
Ryan is a digital entrepreneur with a history of scaling and automating businesses, currently working with course creators, bloggers and coaches to build, launch and scale their membership website. He is also the host of the Membership Mastery podcast, which I was a guest on recently. In this episode, we chatted about: The memberships that Ryan has built in his own businesses, and what he would go back and do differently if he had the opportunity to start over. The advantages and disadvantages of memberships, as well as which types of businesses are better suited for memberships. Where he would recommend you start, if you’re considering launching a membership. The big mistakes he sees people making with memberships. How to scale a membership (and how to know if you’re ready to scale yours). You can find more from Ryan at https://www.themembershipmastery.com/ Wanna launch your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/4/2020 • 45 minutes, 57 seconds
Behind the Scenes | My weekly "CEO ritual"
Every Monday, the first thing I do when I sit down at my desk is my weekly CEO ritual. This helps me to plan for the week and ensure that I'm making progress (and that I also feel like I'm making progress). This episode, I'm walking you through my weekly CEO ritual step by step. Wanna launch your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/2/2020 • 15 minutes, 36 seconds
Digital Product Myth-Busting | "The more content, the more I can charge"
One big myth I’ve noticed floating around is that the more content you put in your digital product, the more you can charge for it. This is absolutely not true. This episode, I’m breaking down the myth and explaining what determines how much you can charge for your digital product. Wanna launch your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/30/2020 • 6 minutes, 26 seconds
Live Q&A | Answering your questions about creating a digital product
I recently ran a live Q&A for my email list, answering their burning questions about creating and launching a digital product. Since some of the questions are ones I get asked all the time, I thought I'd share the recording as a podcast episode. Enjoy! Wanna launch your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/28/2020 • 1 hour
Jen Waterson on the 5 key elements to profitable revenue growth
Jen Waterson is the founder of Simply Smarter Numbers. A business profit coach, speaker and podcaster, Jen is helping business owners make more profit and take back their time. Jen has been working with business owners for the past 20 years as a CPA, CFO and CEO. Today, Jen works with ambitious service based business owners who are ready to think big, re-write their own rules and take action. In this episode, we chatted about: How Jen designed her business to work around her life, not the other way around. The 5 key elements to profitable revenue growth, and why they’re crucial for all businesses. How to get crystal clear on your right fit revenue streams, so you can set yourself up to reach your financial goals. What an elegant business model and a sustainable business model are, and why you need to care about them. You can find out more about Jen at https://www.simplysmarternumbers.com/ and connect with her on Instagram @simplysmarternumbers Wanna launch your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/26/2020 • 46 minutes, 31 seconds
Behind the Scenes | Digital Product Creator's Vault launch breakdown
I recently launched my newest digital product - which is a product about creating a digital product. Not launching it, creating it. Because although launches are my thing, I realised that most people in my audience don’t actually have a digital product that they can launch just yet. This episode, I’m giving you a behind the scenes look at the launch. Wanna launch your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/23/2020 • 7 minutes, 30 seconds
Behind the Scenes | 9 things I did to scale my business to $1m revenue in a year
I had a few people ask me on Instagram - what did you do to grow your business tenfold in the last year? Truthfully, it’s more than one thing that contributed to this growth. This episode I’m sharing a few of the things that I believe helped me take my business from around $150k in the 2019 financial year, to over $1m revenue in the 2020 financial year. Wanna launch your first digital product without the guesswork? Unlock the Digital Product Creator’s Vault at http://stephtaylor.co/vault Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/21/2020 • 12 minutes, 45 seconds
Sally Prosser on speaking with confidence, clarity and charisma as an entrepreneur or podcaster
Today’s guest is on a mission to help as many people as possible speak with confidence, clarity and charisma. Sally Prosser is a former TV journalist and company spokesperson who knows a thing or two about taking control of your voice and using it well. Sal's the host of That Voice Podcast, an even better host of her signature Voice & Vinho nights and has built a following of more than 185 thousand on TikTok. She works with a range of people through online courses, workshops and individual coaching - and unless you've sworn a lifetime vow of silence, she can work with YOU! In this episode, we chatted about: Why its *super* important for business owners and entrepreneurs to care about their voice - even if you aren’t into public speaking or podcasting. The big mistakes Sal sees people making when it comes to their voice and speaking. What to do if you want to launch a podcast but don’t love your voice (I’ve been there!) Some actionable tips for podcasters to implement right away to start sounding better on their podcast. And, of course, we chatted about Sal’s TikTok fame. How she got started with it, the impact it’s had on her business and her top tips for anyone wanting to try TikTok. Where to find out more about Sal: www.sallyprosser.com.au TikTok @sallyprosservoice Insta / FB @sallyprosservoice Twitter @sally_prosser LinkedIn - https://www.linkedin.com/in/sally-prosser/ Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/19/2020 • 36 minutes
Behind the Scenes | Expectations vs. Reality of a $1m Business
So, it happened. My business hit $1m last financial year - cue the confetti! But, how does the reality compare to the expectations? This episode, I'm sharing the expectations vs. reality of a million dollar business. Enjoy! Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/16/2020 • 12 minutes, 48 seconds
Behind the Scenes | 8 lessons learned from spending $10k a day on Facebook Ads
Yep, that's not a typo. And yep, it's a scary amount to spend on Facebook Ads. This episode, I'm sharing 8 lessons I learned from spending $10k a day on Facebook Ads. Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/26/2020 • 10 minutes, 53 seconds
That time I made $300k in one month | Clare Wood interviews me on how I did it and the mindset struggles behind it
Today's episode is an interview I did with my good friend Clare Wood on her podcast The Clare Wood Podcast. We chatted all about how I made $300k (revenue, not profit!) in April, money mindset and some of the challenges that have popped up with this rapid business growth. Clare is an epic interviewer, so I highly recommend listening to this one. Find out more about Clare Wood at https://clarewood.com.au/ and connect with her on Instagram @clare_wood_coach Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/24/2020 • 32 minutes, 15 seconds
Throwback Episode | Should you launch an online course, a membership or an ebook?
What should you launch first? Should you launch an online course? Should you launch a membership? Or, maybe an ebook? This episode, I'm looking at the pros and cons of launching an online course, vs. launching a membership site, vs. launching an ebook. Download my Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
5/21/2020 • 7 minutes, 33 seconds
Throwback Episode | 3 things to launch when you have nothing new to launch
Want to launch something but not sure what to launch? Or maybe you’re working away on creating a course in the background, maybe you’re still working on the idea of something bigger to launch. You can still launch something in the meantime. This episode, I’m sharing 3 things you can launch when you have nothing new to launch. Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
5/19/2020 • 5 minutes, 38 seconds
Kiah Worling on moving your business online, online systems and her experience creating a comprehensive online course
Kiah Worling is a digital thought-leader and productivity adviser whose mission is to better the lives of others through the smart use of technology. With a strong background in tech, projects and planning, she unites AI with humanness to advance her clients technical prowess and improve their everyday enjoyment of business entrepreneurship. Some of the things we chat about in this episode include: The elusive zero - how to reach inbox zero and how to stay there! How to manage your to-dos without having hundreds of post-it notes scattered everywhere, and how to streamline your to-do list system. The basic systems that Kiah recommends every business owner has in place. Kiah’s top tips for anyone moving their business online right now, as well as some of the essential tools she recommends for this. Kiah’s experience creating a comprehensive online course and what you can learn from her experience. You can find Kiah on Instagram at @kiahworling and her website at https://kiahworling.com/ Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/17/2020 • 37 minutes, 59 seconds
Creating a digital product | "A digital product takes too long to create"
I recently did an episode looking at some of the beliefs you have about digital product creation that aren’t true, and the idea that a digital product takes too long to create is one of these beliefs. This episode, I’m showing you why a digital product doesn’t have to take ages to create and hopefully save you some time in the process. Get the recording of my 3-hour virtual workshop: Clarify, Validate & Roadmap Your Digital Product at http://stephtaylor.co/workshop Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/14/2020 • 6 minutes, 18 seconds
Creating a digital product | 8 beliefs about creating a digital product that simply aren't true
If you’ve never created a digital product before, it’s easy to buy into some pretty common beliefs and myths around creating one. Most of these beliefs are just stories that we’re telling ourselves - they’re not actually facts, but instead they’re there to keep us safe by not taking a risk and creating a product. This episode, I’m looking at 8 beliefs about digital product creation that simply aren’t true. Get the recording of my 3-hour virtual workshop: Clarify, Validate & Roadmap Your Digital Product at http://stephtaylor.co/workshop Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/12/2020 • 9 minutes, 47 seconds
Socialette turns 2! | Biggest takeaways from 2 years of podcast episodes
To celebrate Socialette's birthday month, I'm sharing 30 of the biggest takeaways from the last 2 years. These are the truthbombs that will impact your business, your podcast, your digital product launches and maybe even your life. Enjoy! Get the recording of my 3-hour virtual workshop: Clarify, Validate & Roadmap Your Digital Product at http://stephtaylor.co/workshop Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/10/2020 • 9 minutes, 20 seconds
Isolation Bonus | Behind-the-Scenes Business Update
Coming to you with another isolation bonus to help you navigate your business through these wild times. This is a behind-the-scenes update on what's happening in my own business at the moment.
5/4/2020 • 10 minutes, 30 seconds
Podcasting | 7 ways this podcast has changed my life
In the last 2 years of running this podcast, Socialette has honestly changed my business and my life in ways I could never have imagined. This episode, I’m sharing 7 of the ways in which this show has impacted my business and life. Get the recording of my 3-hour virtual workshop: Clarify, Validate & Roadmap Your Digital Product at http://stephtaylor.co/workshop Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/3/2020 • 8 minutes, 57 seconds
Socialette Turns 2! | 5 lessons from 2 years of podcasting
Today marks 2 years of Socialette! It’s been a wild ride. There have been times I loved my podcast, times I wanted to give it up altogether, times where I’ve been like - why the heck did I commit to doing 3 episodes a week… But, it’s also been the best thing I’ve done in my business. This episode, I’m sharing a few of the lessons that I’ve learned in 2 years of podcasting. These aren’t just podcast-related lessons, they’re business and life lessons too. Get the recording of my 3-hour virtual workshop: Clarify, Validate & Roadmap Your Digital Product at http://stephtaylor.co/workshop Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/30/2020 • 7 minutes, 54 seconds
Isolation Bonus | 6 things you can do right now to keep moving forward
Coming to you with another isolation bonus to help you navigate your business through these wild times. Here are 6 things you can do to keep your business moving forward, even if you have no idea what your next move will be.
4/29/2020 • 9 minutes, 30 seconds
Launch Mindset | "What if I launch and nobody buys?!”
What if you launch and nobody buys? When I surveyed you guys at the end of last year, the biggest hesitation many of you had when it came to launching was the fear that you’d invest time and money into your idea and nobody would end up buying it. And this fear is real - I deal with it too, don’t you worry. This episode, I’m looking at some ways you can overcome this fear and mitigate it a tiny bit… Get the recording of my 3-hour virtual workshop: Clarify, Validate & Roadmap Your Digital Product at http://stephtaylor.co/workshop Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/28/2020 • 5 minutes, 6 seconds
Isolation Bonus | Christine Corcoran on overcoming overwhelm, goal grief and money mindset in a pandemic
Christine Corcoran is a business mindset coach and in today's bonus isolation episode, we're chatting about how to overcome the overwhelm and fear you might be facing right now, what goal grief is (and why you need to feel it) - plus, Christine shares her top money mindset tips for the current climate. You can find out more about Christine at https://christinecorcoran.com.au/ or on Instagram @christinecorcoran_coach
4/27/2020 • 31 minutes, 48 seconds
Business Tip | What to do if you have too many ideas and can't focus
Hands up who else has more ideas than you can deal with? Yep, I CONSTANTLY have new ideas popping up - for new products, new freebies, new content, even new businesses. It’s bloody distracting sometimes, but if 2019 taught me anything, it’s the power of focusing on one thing at a time. Get the recording of my 3-hour virtual workshop: Clarify, Validate & Roadmap Your Digital Product at http://stephtaylor.co/workshop Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/26/2020 • 5 minutes, 30 seconds
Launch Mindset | "My audience wouldn't pay that much"
So, you’re worried when you’re pricing your digital product (or in fact, any product or service) that your audience wouldn’t pay that much for it? Let’s unpack that... This episode is heavy on the mindset work. I want you to grab a journal if you can and pause this podcast after each question so that you can either journal about it or at least seriously think about it. Get the recording of my 3-hour virtual workshop: Clarify, Validate & Roadmap Your Digital Product at http://stephtaylor.co/workshop Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/23/2020 • 8 minutes, 18 seconds
Isolation Bonus | Creating a daily routine to keep you productive (and sane!)
During these wild times, I'm releasing an additional 2 bonus episodes on Tuesdays and Thursdays. Have a topic you'd like to see covered? Message me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
4/22/2020 • 10 minutes, 19 seconds
Digital Product Creation | 5 myths about creating a digital product
There are a lot of myths floating around about creating a digital product, and having created and launched a few myself (like 5 online courses, a group program, a membership and an ebook). This episode, I’m looking at 5 common myths about creating a digital product. Get the recording of my 3-hour virtual workshop: Clarify, Validate & Roadmap Your Digital Product at http://stephtaylor.co/workshop Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/21/2020 • 6 minutes, 6 seconds
Isolation Bonus | 3 quick ways to bring in cash for your business
During these wild times, I'm releasing an additional 2 bonus episodes on Tuesdays and Thursdays. Have a topic you'd like to see covered? Message me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
4/20/2020 • 5 minutes, 16 seconds
Digital Product Creation | What if someone else has already created my idea?
I hear this one quite a lot - you’re worried that because someone else has already created a digital product with the same or similar idea as you, that yours will flop. It’s a totally natural fear - I get it. You don’t want to have to compete, you don’t want people to accuse you of copying and you don’t want to potentially limit the number of customers you could have. So, this episode, I’m looking at why it doesn’t matter if someone else has already created your digital product idea. Get the recording of my 3-hour virtual workshop: Clarify, Validate & Roadmap Your Digital Product at http://stephtaylor.co/workshop Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/19/2020 • 6 minutes, 54 seconds
FAQ | Why do I charge USD even though I live in Australia?
Pretty much whenever I run a webinar, one of the questions that pops up in the Q&A is “Why do you charge USD when you’re based in Australia?” And there are a couple of reasons why I do this. Believe it or not - I don’t do it to rip people off. I know that Aussies hate being charged in USD and I wouldn’t do it if I didn’t think it was necessary, because I know that it probably has cost me a few sales along the way. This episode, I’m sharing the reasons why I charge USD. Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/16/2020 • 8 minutes, 1 second
Isolation Bonus | Bec Miller on how to beat mindless snacking and make the right food choices during lockdown
Bec Miller is a clinical nutritionist and the founder of Health With Bec, where she helps women lose weight without the hunger. For this bonus isolation episode, Bec and I are chatting about how to beat the mindless snacking, what kinds of food to eat to stay focused and productive and how to keep your energy levels up. You can find out more about Bec at www.healthwithbec.com or @health_with_bec on Instagram.
4/15/2020 • 30 minutes, 58 seconds
Mindset tip | Embracing a beginner mindset when it comes to business and launching
We should all be approaching our businesses and launching with a beginner mindset, because we’re all still constantly learning - and if we’re not learning, we’re not growing. This episode, I’m sharing some ways you can cultivate that beginner mindset when it comes to business and launching. Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/14/2020 • 7 minutes, 16 seconds
Isolation Bonus | Please don't feel guilty for selling
I get it - it feels really insensitive to keep running your business right now; to keep on selling and promoting your business as if nothing is going on. In this bonus episode, I'm sharing two quick reasons why you need to keep on selling right now. Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/13/2020 • 5 minutes, 1 second
Launching Real Talk | If you wait until you feel motivated, it'll never happen
You’ve gotta love that feeling when you get a spark of inspiration and suddenly you’re motivated to create something. It’s a great feeling and it’s kinda similar to how I feel on the 1st of January every year about exercising more and eating better. But, just like those new year’s resolutions don’t last that long, the spark of motivation fades pretty quickly. This episode, I’m giving you some tough love about why you can’t rely on that feeling of motivation and inspiration to create and launch your online course, membership, group program, or whatever digital product you’re planning to launch. Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/12/2020 • 5 minutes, 29 seconds
Launching Tips | How to get over your fear of webinars
I wasn’t always a big fan of webinars. My first webinar in 2017, I was so terrified that my voice was all shaky and I rushed through my sales pitch because I was so scared of selling to my audience. I’ve done a TON of webinars since then and each time I’ve improved - and that’s honestly the only way you get better at doing them. This episode, I’m sharing 10 quick tips to get over your fear of doing a webinar. Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/9/2020 • 7 minutes, 43 seconds
Isolation Bonus | Morgan Spencer on communicating with your audience during a crisis
Morgan Spencer is the founder of Martini Mondays, a strategic PR agency based here in Brisbane. In this special bonus episode, we're chatting about how to communicate with your audience and your clients during times of crisis - like what we're going through right now. You can find Morgan on Instagram @martinimondays or at https://martinimondays.com.au/home
4/8/2020 • 20 minutes, 31 seconds
Productivity Tips | 30 tips for working from home
Since we’re all stuck working from home for the indefinite future, I thought I’d put the call out on Instagram for all your top tips on being productive from home. A big thank you to everyone who submitted a tip: @Sallyprosservoice @coffeecardiochaos @nikita.kuenz @steph__hill @espreedevora @yuxerbysandra @trevormerriden @thesette.co @ninalansdowne @iamtheoa @jotapis @thatgoldenfeeling_ @studioged_ @weareponderlily @cwvirtualassistance @michbroadbent @spatalks @ellielouhere @bossanddearie @clare_wood_coach @socialsoulmedia @ankitalewis @yumglutenfree @leannewebber Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/7/2020 • 24 minutes, 20 seconds
Isolation Bonus | All of the feels
You won't often catch me talking about my feelings, but in today's episode I'm sharing how I've really been feeling about everything that's going on. I promise this isn't intended to be a pity party (after all, I have a lot to be grateful for!) but more just to help you feel a little less alone in this storm. Please feel free to reach out and say hi at any time - you'll find me over on Instagram @stephtaylor.co.
4/6/2020 • 10 minutes, 28 seconds
Tasha Booth on how to stay in your zone of genius during a launch by embracing outsourcing
Tasha Booth is the founder and CEO of The Launch Guild, a digital support agency for leaders and entrepreneurs who are making a mark on the world. Some of the things we chatted about in this episode include: What a launch runway is and why it’s so crucial to the success of your launches. The big mistakes Tasha sees people making with their launch runways. How to start outsourcing parts of your launch - even if you don’t feel ready to do so yet. How to define all the roles you might need in your launch before you start outsourcing. Why you need to remain in your zone of genius during a launch (and how to do so!) You can find Tasha over on Instagram @thetashabooth and find out more about The Launch Guild at https://thelaunchguild.com/ Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/5/2020 • 29 minutes, 18 seconds
Launch Break Down | Behind the scenes of a launch
Back at the start of Feb, I recorded an episode giving you the breakdown of a launch I did - and the feedback I got from you was that yes, you want to see more of these behind-the-scenes breakdowns of my launches. So today I’m going behind the scenes of a launch I did in January. It was a small launch of my A-Z Podcast Launch Plan, which I’ve live launched a couple of times now - and was the focus of the last launch break down episode as well. Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
Anita and I had so much great feedback about our last Virtual Happy Hour, that we decided to run another one - with coffee instead of wine this time. Some of the things we chatted about include the challenges of running our business in isolation, the ups and downs of isolation week 2 and what we've been working on. Are we Instagram friends yet? You can find me @stephtaylor.co and Anita at @brandfetti Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap
4/1/2020 • 1 hour, 1 minute, 21 seconds
Launch Mindset | How to launch when you hate being in the spotlight
One of the scary things about launching for many of you is the fact that you have to put yourself out there - you have to step into the spotlight and actually show up. I’ve spent the last couple of years working through my own fear of being in the spotlight and now I can say that it’s not really an issue for me anymore - but it certainly was a few years ago. This episode I’m sharing 5 tips to help you launch when you hate being in the spotlight. Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/31/2020 • 8 minutes, 46 seconds
Suz Chadwick on playing bigger, standing out and building a bold brand
Suz Chadwick is a BOLD Business, Branding & Speaker Coach taking your brand from basic biscuits to amazing 'got to have' delectable goodness. As the founder of The Connection Exchange, author of Play Big, Brand Bold and host of the popular Brand Builder's Lab podcast, Suz works with savvy businesses owners to find the wow factor in what they do. She not only supports them to build brands with clear and powerful messages that connect with their audience but helps them stand out to make their business the exception, rather than the rule. In today’s episode, we’re chatting about: What playing a bigger game means to Suz, and why she believes so many business owners play small. How to stop caring so much about what other people think, so that we can start to play a bigger game. Suz’s top tips to start pushing yourself out of your comfort zone so that you can grow. How to start building a bold brand and become the go-to in your space. You can find more about Suz Chadwick over at https://www.suzchadwick.com/ or @suzchadwick on Instagram. Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/29/2020 • 46 minutes, 4 seconds
Launch Fails | The number one reason launches "flop"
Last episode, I talked about how to survey your audience, and when I surveyed mine last year, one of the questions I asked was if they’d ever launched a course, membership or digital product previously. A lot of people said something along the lines of: “Yes but I only sold 5”. So, there’s something really important you need to know: You can have a launch and sell 5, and it’s still considered successful. On the flipside, you could launch, sell 50 and your launch could be an absolute flop. This episode, I'm sharing the number one reason why launches flop. Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/26/2020 • 7 minutes, 26 seconds
Validating your idea | How to survey your audience
Last episode, I talked about some of the important things you’ve forgotten in the lead up to your launch. And, you know what one of the most important things people forget to do is? Talk to their audience. You know - the people actually BUYING your product. It’s really easy to assume that we know what people want, but until we talk to them, we actually have no idea. At the end of last year, I surveyed my audience and you know what? I learned a few big things. Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/24/2020 • 7 minutes, 49 seconds
BONUS Episode | Virtual Happy Hour
We could all use a little more community and connection right now, so my work wife, Anita Siek from Wordfetti, and I decided to run a live Virtual Happy Hour. This is the recording, if you couldn't make it life. Want us to run another one soon? Jump into our DMs @stephtaylor.co or @wordfetti and let us know. If you guys want it, we'll make it happen. It's not like we have anywhere else to be right now!
3/24/2020 • 1 hour, 13 minutes, 31 seconds
Launch Planning | 5 important things you’ve overlooked in planning your launch
There are a LOT of moving parts in a launch - seriously. And, unless you’ve done it many times before, you’re probably going to forget a few things. That’s totally understandable. But, let’s try and make sure you don’t forget any of the really important things. This episode, I’m sharing 5 super important parts of your launch you’ve probably overlooked. Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/22/2020 • 6 minutes, 58 seconds
Networking Tip | How to get the most out of a conference or an event as an introvert
Being an introvert doesn’t mean you can’t get a lot of value out of events and meet new people - it just means it doesn’t come as naturally to us as it does for extroverts. It drains our energy, whereas extroverts gain energy from these sorts of things. This episode I’m sharing 6 tips for getting the most out of an in-person conference or event as an introvert. A lot of these tips will be applicable to extroverts as well, but I know we introverts struggle with events a lot more, so this episode goes out to my fellow introvert friends. Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/19/2020 • 9 minutes, 9 seconds
Bobby Klinck on legal essentials for online businesses, online courses and memberships
Bobby Klinck is a lawyer (of the fun kind!) specialising in online businesses. He helps online entrepreneurs set their business and legal foundations so they can stop imagining what could be and start building the businesses of their dreams. This episode, we’re chatting all about how to make sure your legal boxes are ticked when you’re launching an online course or membership. Some of the things we talk about in this episode include… The most common areas Bobby sees business owners making mistakes when it comes to their legals. The key agreements and contracts that business owners and entrepreneurs need (but usually don’t realise they do!) How to handle promises, guarantees and refund policies with your online course or membership. The legal essentials when you’re launching an online course or membership. You can find Bobby Klinck at https://www.bobbyklinck.com/ or at @bobbyklinck on Instagram. ---- Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/17/2020 • 45 minutes, 5 seconds
Webinar Launches | 5 reasons launching with a webinar works so well
Launching with a webinar can be such an effective way to kick off a launch. Some of these benefits are applicable to Facebook Lives as well, but the reason I recommend webinars over a Facebook Live or Instagram Live is because people need to register. The act of registering means they’re committing to showing up and it feels a lot more serious than just yet another FB Live. This episode, I’m sharing 5 reasons why webinars launches work so well when you’re launching something new. Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/15/2020 • 7 minutes, 55 seconds
Business Tip | You've got to do what nobody else is willing to do
I was recently at an event where one of the speakers, James Wedmore, who I’ve been fangirling for a long time now, said that to be successful, you’ve gotta to do what nobody else is willing to do. And I thought: What can I do in my business that nobody else (or very few people) are willing to do? Then, it hit me - I’ve been doing a lot of these things already, and they’ve ended up being the things that have worked best for my business growth. So this episode, I’m sharing a few things that few people are willing to do, but that have had the biggest impact on my business. Hopefully these will spark some ideas for you! Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/12/2020 • 8 minutes, 52 seconds
Launching | Should you do a webinar? A challenge? A video series?
When you’re launching, how do you know what type of launch event to do? Should you launch with a webinar? Should you do a 3-day challenge? Should you launch with a video series? ’m looking at the pros and cons of launching with webinars, challenges and video series. Thinking of launching a podcast this year? Join my free podcasting masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/podcasting Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
3/10/2020 • 12 minutes, 2 seconds
Digital Products | 5 lessons from selling $20,000 worth of a $20 digital product
I have a secret product I don’t really promote anywhere. And that’s because it’s something I created fully by accident, for an audience that isn’t usually business owners. This template has, to date, sold 1,000 copies without me having to do any marketing for it. I’ve literally done nothing - I don’t think I’ve even promoted it on Instagram. It just sells on autopilot. But, it’s also been a bit of a pain to deal with at times. This episode, I’m sharing 7 lessons I’ve learned from selling $20,000 worth of Canva templates. Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? Find me @stephtaylor.co
3/8/2020 • 8 minutes, 22 seconds
Bay Bradfield on why you’re not making sales, how to stop feeling sleazy when you’re selling and how to make more sales
If your business isn’t making sales, then it’s not making money. And if you’re not making money, well, there’s only so long you can stay in business for. Enter today’s podcast guest: Bay Bradfield, a business growth strategist and sales coach. She knows a thing or two about selling, and she’s here to share her sales strategies with us. In this episode, we chatted about: Why so many business owners HATE selling (and the simple mindset shift you can make to make selling a tiny bit easier). The biggest mistakes Bay sees business owners making when it comes to sales, and the simple steps they can take to fix these. Bay’s biggest tips for successful sales calls (including how to talk about the one thing that scares us so much: The price). How to overcome the common mindset block “my audience wouldn’t pay that much for my product/service”. Why you feel icky and sleazy when it comes to selling, and how to flip it around. Her top tips for making more sales in your business. You can find Bay on Instagram @baybradfield and on her website www.baybradfield.com Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? Find me @stephtaylor.co
3/5/2020 • 42 minutes, 13 seconds
Online course creation | Why you shouldn't create a "comprehensive" online course
Thinking of creating a comprehensive online course? I’ve created and launched online courses over the last few years and even though my specialty is launching online courses, I’ve learned a thing or two about online course creation along the way as well. One of the BIG places I see so many of you getting stuck is this idea that you want to create the most comprehensive online course out there - you want to teach your audience EVERYTHING there is to know about your area of expertise. But, there are a few problems with creating a super comprehensive online course that’s jam-packed with everything they could possibly ever learn. This episode, I’m sharing why you shouldn’t create a comprehensive online course. Are we Insta friends yet? You can find me over there at @stephtaylor.co Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap
3/3/2020 • 9 minutes, 39 seconds
What to launch | 5 ways to uncover the perfect idea for your next course, membership or digital product
So, you want to launch something. Only, you don’t know what to launch yet? Or maybe you have an inkling of an idea for a course, membership or digital product, but you just don’t know how to flesh it out a bit more. There’s this misconception that you have to be super creative to come up with an idea for a digital product and that’s simply not true. There are a few places you can look to for inspiration. This episode, I’m sharing a few ways to uncover the perfect idea for your next digital product. Are we Insta friends yet? You can find me over there at @stephtaylor.co Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap
3/1/2020 • 6 minutes, 3 seconds
Behind the Scenes | Why I’m launching a membership this year
Later this year, I’m launching a membership. It’s all still in the works, so I can’t share full details with you just yet… But this episode, I’m giving away the most spoilers so far. I haven’t actually shared a lot of this with anyone except some really close business friends. In today’s episode, I’m sharing a couple of reasons why I chose to launch a membership - as well as those spoilers about what my membership might look like. Are we Insta friends yet? You can find me over there at @stephtaylor.co Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap
2/27/2020 • 5 minutes, 25 seconds
Brooke Vulinovich on launching a membership, using Instagram in a launch and dealing with the ups and downs of running a business
Brooke Vulinovich is regularly called “the Queen of Media” and it’s easy to see why. She’s built a business teaching entrepreneurs about Instagram, and in today’s episode we’re chatting about her journey (including some of the ups and downs along the way!). In this episode, we chatted about: The challenges Brooke has faced along her business journey to date (including a few very expensive oops moments!) How Brooke launched her Social Club membership, and why she chose to launch a membership rather than an online course. Brooke’s top tips on getting media coverage and how she earned the title “the Queen of Media”. How to get more Instagram followers in 2020 and some of Brooke’s insider tips on how to optimise your Instagram account for success. How to use Instagram when you’re launching something new in your business. You can find Brooke on Instagram @brookevulinovich and her website at www.brookevulinovich.com Are we Insta friends yet? You can find me over there at @stephtaylor.co Wanna launch an online course, membership or digital product in 2020? Grab my FREE ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap
2/25/2020 • 48 minutes, 24 seconds
Launch fails | “I launched and it flopped. What now?” 5 steps to rescue a failed launch
So, you finally launched. And it didn’t go as well as you were hoping. That sucks - trust me, I’ve been there and it’s one of the worst feelings ever. You’ve probably poured your heart, soul and a few limbs into making this launch a success, so when it doesn’t work out, it can really hurt. A failed launch doesn’t make you a failure. What would make you a failure is never even trying in the first place. So, rather than quitting, there are a few things you can do. This episode, I’m sharing 5 steps to rescue your failed launch. Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
2/23/2020 • 6 minutes, 52 seconds
Impostor Syndrome | Real talk: How impostor syndrome shows up in my business
Impostor syndrome in business. It’s something we all deal with, but nobody really talks about. It shows up differently for everyone, but it’s still there - and personally, it’s something I have to work through almost on a daily basis. I have got better at dealing with it, but I’d be lying if I said it didn’t affect me at all. This episode, I’m getting real with you guys - I’m sharing 3 major ways that impostor syndrome shows up for me. Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
2/20/2020 • 6 minutes, 5 seconds
Product launches | 6 signs you should launch a digital product in your business
How do you know when it’s time to launch a digital product in your business? Maybe you’ve been thinking of launching an online course. Or a membership. Or an ebook, or some templates. I’d be lying if I said creating and launching a digital product was SUPER EASY, but it’s also not as difficult as you think it is. And it’s 100% worth it. This episode, I’m sharing 5 signs that it’s time to seriously think about adding a digital product to your business. Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
2/18/2020 • 7 minutes, 1 second
Launching 101 | Do I need to "launch"? Can't I just put it on my website? 5 reasons to launch a product
When you’re first creating something new - whether its a course, a digital product, or even a physical product - it’s tempting to assume that if you build it they will come. But, for most of us, if we build it and don’t tell them about it, they will not come. If you “soft launch” a product and just put it on your website, you’re probably going to be disappointed. This episode, I’m sharing 5 reasons why you need to launch your product. Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
2/16/2020 • 7 minutes, 7 seconds
Launching an online course | How much does it cost to launch an online course?
Wondering how much it costs to launch an online course? You're not alone. In fact, if you're anything like most of my students, you probably think the cost of launching an online course is WAY more than it actually is. This episode, I'm breaking down all the costs of launching an online course - you'll be pleasantly surprised, I think! Links: - Kajabi 28-day free trial: http://stephtaylor.co/kajabi - Airtable 30-day trial of premium: http://stephtaylor.co/airtable - Screenflow: http://stephtaylor.co/screenflow Download my Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
2/13/2020 • 9 minutes, 41 seconds
Digital product pre-launch | Why the 90 days before you launch are make or break
The pre-launch phase of a launch is hands down the most important part of your digital product launch. (That is, the 90 days before you launch). This episode, I'm sharing a few reasons why your digital product pre-launch runway is a non-negotiable in any digital product launch. Download my Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
2/11/2020 • 5 minutes, 7 seconds
Benefits of launching | The benefits of launching nobody talks about
Launching can make you a nice chunk of cash, quickly. But, there are a bunch of other launching benefits that people don't usually talk about. This episode, I'm sharing the unexpected side effects of launching that boost your business. Download my Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
2/9/2020 • 5 minutes, 30 seconds
What to launch | Should you launch an online course vs. a membership vs. an ebook?
What should you launch first? Should you launch an online course? Should you launch a membership? Or, maybe an ebook? This episode, I'm looking at the pros and cons of launching an online course, vs. launching a membership site, vs. launching an ebook. Download my Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
2/6/2020 • 7 minutes, 33 seconds
Launching 101 | I wanna launch a digital product. Where do I start with launching??
Where the heck do you start when you're launching something?! Oh, if only I had a dollar for every time someone asked me where to start with the first launch of an online course, membership or other digital product. This episode, I'm sharing the launching 101 - where to start launching your online course, membership or digital product. Download my Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
2/4/2020 • 6 minutes, 46 seconds
Launch Review | Lessons from the launch that got a 285% ROI
You hear of all these people who’ve had 6-figure launches - but nobody really breaks down the numbers behind-the-scenes. Then what happens? When you launch, and you make $2,000 or $10,000 or *insert arbitrary number here*, you feel like your launch wasn’t successful. But what actually makes a launch successful? This episode, I’m lifting the curtain on one of my most successful launches (and it didn’t even hit 5-figures). Download my Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
2/2/2020 • 12 minutes, 19 seconds
Business Tips | 10 things I learned from my new favourite business books
Over the Christmas break, I spent 3 weeks without my laptop - and, as a consequence, managed to read 21 books. While not all of these books were business-related, I learnt a lot from the books I did read. This episode, I’m sharing 10 big things I learned from my new favourite business books. Books mentioned in this episode: Atomic Habits by James Clear Tribe of Mentors by Tim Ferriss Superfans by Pat Flynn Getting Things Done by David Allen Rework by Jason Fried Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
1/30/2020 • 11 minutes, 50 seconds
Launch Marketing | How to grow your audience by launching
“My audience isn’t big enough to launch anything yet” - said pretty much everyone who did my survey last year. I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again - launching is HOW you grow your audience. But, you’re probably wondering: How does launching grow your audience? This episode, I’m sharing 5 ways to grow your audience by launching. Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
1/28/2020 • 6 minutes, 51 seconds
What to launch | 3 things to launch when you have nothing new to launch
Want to launch something in 2020, but not sure what to launch? Or maybe you’re working away on creating a course in the background, maybe you’re still working on the idea of something bigger to launch. You can still launch something in the meantime. This episode, I’m sharing 3 things you can launch when you have nothing new to launch. Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
1/26/2020 • 5 minutes, 38 seconds
Business Mindset | 5 stories you're telling yourself that hold you back from success
As business owners, there are a bunch of very common stories that we tell ourselves - stories that are designed to keep us safe, but as a result, they’re holding us back from the success we deserve in our businesses. This episode, I’m sharing 5 of these stories (and I’ve hands-down been guilty of these too!) Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
1/23/2020 • 7 minutes, 3 seconds
Lisa Corduff on cultivating the mindset you need to take your business to the next level
I’ve been talking about mindset a LOT these past few episodes, and you guys are probably like “bring back the marketing tips!” But, honestly, you won’t find success with any marketing tips unless your mindset is in the right place. And, today’s podcast guest is about to school you in mindset. Lisa Corduff helps extraordinary women get unstuck and create real and lasting change in their lives. She uses practical and powerful mindset strategies (and a stack of inspiration!) to help you identify and breakdown the barriers that hold you back - because the world needs more women owning their worth and power. Some of the things we talk about in this episode include… The mindset shifts Lisa had to make to take her business to the next level. The biggest mindset struggles she sees business owners dealing with and how they can overcome them. The stories we tell ourselves that hold us back from success and how to reframe these. The “Be Do Have” concept and how you can apply this to your business to become wildly successful in anything you do. Unfortunately the second half of the recording went a bit fuzzy and it can’t be fixed, but I highly recommend listening to the entire episode as it’s SO jam packed with value. You can find Lisa Corduff at http://lisacorduff.com/ and @lisacorduff on Instagram. Have you downloaded my free ebook yet? Grab The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch from http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Insta pals? Find me at @stephtaylor.co on Instagram
1/21/2020 • 54 minutes, 36 seconds
Business Mindset | 9 business mindset shifts I'm making in 2020
Mindset is truly THE most important thing in running a business. I’ve only recently realised in the last few months just how much my mindset has been holding me back from success. This year, I’m making some big mindset shifts as I look to take my business to the next level. Here are 9 business mindset shifts I’m making in 2020. Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
1/19/2020 • 7 minutes, 22 seconds
Business Resolutions | 5 business resolutions to make in 2020
Statistically speaking, you’ve probably given up on your New Year’s resolutions by now. But, did you set any resolutions for your business this year? It’s not too late! This episode, I’m sharing 5 business resolutions to make in 2020. Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
1/16/2020 • 5 minutes, 51 seconds
Business Habits | 6 new business habits I'm creating in 2020
It’s a new year, and that means a fresh start! This year, I’m focusing on creating new business habits to ensure that everything runs more smoothly than it did in 2019 - because that was a messy year! This episode, I’m sharing with you the 6 better business habits I’m creating in 2020. Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
1/14/2020 • 8 minutes, 27 seconds
Best of 2019 | 5 free tools for content marketing ideas
Content marketing is magic, but the big struggle can be coming up with fresh content ideas all the time. This episode, I’m sharing 5 free tools you can use for content marketing ideas that your audience actually cares about. Download my free ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/launch
1/12/2020 • 5 minutes, 23 seconds
Best of 2019 | 7 social media post ideas
Social media content ideas can be hard to come by sometimes. We all go through times when we’re feeling super inspired, and then times when we’re just not feeling it. This episode, I’m sharing 7 social media post ideas. Download my free ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/launch
1/8/2020 • 4 minutes, 49 seconds
Best of 2019 | 3 passive income streams you can add to your business
Passive income can be a game-changer in your business. It’s a great way to diversify where your money is coming from, and make sure you’re not putting all your eggs in one basket. This episode, I’m looking at how you can get started with passive income in your business. Download my free ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/launch
1/6/2020 • 5 minutes, 41 seconds
Best of 2019 | 6 tools to streamline your Instagram marketing
There are a heck of a lot of Instagram-related tools and apps out there. Lucky for you, I’ve tried a LOT of them and, this episode, I’m sharing 6 of my favourite tools to streamline your Instagram marketing. Download my free ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/launch
1/1/2020 • 6 minutes, 51 seconds
Best of 2019 | 5 small business branding tips you need to know
Branding is something I spent a lot of time learning about in 2018, because I truly believe it’s what differentiates the good businesses from the great ones. I’m by no means a branding expert, but I’ve learnt a few things along the way and today I’ll be sharing a few branding tips with you. Download my free ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/launch
12/30/2019 • 6 minutes, 5 seconds
Best of 2019 | 7 things to stop doing on Instagram, right now
Frankly, I’m a bit sick of seeing these things on Instagram. None of these things will actually grow your business, beyond maybe getting you more followers or more engagement - but these followers and these people engaging, they’re usually not the right people. Download my free ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/launch
12/25/2019 • 5 minutes, 54 seconds
Best of 2019 | 5 ways my business has changed my life (for better and for worse)
Anyone who runs a business will agree that running a business changes your life. This episode is about the realities of building and scaling a business - because it’s a million times harder than you think it’s going to be. Download my free ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/launch Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
12/23/2019 • 6 minutes, 21 seconds
Bec Miller on launching a membership (and the ups and downs of the launch process!)
Bec Miller is the founder of Health With Bec, where she helps women slim down without the hunger - and keep it off! Bec is also a client of mine, and we’ve recently been working together on the launch of her membership, so I thought it would be pretty cool to get her on the show to share her launch story. To wrap it all up at the end, Bec is also sharing her top nutrition tips for business owners. We chatted about… Why Bec started her business (rather than going to work for someone else) and how she grew her audience and got clients in the early days. What made her decide to launch her first ebooks and how she marketed those launches. Why she decided to launch a membership, and how the first launch of it went. What she found to be the hardest part of the membership launch process (and what surprised her about the process!) You can find Bec Miller at https://www.healthwithbec.com/ and @health_with_bec on Instagram. Have you downloaded my free ebook? Grab The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch at http://stephtaylor.co/launch
12/19/2019 • 39 minutes, 14 seconds
Salome Schillack on where to start with Facebook Ads and how to use Facebook Ads in a launch
Salome Schillack is the founder of Shine and Succeed, where they help digital course creators launch bigger, grow more consistently and scale faster, using Facebook Ads and Instagram Ads. In today’s episode, we’re chatting about starting to run Facebook Ads, and how to use Facebook Ads in a launch (with a specific focus on online course launches). We chatted about… Why Salome chose the niche that she’s in for her business - that is, Facebook Ads for digital course creators. Whether you should be boosting your posts or not. Why she believes you shouldn’t only be running Facebook Ads when you have something to sell (and the types of ads you should be running in the background, even when you have nothing to sell!) What ads to run in the lead up to your next online course launch, and what’s working particularly well at the moment. You can find Salome Schillack at https://shineandsucceed.com/ and @salome.schillack on Instagram. Have you downloaded my free ebook? Grab The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch at http://stephtaylor.co/launch
12/17/2019 • 48 minutes, 26 seconds
Courtney Condy on launching a new business, getting out of a toxic relationship and turning her business around
Join Stephanie Taylor (Socialette) and Courtney Condy (Occupation Wild) as they chat about Courtney Condy on launching a new business, getting out of a toxic relationship and turning her business around. Having spent the years right out of college bouncing around the corporate sector feeling bored and uninspired, founder Courtney Condy, left her desk job for a life of adventure. Saying goodbye to cubicles, limited vacation time, and lackluster projects, she began guiding and leading trips all over the United States and abroad. Fueled by a passion to help people redefine how they see their careers, she founded Occupation Wild. In the belief that if it’s just for a season or for a lifetime, there is nothing more rewarding than working in the outdoors. You can find Courtney on... Website: https://www.occupationwild.com/ Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/courtneymcondy/?hl=en --- Connect with me over at https://stephtaylor.co/ and https://www.instagram.com/stephtaylor.co Have you downloaded my Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch? Grab it at stephtaylor.co/launch
12/15/2019 • 44 minutes, 36 seconds
Launch planning | Planning your launches for 2020
This week is 2020 planning week! And it wouldn't be complete without yours truly talking about how to start planning for your launches in 2020. Next year, I'll dive into the nitty gritty a bit more, but for now, we're looking at what you'll be launching next year and WHEN. Download my free Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch from http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Instagram friends yet? Find me over at @stephtaylor.co
12/12/2019 • 11 minutes, 29 seconds
Planning your marketing for 2020 with Claire Deane from Deane and Co
Thought you’d finished planning for 2020 with the last episode? Nope! In today’s episode, I’ve enlisted the help of Claire Deane from Deane and Co to plan your marketing strategy and map out your marketing plan for 2020. Claire brings over 15 years of marketing experience to the table, so needless to say she knows a thing or two about marketing planning! In this episode, we cover: Why it’s so important to enter 2020 with an overall marketing strategy and marketing plan. Where to start with planning your marketing for 2020. How to determine how much budget to allocate to your marketing for 2020 - as well as what to do if you have no budget. How far in advance to plan your content calendar. You can find out more about Claire and her CMO on-demand service at https://www.deaneand.co/ or at @deaneand.co on Instagram. Have you downloaded my free ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch? Grab it at stephtaylor.co/launch
12/10/2019 • 36 minutes
Planning for 2020 with Lauren Stratford from Seriously Sorted
Planning your business for 2020? Now there’s a daunting thought. But, it has to be done, which is why I’ve enlisted the help of today’s guest, Lauren Stratford, to help you plan your business for 2020, one step at a time. Some of the things we covered: What it means to intentionally design your business, and how this plays out inside your business. Why it’s important to plan 2020 for your business and start the year with a plan of attack. Where the heck to start planning for 2020! Lauren’s best tools and tips to speed up the planning process. How to feel a little bit less overwhelmed when you look at your 2020 plan. You can find out more about Lauren at www.seriouslysorted.com.au Have you downloaded my free ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch? Grab it at stephtaylor.co/launch
12/8/2019 • 44 minutes, 22 seconds
Rebroadcast | How to take a holiday from your business
When did you last take a holiday from your business? A real, no-wifi holiday. I've only had one or two during my time in business - but they were exactly what I needed. This episode, I’m sharing my top tips for taking a holiday from your business, so you can recharge and come back bursting with motivation and ideas. Don’t forget to follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
12/3/2019 • 8 minutes, 7 seconds
Rebroadcast | The best small business marketing apps and tools
I use a ton of marketing tools in running my businesses - in fact, I reckon I’ve tried and tested a few hundred small business marketing tools and apps over the past few years. This episode, I’m running you through the key apps I use, love and recommend. Yes, this episode does contain some affiliate links, but you can rest assured I’m only recommending tools that I genuinely love. See the full list of marketing tools I use at http://stephtaylor.co/30 Are we Insta-friends yet? Find me @stephtaylor.co
12/1/2019 • 9 minutes, 46 seconds
Flori Pyke on planning to scale your business, foundations for scaling and the mindset to scale your business
Flori Pyke is one half of The Elevatory, where she supports rising female entrepreneurs through coaching, training and resources. In today's episode, we're talking ALL things scaling your business - because it can be a terrifying process and most of us don't know where to begin. In this episode, we talk about: Planning to scale your business and why it's important to start doing this before you're ready. What the key foundations are for a scalable business and how to start putting these in place from day one. When to start scaling and how to figure out whether you're ready to scale. Where the heck to start scaling your business, once you know that you're ready to scale. The mindset work involved in scaling a business and how to overcome these mindset struggles. You can find Flori at https://www.theelevatory.com/ and @theelevatory on Instagram. Don't forget to grab my freebie for you - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/launch Are we Instagram friends yet? Find me at @stephtaylor.co
11/28/2019 • 40 minutes, 36 seconds
Launching | Why you can't avoid launching (no matter what your business does)
When I first pivoted my business to focus on launching, I had a few listeners and followers reach out to tell me they’d no longer be following my business or listening to my podcast because launching wasn’t relevant to them. Ummm, guys… Launching is relevant to EVERYONE who runs a business. When you’re creating a new service offering, you have to launch it into the world. When you’re bringing out a new product range, you have to launch it into the world. When you’re running a flash sale, you have to launch it somehow. So, this episode, I’m sharing why you can’t avoid launching forever. Grab my free ebook - The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap
11/21/2019 • 4 minutes, 53 seconds
Zach Spuckler on overcoming the fear of making a big business pivot
Zach Spuckler is the founder of Heart, Soul and Hustle, which is a Facebook Ads agency. But, it wasn’t always that way! In today’s episode, Zach and I are chatting all things business pivots - because, you shouldn’t stick with something if it’s not working for you anymore. In this episode we talked about: Why Zach decided to pivot Heart Soul and Hustle from being a digital product business, to an agency-model business. The fear that Zach faced when it came to telling people about the pivot, and where he believes this fear was coming from. How he identified the signs that it was time for Heart Soul and Hustle to pivot. Zach’s biggest tips on how to pivot your business. Find more about Zach Spuckler and Heart Soul and Hustle at www.heartsoulhustle.com and @heartsoulhustle on Instagram. Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
11/7/2019 • 41 minutes, 43 seconds
Pivots | Why I chose to pivot my business AGAIN
I recently pivoted my business AGAIN. This is now my 3rd business pivot in 4 years, but I’m finally in a place that feels right. I finally feel like I’m doing what lights me up and what gets me genuinely excited - and that is, launching. This episode, I’m sharing some of the reasons behind why I chose to pivot my business AGAIN… Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
11/5/2019 • 9 minutes, 33 seconds
Instagram Marketing | I showed up on IG Stories every day in October and this is what happened
In October, I committed to showing my face on Instagram Stories every single day. It’s now November, and I can gladly say that I succeeded. In this episode, I’m looking at what happened as a result of showing my face on IG stories every day. Some episode highlights: Why I decided to show up every day for a month on IG Stories. How I managed to not run out of Instagram Story content ideas. What happened as a result of me showing up every day (including the big question: Did I get more IG Story viewers?) AND, the big thing I’m committing to for the rest of this year. Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
11/3/2019 • 5 minutes, 29 seconds
Rebroadcast | How to plan social content for your launch
Launching a new business, product or podcast isn't easy (or everyone would be doing it!) There are so many moving parts that need to be aligned before the launch can go ahead. In today's episode, I'm looking at how to plan your social media content for a new business launch. Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/27/2019 • 6 minutes, 8 seconds
Rebroadcast | 5 marketing mistakes you don't realise you're making
All too often, I see people launch a business and then straight away start focusing all their energy on getting more Instagram followers or growing their email list. If you’re jumping straight to these things, then there are some big marketing foundations that you’re overlooking. This episode, I’m going to run through 5 big things you’re overlooking in your marketing. Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/24/2019 • 7 minutes, 35 seconds
Rebroadcast | How to build an email list
Not sure how to build your email list? Wanna start with email marketing? Today I’m going to run you through the steps in email list building, so you can grow your email list on autopilot. And when your email list growth is on autopilot, it means you don’t have to stress about where your next sale is coming from. Purchase the 3-Day Email Marketing Kickstarter: http://stephtaylor.co/email Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
10/22/2019 • 5 minutes, 20 seconds
Rebroadcast | Why you need to build an email list
Building an email list is super important for your business. Why? Well, getting more Instagram followers or Facebook page likes is nice, but you're building your audience on borrowed land. Your email list is something YOU own. But, if you’re starting your email list from scratch, it can feel a bit pointless at the start. You feel like you’re just emailing crickets - and that nobody cares. This episode, I’m looking at a few reasons you should start building your email list, like yesterday. Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
10/20/2019 • 5 minutes, 36 seconds
Kate Williams on building a brand from the ground up, influencer marketing and collaborating with big names
Kate Williams is the legend behind Retreat Yourself Box, a wellness brand that she built from the ground up. This episode, we chat about how Kate launched and grew Retreat Yourself Box without a marketing background, influencer marketing and collaborating with other brands. Key takeaways from this episode: How Kate managed to launch and grow Retreat Yourself to what it is today, without any prior marketing experience. What she would do differently if she were to start her business over from scratch. How she planned and marketed the launch of Retreat Yourself Box, and what she found to be the most effective ways of marketing the business. How Kate picked the most effective influencers to partner with - as well as what she wishes she had known before she started working with influencers Plus, Kate shares her top tips for pitching big brands for collaborations. Find out more about Kate and Retreat Yourself over on their website (http://retreatyourselfbox.com) or on Instagram (@retreatyourselfbox) Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
10/17/2019 • 38 minutes, 11 seconds
Launch debrief | How I pivoted my latest product launch
Yesterday, I ended another product launch - the launch of my A-Z Podcast Launch Plan. But… That’s not the launch that it started out as! This episode, I’m sharing why and how I pivoted my latest product launch. Key takeaways from this episode: How I managed to plan and launch a new product in 4 weeks (without losing my marbles!) The BIG *facepalm* moment I had with my original launch… I should’ve seen this one coming! Why I chose to pivot my launch 2 days in - and how I managed to do this in such a tight timeframe. What the end result of my launch pivot was. Download my Complete Roadmap to a Killer Launch: http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
10/15/2019 • 9 minutes, 10 seconds
Haley Burkhead on transitioning to the CEO role in your business, creating consistent income and the SOA method
Haley Burkhead is an absolute dynamo. At 24 years old, she quit her job and built a business from 0 to $36,000 months in just 6 months. In today’s episode, we’re chatting about transitioning into the CEO role of your business, creating consistent income in your business, and the magical SOA method for getting things done - it’s a game changer. Find Haley on Instagram at @haleyburkhead Find me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
10/8/2019 • 40 minutes, 12 seconds
Danielle Read on how to nail your unique brand voice
Danielle Read is a copywriter with a background in Psychology and Creative Writing. As the Founder of Readcity Writing, Danielle specialises in writing compelling words for killer creatives. This episode, we're talking all things brand voice, including what brand voice actually is, why it's important your brand has a unique voice, and how to DIY your brand voice. Find Danielle at https://readcitywriting.com/ Links from the episode: Gender analyser for your copy - https://app.readable.com/text/gender Analyze my Writing - http://www.analyzemywriting.com/
10/3/2019 • 35 minutes, 58 seconds
Podcast Launches | Should I launch a podcast?
Launching my podcast has been one of the best things I've done for my business - however, a podcast isn’t for everyone. If you’re thinking about starting a podcast, have a listen to this episode and then go and take my free quiz to figure out if it’s a good decision for you, or not. Take my free quiz: Should I start a podcast - http://stephtaylor.co/quiz
10/1/2019 • 8 minutes, 11 seconds
Launching | 4 unexpected ways launching can impact your business
Launching impacts your business in a big way, and this episode we’re going to look at how. Because I bet you hadn’t thought of some of these... To clarify here - I don’t mean you always have to be launching NEW things. You can relaunch the same product a few times a year. You can open and close doors to new clients or new members or course students. Just because you don’t have something new to launch, doesn’t mean you can’t launch. Download my free ebook: The Complete Roadmap for a Killer Launch - http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap
9/29/2019 • 6 minutes, 32 seconds
Business Update | Things are a-changin'
One of the magical things about running a small business is that you can move fast and pivot quickly when things aren’t working - and for me, things simply weren’t working the way they were, so I’ve had to make a few business changes. This episode, I’m giving you a bit of a behind-the-scenes of my latest business changes, and keeping you posted on what you can expect in the next couple of months. Follow me on Instagram to stay up to date - http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/26/2019 • 7 minutes, 29 seconds
Morgan Spencer on strategic PR, using PR to stand out in your industry and how to DIY a PR campaign
Morgan Spencer is the director of strategic PR consultancy, Martini Mondays. For her, it’s all about the people, and building those relationships, to think beyond simply achieving column inches and to disrupt this ever-evolving industry. In this episode, we chat all about strategic PR (and what that actually means!), how to use PR to stand out in your industry and how to DIY your own PR campaign. Find out more about Morgan at www.martinimondays.com.au and at @martinimondays on Instagram
9/24/2019 • 36 minutes, 9 seconds
Business Mindset | Why it's SO important to invest in yourself
So many business owners are afraid to invest in themselves. They’ll spend money on business expenses, no problem, but when it comes to investing in their own development - even if it might move their business forward - they’re scared to do so. This episode, I’m looking at why you need to get serious about up-leveling yourself as a business owner. Follow me on Instagram: http://Instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/22/2019 • 6 minutes, 10 seconds
Launch tips | What if I launch and nobody buys
When I asked my Instagram followers what’s holding them back from launching something new, 80% of them told me they were afraid. Afraid that they’d launch a course and nobody would buy. Afraid they’d launch a podcast and nobody would listen. Whatever it is that you’re launching, here are some tips to get over the fear that nobody will buy. Register for Amy Porterfield’s masterclass - The 3 Behind-the-Scenes Secrets to Digital Course Success: http://stephtaylor.co/masterclass Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/5/2019 • 8 minutes, 18 seconds
Business Growth | The difference between working ON your business and working IN it
What might feel like you’re being productive and kicking goals doesn’t always bring you any closer to kicking those goals. Yes, there will be an amount of time you spend working IN your business - especially if you have client work and you don’t have a team - but working ON your business is crucial if you want to grow. Otherwise, it’s far too easy to stay stuck where you are. Download Amy Porterfield's Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit - http://stephtaylor.co/amy Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/3/2019 • 6 minutes, 31 seconds
Online Course Creation | How to beat the overwhelm when you're creating a course
When you’re creating an online course, the overwhelm can be real! Whether you have no idea where to start, what to do next or simply feel overwhelmed at how much there is to do, the truth is that overwhelm can lead to inaction. This episode I’m sharing some of the tips that have helped me overcome the overwhelm in creating both the courses I’ve created so far. Download Amy Porterfield's Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit - http://stephtaylor.co/amy Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
9/1/2019 • 9 minutes, 17 seconds
Amy Porterfield on her business journey, online course creation and overcoming impostor syndrome
Amy Porterfield is the online course creation, list building and webinar queen. She has been a big inspiration for me, and her Digital Course Academy program is a big part of why I shifted from client work to a digital product-based business. When it comes to creating an online course, Amy Porterfield is a fountain of knowledge, and in this episode she’s sharing some of her biggest tips for creating an online course. Download Amy Porterfield’s free Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit: http://stephtaylor.co/amy Take Amy’s free quiz - What type of online course should you create? http://stephtaylor.co/quiz Some of the things we covered: Amy Porterfield’s journey from corporate to running a 7-figure business, and some of her key learnings along the way. The very first course launch that Amy did, why it flopped and what you can learn from her mistakes. The key reasons you need to push past your fears in order to create and launch a successful online course, and how creating an online course can change your business (and your life!) Why creating an online course isn’t for everybody, and who the people Amy sees having the most success with course creation are. Amy Porterfield’s tips on how to overcome impostor syndrome when creating and launching a course. The biggest mistakes Amy sees business owners making when it comes to digital course creation.
8/27/2019 • 42 minutes, 30 seconds
Online Course Creation | The 3 decisions you need to make before creating a course [Instagram Live]
Before you commit to creating an online course, there are some key decisions you need to make - or else you're going to wind up with some problems further down the track! This episode is from an Instagram Live I ran recently, where I worked through Amy Porterfield's Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit - which you can download from http://stephtaylor.co/amy Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/22/2019 • 23 minutes, 57 seconds
Online Course Creation | Is creating a course the right decision for you?
Making the decision to create an online course isn’t an easy one to make - it’s no small decision, but creating an online course can have such a big impact on your business so it’s definitely something to consider. Here are a few signs that creating an online course is a good next step in your business… Download the Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit at http://stephtaylor.co/amy Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/20/2019 • 7 minutes, 41 seconds
Online Course Creation | What are the different types of courses you can create?
Not all online courses are created equal. In fact, there are 5 different types of online courses and in this episode I’m looking at all 5 types, and when you might create them in your business. Download the Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit at http://stephtaylor.co/amy Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/18/2019 • 7 minutes, 4 seconds
Rebroadcast | 5 business books that have shifted the way I do business
I’m a huge fan of business books. I believe that no matter how much experience you have in business, there’s always something new you can learn. This episode, I’m sharing 5 business books that have changed the way I do business. Get your free Audible trial + FREE book of your choice at http://stephtaylor.co/audible Grab the FREE Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit at http://stephtaylor.co/amy
8/15/2019 • 7 minutes, 41 seconds
Online Course Creation | Why I sold my online course before I finished creating it
I just finished a new course launch and, believe it or not, I hadn’t yet recorded a single lesson when I launched it. Crazy, right? But, there’s a reason why I did this… Actually there are 4 reasons why and this episode I’m sharing them with you. Download the Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit at http://stephtaylor.co/amy Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/13/2019 • 7 minutes, 34 seconds
Online Course Creation | 5 reasons to create an online course
Creating an online course changed my business completely. It took me from trading time for money with one-on-one client work, to giving me the freedom to travel more, create more and run my business on my own terms. This episode I’m sharing 5 reasons to create an online course. Download the Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit at http://stephtaylor.co/amy Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/11/2019 • 7 minutes, 50 seconds
Rebroadcast | Passive income: What is passive income + How can you add a passive income to your business?
Passive income can be a game-changer in your business. It’s a great way to diversify where your money is coming from, and make sure you’re not putting all your eggs in one basket. This episode, I’m looking at how you can get started with passive income in your business. Download my free ebook, 79 Ways to Up-level Your Business: http://stephtaylor.co/79 Download the Ultimate Course Creation Starter Kit: http://stephtaylor.co/amy
8/8/2019 • 5 minutes, 41 seconds
Business Mindset | How I got out of a business rut
I recently just came out of a BIG business rut. It was a challenging time and I very nearly considered throwing in the towel altogether, and going back to a “real” job. This episode, I’m sharing how I got out of my last business rut. Hopefully if you’re feeling a bit stuck, this will help you too. Take the free 28 Day Kajabi Hero Challenge to launch your first digital product or online course: http://stephtaylor.co/hero Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/6/2019 • 8 minutes, 26 seconds
Launching | 5 lessons from my last online course launch
Every course launch I do, I learn a lot more than I did every previous launch before. At the end of each launch, I try to set aside some time to reflect on what worked, what didn’t work and what I learned. This episode, I’m sharing with you 5 lessons that I learned from my last online course launch - the launch of InstaBAM. Take the free 28 Day Kajabi Hero Challenge to launch your first digital product or online course: http://stephtaylor.co/hero Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/4/2019 • 7 minutes, 28 seconds
Launching | How to create an online course
Creating an online course completely changed my business - I suddenly realised that I could stop trading my time for money AND help more people at the same time. This episode, I’m looking at how to create an online course - because it’s really not that hard! Take the free 28 Day Kajabi Hero Challenge to launch your first digital product or online course: http://stephtaylor.co/hero Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
8/1/2019 • 11 minutes, 37 seconds
Launching | Behind the scenes of the InstaBAM course launch
I’ve been through a couple of course launches so far in my few years in business, and most people think I’m weird when I say that I LOVE launches. This episode, I’m taking you behind the scenes of how I grew my audience prior to my course launch, how I started preparing them for the course launch and how I finally launched the course. Take the free 28 Day Kajabi Hero Challenge to launch your first digital product or online course: http://stephtaylor.co/hero Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/30/2019 • 8 minutes, 1 second
Launching | When things don't go to plan
I recently launched my brand new Instagram course, InstaBAM. I was at a pretty low point in my business before the launch because I felt like I was just slogging away and not really getting anywhere. I had big hopes for this launch and everything looked like it was going to plan. This episode, I’m sharing the massive fail that happened and how I dealt with it. Take the free 28 Day Kajabi Hero Challenge to launch your first digital product or online course: http://stephtaylor.co/hero Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
7/28/2019 • 8 minutes, 54 seconds
Launching + Marketing | Emma Lewis on how she launched and marketed her start-up
Today, I’m chatting with Emma Lewis, the founder of Canvast, about how she launched her business, how she’s marketed it so far, what’s worked well, what hasn’t worked well, and the things that she’s learnt along the way. If you’re also running a side hustle alongside your full-time job, you’re going to get a TON of tips from Emma on how to balance both. Find out more about Canvast: https://canvastco.com/ or @canvastco on Instagram. Download my free ebook - 79 ways to up-level your business: http://stephtaylor.co/79
7/16/2019 • 33 minutes, 3 seconds
Rebroadcast | What to send to your email subscribers
You’ve put in the time and effort to build your email list using a free lead magnet or opt-in, you’ve created a nurture sequence and you’ve promoted it to your audience. Now you have real subscribers who actually care about what you have to say! But, how do you know what to send your email list? This episode, we’re looking at how often to email your list, what to send your email list and the real truth about unsubscribes. YOU DON’T WANT TO MISS: The simple answer to your question “how often should I email my list?” (and it’s probably not the answer you were expecting!) Why you MUST avoid this common email marketing mistake that most small business owners make. What the heck to actually send your email list - because everyone seems to assume that you already know this, meanwhile, you’re staring at a blank email with zero clue what to write. Some quick tips to improve your subject line and boost your email open rates. What it means when someone unsubscribes from your email list and what you need to do about it. Register for my email marketing kickstarter at http://stephtaylor.co/email
7/14/2019 • 5 minutes, 47 seconds
Rebroadcast | How to find time to work on your business, not IN it
Let me guess - you’re too busy to spend time marketing your business, right? Well, here’s a fact for you: If you don’t spend the time working ON your business, nobody else will. If you’re only marketing your business when things are a little bit quiet and you need a few more clients or customers, then your audience is going to see right through that. This episode, I’m sharing my 5 top tips to find more time to work ON your business, instead of IN it. Download my free cheat sheet - 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite your Instagram from https://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co
7/11/2019 • 5 minutes, 45 seconds
Rebroadcast | The best marketing apps for small business
I use a ton of marketing tools in running my businesses - in fact, I reckon I’ve tried and tested a few hundred small business marketing apps over the past few years. This episode, I’m running you through the key apps I use, love and recommend. Yes, this episode does contain some affiliate links, but you can rest assured I’m only recommending tools that I genuinely love. See the full list of marketing tools I use at http://stephtaylor.co/30 Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co
7/9/2019 • 9 minutes, 46 seconds
Rebroadcast | Is organic social media marketing enough by itself?
Organic social media marketing used to be enough on its own. We've all heard the success stories: Multi-million dollar businesses built off the back of free social media marketing alone. But, times have changed. Is it still enough to just market your business using organic social media marketing alone? Download my free cheat sheet - 10 tactics to transform your Facebook Ads from http://stephtaylor.co/fb Follow me on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co
7/7/2019 • 7 minutes, 47 seconds
Business Mentoring | Pru Chapman on finding a good business mentor and how to get the most out of mentoring
Pru Chapman is the founder of the Owner’s Collective. She is a business mentor, strategist and speaker, with over 15 years experience in business strategy, psychology and leadership development. Today, we’re chatting about how to find a good business mentor (and how to avoid choosing a dud), how to get the most out of business coaching or mentoring, and the pros and cons of group coaching, vs one-on-one. Find out more about Pru and Owners Collective at http://www.theownerscollective.com or @ownerscollective on Instagram.
7/2/2019 • 36 minutes, 22 seconds
InstaBAM | Introducing my 8-week Instagram marketing program
InstaBAM is your complete A-Z game plan to ignite your business with Instagram, minus the fluff. It kicks off on 8 July 2019, but doors close on 5 July 2019 - and won't reopen until September at the very earliest. Find out more + enrol at http://stephtaylor.co/enrol I hope to see you inside the community!
6/27/2019 • 8 minutes, 17 seconds
Instagram Marketing | Why it's important to attract the RIGHT followers (and not just any followers)
Just because a business has more Instagram followers than a competing business doesn’t mean it’s a more profitable business. The follower count on its own really doesn’t mean much. The quality of your followers, on the other hand, that means a lot. Here are a few reasons why it’s important to attract the right followers. Download my free cheat sheet: http://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/23/2019 • 4 minutes, 46 seconds
Instagram Marketing | 5 reasons you're not seeing results from your Instagram marketing
Instagram marketing looks simple. You sign up for a free account, pop up some posts and people will follow you. But, it’s not quite that simple. I keep seeing the same mistakes over and over again on Instagram, so in today’s episode I’m looking at just that - the 5 reasons you’re not seeing results from your Instagram marketing. Download my free cheat sheet: http://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/20/2019 • 6 minutes, 3 seconds
Rebroadcast | What are the best Instagram marketing tools for a beautiful Instagram feed?
A huge part of successful Instagram marketing is having a drool-worthy Instagram feed. But, did you know that getting a beautiful Instagram feed is actually easier than you think? This episode, I’m sharing some of my favourite tools for making your Instagram content look spot-on. The best part? They won’t break the bank! YOU DON’T WANT TO MISS: My absolute favourite Instagram scheduling tool, and how it’ll help you streamline your Instagram marketing and keep your Instagram feed on-brand. My two favourite image editing apps that will probably change your life (or at least make editing your photos a helluva lot more fun!) The free graphic design tool that you need to be using, like, yesterday. A fun new app for creating gorgeous quote tiles and Instagram Stories. Make sure you download my free ebook, 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram, from http://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/16/2019 • 5 minutes, 32 seconds
Rebroadcast | Where to source your Instagram content
Creating Instagram content all the time can be really difficult - not to mention time-consuming and/or expensive! So, naturally, you’re going to want to curate Instagram content from different sources. This episode, we’re looking at some good places to source and curate Instagram content from (plus the pitfalls to watch out for!) You don’t want to miss: My favourite free and paid stock photo websites that are GREAT for Instagram content. The one thing you need to be careful when sourcing photos from Instagram accounts (and how to avoid this). The website I cannot live without when it comes to social media templates, designs and stock photos. An amazing free app for designing your own social media graphics - even if you’re a total design newbie. Why I think every small business owner should get a brand photoshoot done (and how you can do this when you’re on a budget). Download my free cheat sheet - 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram - from http://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/13/2019 • 6 minutes, 36 seconds
Instagram Marketing | 5 massive differences between Instagram in 2019 vs in 2014
Instagram has changed a lot in the last 5 years. I recently reflected on how marketing on Instagram is a vastly different landscape to what it was back when I first started. This episode, I’m sharing 5 massive differences between Instagram marketing in 2019 vs in 2014. Download my free cheat sheet: http://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/11/2019 • 6 minutes, 51 seconds
Rebroadcast | Where Instagram fits with your overall marketing strategy
Instagram marketing on its own isn't a marketing strategy - it's a marketing tactic. This episode, I'm looking at where Instagram marketing fits with your overall business marketing strategy. Download my free Instagram cheat sheet: http://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
6/9/2019 • 5 minutes, 2 seconds
Launching | 5 tips to simplify your next launch
I really love launches. When I think about what my highlights in business over the last couple of years have been, nearly every one has been a launch. This episode, I’m sharing 5 tips to simplify your next launch and make it a little more fun. These tips apply to any launch - whether you’re launching a business, a podcast, a product, a service offering. Register for Australia’s Leading Women in Business Retreat: http://stephtaylor.co/retreat This episode was brought to you by Angela Henderson Consulting https://www.angelahenderson.com.au
6/6/2019 • 8 minutes, 15 seconds
Email Marketing | 5 tips to simplify your email marketing
Email marketing is actually really simple when you strip it back to basics. And, it’s a great way to market your business for free. This episode, I’m sharing 5 tips to simplify your email marketing - because email marketing really isn’t as tough as you think! Register for Australia’s Leading Women in Business Retreat: http://stephtaylor.co/retreat This episode was brought to you by Angela Henderson Consulting https://www.angelahenderson.com.au
6/4/2019 • 7 minutes, 43 seconds
Social Media Marketing | 7 tips to simplify your social media marketing
If the thought of posting to social media makes you feel overwhelmed, icky or anxious, or you’re beginning to question what the point of being on social media even is, you’re probably overcomplicating it all. This episode, I’m sharing 7 tips to simplify your social media marketing - because it really doesn’t need to be that difficult! Register for Australia’s Leading Women in Business Retreat: http://stephtaylor.co/retreat This episode was brought to you by Angela Henderson Consulting https://www.angelahenderson.com.au
6/2/2019 • 8 minutes, 57 seconds
Marketing Strategy | 5 signs you're overcomplicating your marketing
Marketing your business really doesn’t have to be this big, confusing, complicated thing that you’ve built it up to me. In fact, if it is, you’re probably overcomplicating it. This episode, I’m sharing 5 signs that you’re overcomplicating how you market your business. Register for Australia’s Leading Women in Business Retreat: http://stephtaylor.co/retreat This episode was brought to you by Angela Henderson Consulting https://www.angelahenderson.com.au
5/30/2019 • 6 minutes, 58 seconds
Business Spring Clean | 8 more ways to Marie Kondo your business (part 2)
Last episode, I shared 9 ways you can declutter your business from the inside out. I looked at Marie Kondo-ing a few things to do with your branding and your admin. This episode, I’m looking at how to declutter your email marketing, your website and your finances. Register for Australia’s Leading Women in Business Retreat: http://stephtaylor.co/retreat This episode was brought to you by Angela Henderson Consulting https://www.angelahenderson.com.au
5/28/2019 • 7 minutes, 2 seconds
Business Spring Clean | 9 ways to Marie Kondo your business (Part 1)
Ever since Marie Kondo’s documentary series hit Netflix, it feels like everyone around me is busy Marie Kondo-ing everything in their lives. This episode, I’m sharing 9 ways to Marie Kondo your business. Register for Australia’s Leading Women in Business Retreat: http://stephtaylor.co/retreat This episode was brought to you by Angela Henderson Consulting https://www.angelahenderson.com.au
5/26/2019 • 6 minutes, 36 seconds
Instagram Marketing | The truth about Instagram shadowbans
Shadowbanning is a rumour that started back in 2017 on Instagram. This idea that Instagram was somehow hiding posts from being shown in the hashtag explore pages for the hashtags tagged in the post. This episode, I’m looking at whether Instagram shadowbanning is real. Register for my free masterclass: http://stephtaylor.co/free-marketing-masterclass Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/23/2019 • 4 minutes, 27 seconds
Business Life | When things don't go to plan...
I had such big plans for 2019. I was going to launch so many new products, kick so many goals, travel to so many places… And now it’s nearly June and I feel like I’ve achieved nothing. This episode is all about reflecting on the year so far and planning for the rest of 2019. If you’ve been feeling stuck, or disheartened, this is the episode for you. Register for my free marketing masterclass - 5 steps to your next $10k: Your stress-free marketing roadmap: http://stephtaylor.co/free-marketing-masterclass
5/21/2019 • 7 minutes, 58 seconds
Social Media Marketing | How to turn followers into customers
It’s all well and good growing your Instagram following, but if nobody buys from you then you’re wasting your time. Here are my top tips to turn your social media followers into customers or clients. Download my free Instagram cheat sheet: http://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/19/2019 • 7 minutes, 26 seconds
Marketing Tactics | 7 ways to up-level your business
This episode is about the tactics - 7 little actions you can take right now that will move your business forward in some way. This episode is brought to you by my free ebook, 79 ways to up-level your business. The 7 marketing tactics I chat about in this episode are straight from the free ebook, where you’ll find another 72 actionable tactics to up-level your business. Download the free ebook - 79 Ways to Up-Level Your Business: http://stephtaylor.co/79
5/16/2019 • 5 minutes, 52 seconds
Paid Advertising | The difference between Facebook Ads and Google Adwords
As business owners, we’re spoilt for choice on where to advertise our businesses. Facebook Ads, Google Ads, Pinterest Ads, Linkedin Ads, Snapchat Ads… The list goes on. The two most common players are Facebook Ads and Google Ads. But, what’s the difference between the two platforms? And, which is better for your business? Take my mini course, 5 Days to First-Class Facebook Ads: http://stephtaylor.co/first-class Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/14/2019 • 4 minutes, 55 seconds
Rebroadcast | Optimising your Instagram profile
Your Instagram profile is not only a HUGE consideration for your Instagram marketing, it’s also a key touchpoint in the customer journey. How your Instagram profile looks and feels, and what it says, play a big part in whether people follow you or click through to your website, or leave without a second thought. You don’t want to miss: The most important things to have in place before you even start investing time and energy into Instagram marketing. My little trick to make sure your Instagram profile is discoverable and easily searchable by your target audience (this is probably something your competitors aren’t doing!) How to get more people to click through to your Instagram profile from the search results or likes/followers lists. The things you MUST include when writing your Instagram bio (plus the strategic way to use the single link space that Instagram gives you). There’s an art and a science to Instagram marketing, but before you even start thinking about how to grow your Instagram following or how to get more Instagram likes, you need to start with the basics. This episode takes it all back to square one and helps you get the Instagram marketing foundations spot on. Please don’t forget to hit SUBSCRIBE, so you don’t miss a new episode, released every Monday, Wednesday and Friday. If you enjoyed the show, I’d love it if you could please leave a rating and review in iTunes. Download my Instagram cheat sheet: http://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co
5/12/2019 • 10 minutes, 20 seconds
Outsourcing your Marketing | Where do I start? What do I outsource first?
This show is mostly dedicated to DIY-ing your marketing, which is why I don’t talk about outsourcing it often. But, eventually, there’s going to be a better use of your time. And it’s going to be time to think about outsourcing. This episode, I look at where to start with outsourcing your marketing. Download my free Instagram cheat sheet: http://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/9/2019 • 4 minutes, 32 seconds
Social Media | My thoughts on Lush abandoning social media altogether
A few weeks ago, UK brand Lush announced that it would be abandoning social media altogether. This episode, I’m sharing my thoughts on this decision (and what it means for the rest of us in the ever-changing social media landscape!) Download the free Instagram cheat sheet: http://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
5/7/2019 • 7 minutes
Marketing Mindset | Carly Willoughby-Rolls on business (and life!) with a minimalist mindset
Today’s podcast guest is Carly Willoughby-Rolls from Minimalista. Carly is a life coach who works with ambitious creatives to cut through the clutter, figure out what sparks joy and design and live less complicated lives. In this episode, we chat about what it means to approach life and business with a minimalist mindset, how to do less and achieve more at the same time, and how to simplify your marketing. Find Carly at http://minimalista.com.au/ and @minimalista.com.au on Instagram
5/5/2019 • 50 minutes, 29 seconds
Socialette Turns 1 | Rapid-fire listener Q&A
Today marks one year since I launched this podcast and, to celebrate, I put the feelers out on Instagram for some questions to answer. This episode, I’m answering as many of your questions as I can. Download the Instagram cheat sheet: http://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/30/2019 • 17 minutes, 9 seconds
Marketing Mindset | Casey Mason on overcoming mindset blocks in your marketing, running an event and leveraging collaborations
Casey Mason is the founder of The Real Her Project, which is all about mindset education for the next generation of women. This episode, Casey and I chat about how to overcome mindset blocks in your marketing (especially when it comes to putting yourself out there), how to run an event and how to make the most of free marketing tactics, like collaborations. Get 10% off your tickets for the Real Girls, Real Success Convention with the code ‘STEPH’ - https://www.therealherproject.com/events
4/28/2019 • 31 minutes, 46 seconds
Facebook Marketing | The 2019 algorithm changes + How the Facebook algorithm works
Facebook recently announced more changes to its algorithm - yet again! But, will they affect the way your business does Facebook marketing? This episode, I’m briefly looking at how the Facebook algorithm works and what the new changes mean for the Facebook newsfeed. Shop 5 Days to First-Class Facebook Ads at http://stephtaylor.co/firstclass Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/25/2019 • 5 minutes, 57 seconds
Business Life | 5 ways my business has changed my life (for better and for worse)
Anyone who runs a business will agree that running a business changes your life. This episode is about the realities of building and scaling a business - because it’s a million times harder than you think it’s going to be. Download my free Instagram cheat sheet: http://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow me on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
4/7/2019 • 6 minutes, 21 seconds
Branding | 5 go-to resources about branding
Branding is something I’ve only really become interested in, in the last year or two. And that’s because I’ve witnessed its power firsthand. I’ve put in a lot of effort to learn as much about branding as I can. This episode, I’m sharing some of my go-to resources about branding. Links: Smack Bang Designs blog: https://smackbangdesigns.com/blog How to Style Your Brand: https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/0956454534/ref=dbs_a_def_rwt_bibl_vppi_i0 Brand Brilliance: https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/0956454542/ref=dbs_a_def_rwt_bibl_vppi_i1 The Brand Planner ebook: http://www.hellofunction.com/shop The 60-Minute Brand Strategist: https://www.amazon.com/60-Minute-Brand-Strategist-Essential-Professionals/dp/1118625161 Wordfetti (Brandfetti podcast coming soon): https://instagram.com/wordfetti
4/4/2019 • 4 minutes, 59 seconds
Branding | 7 little branding things that will make a big difference to your business
Branding underpins everything you do in marketing your business, so it’s pretty important. But, what if you don’t have the budget to do a full brand refresh or rebrand? Here are 7 little things you can do to make a big difference in your business. Download the Instagram cheat sheet at http://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
4/2/2019 • 6 minutes, 36 seconds
Branding | Tess Robinson on the anatomy of a great brand
Branding is such an important part of marketing your business - but it's far too often overlooked. Tess Robinson is the queen of branding and, in today's episode, we're talking about the anatomy of a great brand, as well as how she has grown Smack Bang Designs (and her amazing team) to what it is today. Find out more about Tess and Smack Bang Designs at www.smackbangdesigns.com and at @smackbangdesigns
3/31/2019 • 42 minutes, 31 seconds
Instagram Marketing | 6 tools to streamline your Instagram marketing
There are a heck of a lot of Instagram-related tools and apps out there. Lucky for you, I’ve tried a LOT of them and, this episode, I’m sharing 6 of my favourite tools to streamline your Instagram marketing. Download the Instagram cheat sheet at http://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
3/28/2019 • 6 minutes, 51 seconds
Instagram Marketing | Why Instagram isn’t just a promotional tool
What if you thought of Instagram as more than just a way to promote your business? This episode, I’m going to try and shift your mindset around Instagram a little bit… Download the Instagram cheat sheet at http://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
3/26/2019 • 5 minutes, 8 seconds
Instagram Marketing | 7 things to stop doing on Instagram, right now
Frankly, I’m a bit sick of seeing these things on Instagram. None of these things will actually grow your business, beyond maybe getting you more followers or more engagement - but these followers and these people engaging, they’re usually not the right people. Register for my free masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
3/24/2019 • 5 minutes, 54 seconds
Instagram Marketing | 6 Instagram myths you need to stop buying into
The thing with Instagram is that nobody really knows what’s going on, except for the people at Instagram. And, because nobody really knows, it means that people love to speculate about things. This episode, I’m sharing 6 Instagram myths you NEED to stop buying into. Register for my free masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
3/21/2019 • 6 minutes, 21 seconds
Instagram Marketing | How to increase your engagement on Instagram
How can you get more engagement on Instagram? Sometimes, it can feel like you’re simply posting to crickets - like nobody on social media cares about your business or what you have to say. So, this episode, I’m looking at how you can boost engagement on social media. Let’s get stuck in. Register for my free masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
3/19/2019 • 4 minutes, 43 seconds
Social Media Marketing | 9 reasons you're not making sales from social medi
“Why aren’t my followers buying from me?” is something I get asked a lot. There are a bunch of reasons why your followers aren’t buying from you. This episode, I’m sharing 9 reasons why you’re not making sales from social media. Register for my free masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
3/17/2019 • 6 minutes, 49 seconds
Marketing Strategy | What is ROI + Why does it matter?
The money you spend marketing your business isn’t an expense, it’s an investment. Just like you’d expect to see a return from investing in shares or putting money in a term deposit, you should also be seeing a return on your marketing investment. This episode, I’m looking at why you need to keep an eye on your marketing ROI. Register for my free masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
3/14/2019 • 4 minutes, 40 seconds
Content Marketing | 5 free tools for content marketing ideas
Content marketing is magic, but the big struggle can be coming up with fresh content ideas all the time. This episode, I’m sharing 5 free tools you can use for content marketing ideas that your audience actually cares about. Register for my free content marketing masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
3/12/2019 • 5 minutes, 23 seconds
Social Media Ideas | 7 social media post ideas
Social media content ideas can be hard to come by sometimes. We all go through times when we’re feeling super inspired, and then times when we’re just not feeling it. This episode, I’m sharing 7 social media post ideas. Download my free Instagram cheat sheet, 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram: https://stephtaylor.co/IG Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
3/10/2019 • 4 minutes, 49 seconds
Marketing Strategy | 5 hard truths you need to know about marketing your business
As much as we all want to believe that marketing our business is just about throwing up a few Instagram posts and an Instagram Story or two each week, unfortunately there’s a lot more to it. This episode, I’m sharing some hard truths about marketing your business that you simply can’t overlook. Download my free ebook, 79 Ways to Up-level Your Business: http://stephtaylor.co/79 Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
3/7/2019 • 4 minutes, 59 seconds
Marketing Strategy | How much time should I spend marketing my business?
We all have a limited time budget. And, too often, marketing your business will fall to the bottom of your to-do list. But it’s one of the most important things you can do. This episode, I’m looking at how much time you should spend marketing your business. Download my free ebook, 79 Ways to Up-level Your Business: http://stephtaylor.co/79 Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
3/5/2019 • 4 minutes, 49 seconds
Business Strategy | Angela Henderson on profit pillars for a thriving business
Angela Henderson is a small business consultant, author, entrepreneur, blogger, mental health clinician and a mother. She helps small business owners navigate the challenges of building a successful business while maintaining a life. This episode, Ange and I are chatting about the 8 profit pillars you need in your business to thrive, the importance of paying to play and some of the reasons she sees businesses struggling to survive. Find out more about Angela: Website | Instagram | Facebook Group
3/3/2019 • 50 minutes, 19 seconds
Marketing Strategy | Where should I save my marketing budget?
Your marketing budget is probably pretty tight when you’re just starting out, so you want to be super strategic about where you’re spending your money. This episode, I’m looking at a few things you shouldn’t spend your precious marketing budget on when you’re just getting started. Download my free ebook, 79 Ways to Up-level Your Business: http://stephtaylor.co/79 Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
2/28/2019 • 5 minutes, 48 seconds
Marketing Strategy | Where should I spend my marketing budget?
There are all sorts of platforms and people just waiting to take your money from you - and just because you’ve spent money on something, doesn’t guarantee you any results. This episode is all about where to spend your limited marketing budget. Download my free ebook, 79 Ways to Up-level Your Business: http://stephtaylor.co/79 Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
2/26/2019 • 6 minutes, 5 seconds
Marketing Strategy | You need to have a marketing budget. Here’s why.
If you want to stand out from all the other businesses that are relying solely on organic social media to market themselves, you really need to invest in your marketing. A good product isn’t enough if nobody knows about it. This episode, I’m sharing some real talk about why you need a marketing budget. Download my free ebook, 79 Ways to Up-level Your Business: http://stephtaylor.co/79 Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
2/24/2019 • 6 minutes, 21 seconds
Marketing Strategy | Validating your ideas in business
It’s pretty common to see business owners launching something new without checking whether anyone actually WANTS what they’re launching. Validating your ideas can save you a lot of money and heartache. This episode, I’m looking at how you can validate your ideas before launching anything. Download my free ebook, 79 Ways to Up-level Your Business: http://stephtaylor.co/79 Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
2/21/2019 • 5 minutes, 19 seconds
Passive Income | 3 passive income streams you can add to your business
Passive income can be a game-changer in your business. It’s a great way to diversify where your money is coming from, and make sure you’re not putting all your eggs in one basket. This episode, I’m looking at how you can get started with passive income in your business. Download my free ebook, 79 Ways to Up-level Your Business: http://stephtaylor.co/79 Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
2/19/2019 • 5 minutes, 41 seconds
Instagram Marketing | I lost 300 Instagram followers + Why I don't care
Everyone is so obsessed with the follower count on Instagram, and I’m here to tell you that it doesn’t matter one bit. I lost 300 followers and I don’t care. This episode, I’m telling you why. Download my free ebook, 79 Ways to Up-level Your Business: http://stephtaylor.co/79 Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
2/12/2019 • 6 minutes, 14 seconds
Branding | The 5 biggest lessons I've learned about branding
I’ve learned some big branding lessons in the few years I’ve been in business. Most of these lessons are ones I’ve learned the hard way. This episode, I’m sharing the 5 biggest lessons I’ve learned about branding. Download my free ebook, 79 Ways to Up-level Your Business: http://stephtaylor.co/79 Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
2/10/2019 • 5 minutes, 19 seconds
Branding | 5 small business branding tips you need to know
Branding is something I spent a lot of time learning about in 2018, because I truly believe it’s what differentiates the good businesses from the great ones. I’m by no means a branding expert, but I’ve learnt a few things along the way and today I’ll be sharing a few branding tips with you. Download my free ebook, 79 Ways to Up-level Your Business: http://stephtaylor.co/79 Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
2/7/2019 • 6 minutes, 5 seconds
Email marketing | What's working in 2019 + Lessons learned in 2018
Email marketing is such an important part of marketing your business. Instead of asking “How can I get more Instagram followers?” people should really be asking “How can I grow my email list?” This episode, I’m sharing the email marketing lessons I learned in 2018, as well as some of the things that seem to be working well right now in 2019. Download my free ebook, 79 Ways to Up-level Your Business: http://stephtaylor.co/79 Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
2/5/2019 • 8 minutes, 9 seconds
Content Marketing | What's working in 2019 + Lessons learned in 2018
Content marketing is a great way for businesses with small budgets to stand out against bigger competitors. This episode, I’m sharing the content marketing lessons I learned in 2018 and what’s working in content marketing in 2019. Download my free ebook, 79 Ways to Up-level Your Business: http://stephtaylor.co/79 Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
2/3/2019 • 6 minutes, 49 seconds
Pinterest Marketing | What's working in 2019 + Lessons learned in 2018
Pinterest marketing has been one of the biggest traffic sources to my website - and it just keeps growing. This episode, I’m sharing the Pinterest lessons I learned in 2018, plus what’s working well on Pinterest in 2019. Download my free ebook, 79 Ways to Up-level Your Business: http://stephtaylor.co/79 Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
1/31/2019 • 7 minutes, 28 seconds
Instagram Marketing | What's working in 2019 + Lessons learned in 2018
Instagram marketing is still an excellent way to grow your business, but the game has changed. This episode, I’m looking at what’s working on Instagram in 2019, as well as some big Instagram lessons I learned in 2018. Download the Instagram cheat sheet at http://stephtaylor.co/ig Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
1/30/2019 • 5 minutes, 23 seconds
Facebook Ads | What's working in 2019 + Lessons learned in 2018
Facebook Ads are a pretty different game to what they were a few years ago. Here’s a quick update on what’s working in 2019, as well as a recap of what I learned in 2018. Register for my free Facebook Ads masterclass: http://stephtaylor.co/fb Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
1/27/2019 • 6 minutes, 31 seconds
Listener Q&A | What are the biggest lessons you've learned from being a social media manager?
Even if you’re not a social media manager, you might learn a thing or two from this episode. Especially if you run a client-based business of any sort. We’re no longer taking social media management clients, but these are some of the lessons I’ve learned in the 5ish years that I’ve been managing social media accounts for clients. First as a freelancer, side hustling alongside my corporate job, and then through Wildbloom with a team. Looking to declutter your marketing in 2019? Register for my 3-Day Simpler Marketing Challenge at http://stephtaylor.co/challenge Vote for Socialette in the Australian Podcasting Awards at http://stephtaylor.co/vote
1/24/2019 • 6 minutes, 14 seconds
Content Marketing | How to stay consistent with your content + marketing
Consistency is so important when marketing your business. You can’t do something sporadically and hope to see great results - it just doesn’t work that way. This episode, I’m looking at 5 ways you can stay consistent with your content creation and your marketing tactics. Looking to declutter your marketing in 2019? Register for my 3-Day Simpler Marketing Challenge at http://stephtaylor.co/challenge Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
1/22/2019 • 5 minutes, 19 seconds
Content Marketing | How do you come up with ideas for your content?
If you’re consistently creating content, there will be a time when you run out of content marketing ideas. So, how do you come up with ideas for content? This episode, I’m sharing 5 ways to come up with content ideas. Register for the 3-Day Simpler Marketing Challenge at stephtaylor.co/challenge Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
1/20/2019 • 6 minutes, 14 seconds
Listener Q&A | What’s the best way to plan my content?
There are so many ways to plan your content marketing calendar for 2019. There isn’t one answer to this question - to be honest, it’s more a whole lot of trial and error until you find something that works for you. Luckily for you, I’ve done a whole lot of trialling and erroring myself, so this episode I’m sharing a couple of different methods with you. Looking to declutter your marketing in 2019? Register for my 3-Day Simpler Marketing Challenge at http://stephtaylor.co/challenge Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
1/17/2019 • 8 minutes, 4 seconds
Simple Marketing | 3 Quick Wins to Simplify your Marketing
There’s this misconception in the small business space that marketing your business has to be complicated. That’s is something only a select few people can do, that it’s time-consuming and that you have to do ALL of the marketing - otherwise you may as well do none of it. This episode I’m looking at 5 quick wins you can implement to simplify your marketing in your business. Let’s jump in. Looking to declutter your marketing in 2019? Register for my 3-Day Simpler Marketing Challenge at http://stephtaylor.co/challenge Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
1/15/2019 • 5 minutes, 53 seconds
Marketing Strategy | How can I build trust with my audience?
We’re all getting more and more weary about where we choose to spend our money online. It’s far too easy for a fly-by-night operator to set up shop, rip us off and then disappear into oblivion. So, if people aren’t buying from you or they’re reluctant to work with you, it might be that they simply don’t trust you enough yet. Trust is EVERYTHING when it comes to marketing your business. This episode, I’m looking at 7 ways you can build trust with your audience. Looking to declutter your marketing in 2019? Register for my 3-Day Simpler Marketing Challenge at http://stephtaylor.co/challenge Follow me on Instagram @stephtaylor.co
1/13/2019 • 7 minutes, 46 seconds
Marketing Resolutions | 5 Marketing Resolutions to Make for 2019
Tomorrow is statistically the day when most people give up on their new year’s resolutions. So, even if you’ve given up on your resolution to hit the gym every day, run 50km each week or go cold turkey on coffee, here are some realistic resolutions you can apply to your business this year. Looking to declutter your marketing in 2019? Register for my 3-Day Simpler Marketing Challenge at http://stephtaylor.co/challenge
1/10/2019 • 6 minutes, 51 seconds
Marketing Strategy | 5 places you can build a community in 2019
Building an online community is a great way for your business to stand out - even in a saturated space. This episode, I’m sharing some of my favourite places to build your online tribe in 2019 and how you can use them to effectively build your tribe. Looking to declutter your marketing in 2019? Register for my 3-Day Simpler Marketing Challenge at http://stephtaylor.co/challenge
1/9/2019 • 7 minutes, 20 seconds
Marketing Strategy | What is a community? And why do you need to start building one?
Your people, or your tribe, are so important to whatever you do in business. In order to launch or sell anything, you need to have people who are willing to buy from you or work with you. And before people will hand over their precious money, they typically want to trust you - trust that you’ll deliver what you say you will, that it will be quality and that it will meet their expectations. Register for the 3-Day Simpler Marketing Challenge: http://stephtaylor.co/challenge Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co
1/6/2019 • 5 minutes, 2 seconds
Best of 2018 | Which content type is best for marketing my business?
There are a heck of a lot of content types out there. Everything from written, to audio, to video, to anything in between. This episode, I’m looking at what type of content marketing is best for your business and yourself - based on what your own strengths are. Download my free cheat sheet - 50 ways to promote your content at http://stephtaylor.co/62 Wanna see what happens behind the scenes? Follow me at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
1/4/2019 • 7 minutes, 6 seconds
Best of 2018 | Organic social media: Is it enough on its own?
When I first started out in business, I relied solely on organic social media marketing and influencer marketing alone to build my business. And it worked - I grew the Instagram following to around 23k in under 12 months. But, times have changed. Is it still enough to just market your business using organic social media alone? Download my free cheat sheet - 10 tactics to transform your Facebook Ads from http://stephtaylor.co/57 Follow me on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
1/2/2019 • 7 minutes, 47 seconds
Best of 2018 | 7 content marketing ideas
Content creation is fun. But, what if you have no idea what to create content about? This episode, I’m sharing 7 ideas for content marketing topics to write, record or post about.
12/31/2018 • 7 minutes, 10 seconds
Best of 2018 | 5 ways to promote your content
Creating content is only half of the content marketing equation - once you’ve created your content, you have to put it out there. This episode, I’m looking at how to drive traffic to your content and reach new audiences. Download my free cheat sheets from http://stephtaylor.co/65 Wanna see what happens behind the scenes? Follow me at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
12/28/2018 • 6 minutes, 40 seconds
Best of 2018 | SEO 101 - SEO basics for beginners
SEO is a pretty complicated topic, but when done correctly, it can get you a ton of free traffic. This episode, I’m looking at what SEO is, why you should bother with SEO, and how you can get started with SEO. I’d love it if you could please screenshot and share this episode on Instagram Stories and tag @stephtaylor.co - you might even get a shoutout from me!
12/25/2018 • 7 minutes, 6 seconds
Best of 2018 | Optimize your Instagram profile
Your Instagram profile is not only a HUGE consideration for your Instagram marketing, it’s also a key touchpoint in the customer journey. How your Instagram profile looks and feels, and what it says, play a big part in whether people follow you or click through to your website, or leave without a second thought. Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom Grab my free Instagram cheat sheet at https://stephtaylor.co/free-instagram-cheat-sheet-2018/
12/24/2018 • 10 minutes, 20 seconds
Best of 2018 | Free Instagram Strategy Lesson
Instagram marketing can be a great way to reach your business goals, when done with an Instagram strategy. Otherwise, it’s a waste of time. This episode, I’m looking at how you can get started with your Instagram marketing strategy, so that you can use Instagram to bring you closer to your business goals. Download the free chapter of my Instagram ebook, Insta Domination, fromhttp://stephtaylor.co/chapter Purchase the full 126-page ebook from http://stephtaylor.co/ebook
12/20/2018 • 10 minutes, 38 seconds
Best of 2018 | Where do I start marketing my business?
No clue where to start marketing your business? There are a few marketing foundations you need to have in place before you even think about driving traffic to your website. This episode, I'm looking at all the things you need to have in place before you start marketing a business. Download my FREE website conversion checklist: http://stephtaylor.co/2 Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
12/18/2018 • 12 minutes, 6 seconds
Best of 2018 | How do I create a marketing strategy?
Creating a marketing strategy is one of the most important things you need before you start marketing your business. This episode, I look at what a marketing strategy is, why you need a marketing strategy, and I help you create a quick marketing strategy. Download my free cheat sheet 50 Ways to Promote Your Content: http://stephtaylor.co/3 Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
12/16/2018 • 11 minutes, 46 seconds
2019 Sneak Peek | What's coming soon!
This episode is my last one for 2018. For the next couple of weeks, I’ll be rebroadcasting the most popular episodes from 2018 while I take a few weeks to relax, spend lots of time at the beach and create lots more content, and I’ll be back with fresh episodes in January. Today, I’m sharing my vision and plans for 2019. Some big changes are happening and I want you guys to be the first to know. Doors to Socialette Elite close 17 December - join at http://stephtaylor.co/elite
12/13/2018 • 6 minutes, 48 seconds
Episode 100 Special | 15 business owners on their biggest lessons, mistakes and tips
It's Socialette's 100th episode and it's my birthday! To celebrate, I've asked a bunch of my business buddies to come on the show and share their biggest business lesson, mistake or tip. In today's episode, you'll hear from: Travis Chappell (http://www.buildyournetwork.co) Carl Taylor (http://automationagency.com) Laura Peterson (https://www.copythatpops.com) Michael Bromley (https://beyondbillables.com) Jordan Harbinger (https://www.jordanharbinger.com) Natalie Jennings (https://www.nataliechampajennings.com) Anita Siek (http://wordfettigroup.com) Omar Zenhom (https://100mba.net and https://webinarninja.com) Angela Henderson (https://www.angelahenderson.com.au) Leanne Hughes (https://www.firsttimefacilitator.com) Jason Malouin (http://jasonmalouin.com) Harry Duran (http://fullcast.co) Dave Jackson (https://www.theschoolofpodcasting.com) Ronsley Vaz (http://mustamplify.com) Thank you so much to everyone who has listened to this podcast so far - and here's to the next 100 episodes!
12/11/2018 • 14 minutes, 30 seconds
2018 Review | What failed, what worked + what lessons I learned
2018 has been a BIG year. In today’s episode, I’m sharing the nitty gritty of my 2018 with you: What worked well, what didn’t work so well, what absolutely failed and what lessons I learned, that I’ll take with me into 2019. Doors are open for Socialette Elite this week only - join now at http://stephtaylor.co/elite
12/9/2018 • 6 minutes, 39 seconds
Listener Q&A | How can I write better email subject lines?
Email subject lines can be the deciding factor as to whether someone opens your email or not. The right email subject line can mean someone opens your email (and possibly buys from you) - so it’s pretty important. This episode, I’m looking at how you can write better email subject lines. Purchase my 3-Day Email Marketing Kickstarter: http://stephtaylor.co/email
12/6/2018 • 4 minutes, 7 seconds
Email Marketing | How do you build an email list?
Not sure how to build an email list? You need to give them some incentive to sign up. My favourite type of incentive is a free piece of content - e.g. a cheat sheet, ebook, template, etc. Today I’m going to run you through the steps in setting this list-building system up, so you can grow your email list on autopilot. And when your email list growth is on autopilot, it means you don’t have to stress about where your next sale is coming from. Purchase the 3-Day Email Marketing Kickstarter: http://stephtaylor.co/email
12/4/2018 • 5 minutes, 20 seconds
Email Marketing | Why should you be building your email list?
As anyone who is on my email list will tell you, I’m a BIG fan of email marketing. I probably email my list more often than I post on social media these days - and I’ve seen a much bigger ROI from email than from any other channel. But, if you’re starting your email list from scratch, it can feel a bit pointless at the start. You feel like you’re just emailing crickets - and that nobody cares. The thing is - email marketing is actually a pretty powerful tool. This episode, I’m looking at a few reasons you should start building your email list, like yesterday. Register for the 3-Day Email Marketing Kickstarter at http://stephtaylor.co/email
12/2/2018 • 5 minutes, 36 seconds
Business Mindset | The tough parts of owning a business
Look up #laptoplifestyle on Instagram and you’d be forgiven for thinking that running a business is anything but poolside cocktails and sunsets. But, in the early days of business, it’s more likely going to be the opposite of poolside cocktails and sunsets. The thing is: I’m pretty sure everyone goes through this. In my almost 3 years of running a business, I’ve been through every one of these things at least once. This is not designed to scare you off, if you haven’t started your business yet. It’s simply to help you realise that you’re not alone, and to help you keep going if you’re going through any of these at the moment. Join Socialette Elite: http://stephtaylor.co/elite
11/29/2018 • 6 minutes, 33 seconds
SEO for Beginners | Kate Toon on why SEO matters, finding the right keywords, building powerful backlinks and measuring SEO results
SEO can be confusing. How do you even start doing SEO? Surely it’s too techy and difficult to DIY your SEO, right? Wrong. Today’s guest, Kate Toon, is the queen of SEO, in an industry full of dodgy “experts”. Today, we’re talking about SEO basics and how to get your website found by Google - without it costing you a fortune or hours of your time. Kate’s recommended links: Pingdom: https://www.pingdom.com/ Ubersuggest: https://neilpatel.com/ubersuggest/ Ask the Public: https://answerthepublic.com/ Keyword.io: https://www.keyword.io/ Google Webmaster tools/Search Console: https://search.google.com/search-console/ Yoast plugin for Wordpress: https://yoast.com/ Kate’s Facebook Group - I Love SEO with Kate Toon: https://www.facebook.com/groups/recipeforseosuccess/ Kate’s SEO Nibbles course (it’s free!): https://therecipeforseosuccess.com/seo-courses/seo-nibbles/
11/27/2018 • 39 minutes, 44 seconds
Instagram Marketing | 5 Instagram growth tactics that are working right now
Instagram followers - we all want to get more Instagram followers, right? Today, I’m sharing 5 Instagram growth tactics with you, so that you can grow your Instagram following with people who might actually buy from you or work with you. Purchase Insta Domination: http://stephtaylor.co/ebook Follow me on Instagram @wearewildbloom and @stephtaylor.co
11/25/2018 • 5 minutes, 56 seconds
Listener Q&A | How often should I post to Instagram?
Instagram marketing has changed a bit over the past few years and so have the rules about how often you should post to Instagram. Today, I’m answering the question “How often should I post to Instagram?” Doors are closing for Socialette Elite. Join at http://stephtaylor.co/elite Got your own question you’d like answered on the podcast? Hit me up on Instagram @wearewildbloom.
11/22/2018 • 5 minutes, 22 seconds
Instagram Marketing | The truth about Instagram comment pods
Instagram comment pods became a big thing when the Instagram algorithm changed and suddenly people got a fraction of the Instagram engagement they had before. This episode, I'm looking at the truth about Instagram pods. This episode is brought to you by Socialette Elite. Join at http://stephtaylor.co/elite
11/20/2018 • 6 minutes, 18 seconds
Doors are open for Socialette Elite
Doors are open for Socialette Elite, for this week only, and then they’ll close again until late December. And, when they reopen, the price will go up. So, if Socialette Elite is something you might be interested in, listen up because you don’t want to miss this. Register for Socialette Elite at http://stephtaylor.co/elite
11/18/2018 • 5 minutes, 7 seconds
Listener Q&A | How did you decide on your brand theme?
Brand visuals are SO important when you’re starting a new business, or even rebranding an old one. Today’s listener question is “How did you decide on your brand theme?” In this episode, I’m answering the question and sharing my top tips for choosing your brand theme. Doors are open for Socialette Elite! Find out more + register at http://stephtaylor.co/elite Got a question you’d like me to answer on the podcast? DM me on Instagram @wearewildbloom
11/15/2018 • 7 minutes, 34 seconds
Marketing Mistakes | 3 big marketing mistakes I'm sick of seeing
Marketing mistakes. We’ve all made them. But, there are a few surprising ones that I’ve noticed people making again and again. This episode, I’m looking at 3 of these mistakes, in the hope that you can avoid making them yourself. I think you might find them a little bit surprising - and probably not what you expected at all. Register for my free masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Are we Insta-friends yet? Follow me at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
11/13/2018 • 5 minutes, 32 seconds
Marketing Mistakes | The 5 things you’re overlooking in marketing your business
All too often, I see people launch a business and then straight away start focusing all their energy on getting more Instagram followers or growing their email list. If you’re jumping straight to these things, then there are some big marketing foundations that you’re overlooking. This episode, I’m going to run through 5 big things you’re overlooking in your marketing. Register for my free masterclass at http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Download my bonus podcast episode - 5 ways to get deeper insight into your ideal customer or client - at http://stephtaylor.co/elite
11/11/2018 • 7 minutes, 35 seconds
Listener Q&A | How do I start marketing when I have no followers, a tiny email list and no budget?
The question I’m answering today is: How do I start marketing my business when I have no followers, a tiny email list and no budget for paid ads? I love this question - because we all have to start somewhere! Register for my free live training at http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Got a question you’d like me to answer on the podcast? DM me on Instagram @wearewildbloom
11/8/2018 • 7 minutes, 40 seconds
Marketing Strategy | 5 things I'd do differently if I were to start over
Hindsight is a beautiful thing. I don’t know how many of you know this, but I actually used to have a product-based business, which I closed down in early 2017. I learnt a few hundred things that I don’t think I would have figured out otherwise. So, in today’s episode, I’m celebrating hindsight and sharing with you 5 things I would do differently if I were to start my first business over again. Register for my free live training “5 steps to your next $10k: Your Content Roadmap” at http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap
11/6/2018 • 6 minutes, 51 seconds
Marketing Mindset | Marketing your business without feeling ‘salesy’
So many business owners don’t like marketing their business because it feels a bit icky or “salesy”. Marketing your business shouldn’t feel this way! It should be something you feel good about - after all, you’re helping people in some way, shape or form. Today I’m sharing some of my tips to market your business without feeling salesy - something which I too have dealt with. Register for my free live training “5 steps to your next $10k: Your Content Roadmap” at http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap
11/4/2018 • 5 minutes, 16 seconds
Listener Q&A | How do I organise my social media for my launch?
This week, I’m introducing a new style of episode. Every Friday I’m going to be answering a question that a listener has sent in. Today’s question I’m answering is “How do I organise my social media for my launch?” Register for my free live training “5 steps to your next $10k: Your Content Roadmap” at http://stephtaylor.co/roadmap Want your own question answered on the podcast? DM me on Instagram @wearewildbloom or @stephtaylor.co
11/1/2018 • 6 minutes, 8 seconds
Rebroadcast | My favourite business tools and apps
Socialette is on holiday! I'll be back later this week but in the meantime, here are some of the most-loved episodes so far. I use a ton of marketing tools in running my businesses - in fact, I reckon I’ve tried and tested a few hundred small business marketing tools and apps over the past few years. This episode, I’m running you through the key apps I use, love and recommend. Yes, this episode does contain some affiliate links, but you can rest assured I’m only recommending tools that I genuinely love. See the full list of marketing tools I use at http://stephtaylor.co/30
10/30/2018 • 9 minutes, 46 seconds
Rebroadcast | How to use Instagram to build a connection with your followers
Socialette is on holiday! I'll be back next week but, in the meantime, I'm resharing some of my top episodes so far. It’s all well and good growing your Instagram following, but once they’re following you, you need to build a connection with them and start to nurture them down the funnel. So, how do you build a connection on Instagram? Here’s a hint… It’s not something that happens automatically with a perfectly curated feed. This episode, we’re looking at how you can build a connection with your audience using Instagram marketing. Download my free cheat sheet - 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram - from http://stephtaylor.co/21
10/29/2018 • 6 minutes, 34 seconds
Rebroadcast | How do I get more Instagram followers when I'm just starting out?
Socialette is on holiday! I'll be back next week but, in the meantime, I'm resharing some of my top episodes so far. Instagram marketing is a helluva lot harder than it used to be. Once upon a time, a perfectly curated Instagram feed was enough to grow your Instagram following overnight. These days, Instagram marketing ain’t what it used to be. That said, there are a couple of tricks you can use to grow your Instagram following with people who are actually interested in what you do or sell. This episode, I’m looking at some of my top tips to get more Instagram followers. Download my free ebook - 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram from http://stephtaylor.co/19
10/25/2018 • 6 minutes, 34 seconds
Marketing Mindset | Kimberley Wenya on aligned marketing, aligned clients and investing in yourself
Kimberley Wenya is a wellness and mindset coach, host of the Kimberley Wenya podcast and such a high-energy, positive girl, who is wise beyond her years! Can you tell that I’m a big fan? In today’s episode, we chat about marketing your business in an aligned way, attracting aligned clients, building a membership site and, most importantly, dealing with your mindset when running a business. Learn more about Kimberley Wenya at kimberleywenya.com or on Instagram @kimberleywenya (PS. Don’t forget to grab your bonus podcast episode + get on the waiting list for Socialette Elite at stephtaylor.co/elite)
10/23/2018 • 32 minutes, 45 seconds
Marketing Mindset | How can I deal with self-doubt and impostor syndrome in marketing my business?
Self-doubt and impostor syndrome - every business owner has dealt with it, and if anyone tells you otherwise, they’re probably lying. This episode, I’m sharing some tips for dealing with self-doubt and impostor syndrome when you’re marketing your business. Grab your bonus podcast episode + get on the waiting list for Socialette Elite at stephtaylor.co/elite. Don’t forget to follow me on Instagram @wearewildbloom and @stephtaylor.co
10/21/2018 • 5 minutes, 51 seconds
Marketing Hacks | What is social proof? Using social proof in your marketing
Social proof is a psychological tactic (aka. Marketing hack) you can use in marketing your business - and it’s super easy to incorporate it into everything you do! In this episode, I look at some easy ways to incorporate social proof into your business marketing. Grab your bonus podcast episode + get on the waiting list for Socialette Elite at stephtaylor.co/elite. Don’t forget to follow me on Instagram @wearewildbloom and @stephtaylor.co
10/18/2018 • 5 minutes, 51 seconds
Marketing Hacks | How to use scarcity and urgency to make people buy
Scarcity and urgency are two marketing tactics you can use to stop potential customers and clients from procrastinating, and compel them to buy. This is relevant, whether you’re a product-based or service-based business, so listen up for more on what scarcity and urgency are, and how to infuse these into your own marketing. Join the Socialette Elite waitlist + get a FREE bonus podcast episode at https://stephtaylor.co/elite
10/16/2018 • 6 minutes, 9 seconds
Copywriting | Anita Siek from Wordfetti on website copy, copywriting tips and mistakes, and how to make your copy more compelling
Today’s podcast guest, Anita, is the founder of Wordfetti - a copywriting house that specialises in disruptive, thought-provoking and engaging copywriting. Your website copy plays such an important part in marketing your business, so it’s crucial that you get it right. In today’s episode, Anita and I chat all about why copy is important, what makes good copy, how to DIY your copy and what to look for in a copywriter, should you decide to outsource. You can find Anita at www.wordfettigroup.com or @wordfetti on Instagram.
10/14/2018 • 32 minutes, 45 seconds
Marketing Strategy | Why should someone choose you instead of your competitors?
When you’re running a business in a space where there are HEAPS of competitors, or even just one major competitor who has most of the market share, it can feel like a bit of a tough slog. And this is where people get tempted to compete on price - surely if your prices are half the price of your competitors, then you’ll get ALL of their customers, right? Wrong. This episode, I’m looking at some ways to differentiate yourself from your competitors. Grab your bonus podcast episode + get on the waiting list for Socialette Elite at stephtaylor.co/elite Don’t forget to follow me on Instagram @wearewildbloom and @stephtaylor.co
10/11/2018 • 8 minutes, 44 seconds
Marketing Mindset | 5 reasons you should join a co-working space
Joining a co-working space was probably one of the best things I ever did for my business, and for my mental health. The support, camaraderie and banter are the best things ever when you’re doing this “business thing” alone. This episode, I’m sharing 5 reasons to consider joining a co-working space. If you can’t find a suitable co-working space, or you can’t afford to join one just yet, I’m launching Socialette Elite in November. It’s a virtual co-working community of similar-minded business owners. Head to http://stephtaylor.co/elite to get on the waitlist and lock in the founding member price!
10/9/2018 • 7 minutes, 58 seconds
Marketing Strategy | What the heck is an elevator pitch? What makes a good elevator pitch?
An elevator pitch is all about articulating what your business does, clearly and convincingly. Even if you don’t think you need one, you definitely do! This episode, I’m breaking down what an elevator pitch is, and what makes a good elevator pitch. Join the waitlist for Socialette Elite at http://stephtaylor.co/elite
10/7/2018 • 7 minutes, 32 seconds
Marketing Strategy | Can I draw inspiration from my competitors? (+ a big announcement!)
When you’re launching a new business, it’s only natural to look and see what others in your space are doing. It can be SO tempting to emulate exactly what they’re doing, in the hopes that it will bring you success as well. This episode, I’m sharing 5 reasons why you shouldn’t look to your competitors for inspiration. BIG news! I’m launching Socialette Elite in November. Get on the waitlist to lock in your founding member price at http://stephtaylor.co/elite
10/4/2018 • 8 minutes, 51 seconds
Pinterest Marketing | Should I be using Pinterest to market my business?
Pinterest isn’t just for people who like looking at pretty things or who are planning a wedding. Pinterest is also a valuable marketing tool for business owners - if your audience uses it. This episode, I’m looking at 3 BIG reasons why you should be using Pinterest to promote your content. Join my Pinterest group board at http://stephtaylor.co/board Get a free trial of Tailwind at http://stephtaylor.co/tailwind
10/2/2018 • 6 minutes, 49 seconds
Business Mindset | How to take a holiday from your business
When did you last take a holiday from your business? A real, no-wifi holiday. I took one 6 weeks ago and it was terrifying - but it was also the best thing I’ve done for my business in a long time. This episode, I’m sharing my top tips for taking a holiday from your business, so you can recharge and come back bursting with motivation and ideas. Download my free chapter of Insta Domination from stephtaylor.co/chapter Don’t forget to follow me on Instagram @wearewildbloom and @stephtaylor.co
9/30/2018 • 8 minutes, 7 seconds
Instagram Marketing | A free Instagram strategy lesson from Insta Domination
Instagram marketing can be a great way to reach your business goals, when done strategically. Otherwise, it’s a waste of time. This episode, I’m looking at how you can get started with your Instagram marketing strategy, so that you can use Instagram to bring you closer to your business goals. Download the free chapter of my Instagram ebook, Insta Domination, from http://stephtaylor.co/chapter Purchase the full 126-page ebook from http://stephtaylor.co/ebook
9/27/2018 • 10 minutes, 38 seconds
SEO | SEO basics for beginners
SEO is a pretty complicated topic, but when done correctly, it can get you a ton of free traffic. This episode, I’m looking at what SEO is, why you should bother with SEO, and how you can get started with SEO. I’d love it if you could please screenshot and share this episode on Instagram Stories and tag @wearewildbloom - you might even get a shoutout from me!
9/25/2018 • 7 minutes, 6 seconds
Content Marketing | 7 content ideas for your blog, videos or podcasts
Last week, I looked at what types of content marketing are best for your business. But, what if you have no idea what to create content about? This episode, I’m sharing 7 ideas for content marketing topics to write, record or post about. I’d love it if you could please screenshot and share this episode on Instagram Stories and tag @wearewildbloom - you might even get a shoutout from me!
9/23/2018 • 7 minutes, 10 seconds
Content Marketing | How do I promote my content?
Content creation is only half of the content marketing equation - once you’ve created your content, you have to put it out there. This episode, I’m looking at how to drive traffic to your content and reach new audiences. Download my free cheat sheets from http://stephtaylor.co/65 Wanna see what happens behind the scenes? Follow me at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
9/20/2018 • 6 minutes, 40 seconds
Content Marketing | How to write and edit a blog post in under an hour
Believe it or not, writing blog posts doesn’t have to be time consuming! I’ve refined my blogging process so I can now write and edit a whole blog post in under an hour. This episode, I’m walking you through my exact blogging process. Download Flowstate for Mac at http://stephtaylor.co/flowstate Wanna see what happens behind the scenes? Follow me at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
9/18/2018 • 6 minutes
Content Marketing | How can I create content if I'm not "creative"?
So, you believe you’re not “creative”? That’s arguable. But if you believe you’re not creative enough to create content, I’m about to prove you wrong. This episode, I’m looking at how to create content if you’re not “creative” in the traditional sense. Download my free cheat sheet - 50 ways to promote your content at http://stephtaylor.co/63 Wanna see what happens behind the scenes? Follow me at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
9/17/2018 • 5 minutes, 10 seconds
Content Marketing | What type of content is best for my business?
There are a heck of a lot of content types out there. Everything from written, to audio, to video, to anything in between. This episode, I’m looking at what type of content marketing is best for your business and yourself - based on what your own strengths are. Download my free cheat sheet - 50 ways to promote your content at http://stephtaylor.co/62 Wanna see what happens behind the scenes? Follow me at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
9/13/2018 • 7 minutes, 6 seconds
PR Strategy | Monica Woodhams on small business PR strategy, pitching and podcast interviews
Today’s guest is Monica Woodhams. Monica is an influencer consultant, the founder of Confessions Media co, and the host of the Influencer Girl Lifestyle Podcast. In today’s episode, we chat about all things PR strategy for small business owners, how to pitch yourself and how getting on podcast interviews can be a total game changer for your business. Find out more about Monica and her work at www.confessionsmediaco.com Follow Monica on Instagram @monicawoodhams
9/11/2018 • 35 minutes, 51 seconds
Content Marketing | Where does content marketing fit into my marketing strategy?
Content marketing is a key part of your marketing strategy. This episode, I’m looking at where content marketing fits in at each stage of your marketing funnel, and how you can incorporate it into your own marketing strategy. Download my free cheat sheet - 50 ways to promote your content at http://stephtaylor.co/60 Wanna work with us? Slide into my DMs at @stephtaylor.co or @wearewildbloom
9/10/2018 • 7 minutes, 12 seconds
Content Marketing | What the heck is content marketing?
Content marketing has been a bit of a buzzword over the last few years - maybe you’ve even been doing some content marketing yourself. This episode, I’m looking at what content marketing is, what content marketing isn’t, and why you should be doing at least some content marketing in your business. Get your free Audible trial + FREE book of your choice at http://stephtaylor.co/audible Download my free cheat sheet - 50 ways to promote your content at http://stephtaylor.co/59 Wanna see what happens behind the scenes? Follow me at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
9/6/2018 • 6 minutes, 18 seconds
Business Books | 5 business books that have changed the way I do business
I’m a huge fan of business books. I believe that no matter how much experience you have in business, there’s always something new you can learn. This episode, I’m sharing 5 business books that have changed the way I do business. Get your free Audible trial + FREE book of your choice at http://stephtaylor.co/audible Wanna see what happens behind the scenes? Follow me at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
9/4/2018 • 7 minutes, 41 seconds
Social media marketing |Can you rely on organic social media marketing alone?
When I first started out in business, I relied solely on organic social media marketing and influencer marketing alone to build my business. And it worked - I grew the Instagram following to around 23k in under 12 months. But, times have changed. Is it still enough to just market your business using organic social media alone? Download my free cheat sheet - 10 tactics to transform your Facebook Ads from http://stephtaylor.co/57 Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
9/2/2018 • 7 minutes, 47 seconds
Facebook Ads | Q&A about Facebook Ads That Flourish
In case you missed it: I’ve reopened enrolments for my signature course, Facebook Ads That Flourish. This episode, I’m answering some of the frequently asked questions about Facebook Ads That Flourish, so if you’re thinking about joining, this episode is a must-listen. Plus, I have some exclusive bonuses for you! Find out more and register for Facebook Ads That Flourish at http://stephtaylor.co/course Follow me for the behind-the-scenes look on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
8/30/2018 • 7 minutes, 53 seconds
Facebook Ads | Mistakes you're making with your Facebook Ads (Part 2)
Facebook Ads are a complicated topic and there is a lot to learn. So, naturally, you’re going to make mistakes with your Facebook Ads, particularly if you’re just starting out. This episode, I’m looking at 5 mistakes you’re making with your Facebook Ads, so that you can learn from them and improve your own Facebook Ads campaigns. I’ve reopened enrolments for my signature course, Facebook Ads That Flourish. Find out more and register at http://stephtaylor.co/course Follow me for the behind-the-scenes look on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
8/28/2018 • 7 minutes, 35 seconds
Facebook Ads | Mistakes you're making with your Facebook Ads (Part 1)
Facebook Ads are a complicated topic and there is a lot to learn. So, naturally, you’re going to make mistakes with your Facebook Ads, particularly if you’re just starting out. This episode, I’m looking at 5 mistakes you’re making with your Facebook Ads, so that you can learn from them and improve your own Facebook Ads campaigns. Register for my free Facebook Ads training at http://stephtaylor.co/webinar Follow me for the behind-the-scenes look on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
8/27/2018 • 7 minutes, 4 seconds
Facebook Ads | WTF are lookalike audiences?
Lookalike audiences are one of the powerful Facebook advertising features available to you, but SO many small business owners don’t even know what they are or how to use them. This episode, I’m looking at what a lookalike audience is and some tips for putting together your own lookalike audience to use in your Facebook Ads. Register for my free Facebook Ads live training on 28 August 2018 (8pm AEST) at http://stephtaylor.co/webinar Follow me for the behind-the-scenes look on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
8/23/2018 • 4 minutes, 58 seconds
Facebook Ads | What is retargeting and what are some audience you can retarget using Facebook Ads?
Facebook Ads retargeting is a magical thing. By now, you probably have heard that you can use Facebook Ads to retarget people who have visited your website, but did you know there are a bunch of other retargeting audiences you can create? This episode, we’re looking at what retargeting is and what some different retargeting audiences you can use are. Register for my free Facebook Ads live training on 28 August 2018 (8pm AEST) at http://stephtaylor.co/webinar Follow me for the behind-the-scenes look on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
8/21/2018 • 5 minutes, 53 seconds
Instagram Ads | How do I run Instagram Ads?
Instagram Ads are very similar to Facebook Ads, but not quite exactly the same. Yes, you set them up within Facebook Ads Manager, and yes, they have the same targeting options, but the things to consider when setting them up are slightly different. This episode, I’m sharing my 5 top tips for running high-performing Instagram Ads. Register for my free Facebook Ads live training on 28 August 2018 (8pm AEST) at http://stephtaylor.co/webinar Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
8/19/2018 • 6 minutes, 3 seconds
Facebook Ads | What are the different Facebook Ad campaign types?
Facebook Ads Manager can be a scary place. There are so many options to choose from and your Facebook Ads campaign type is one of the first decisions you’ll have to make when setting up a Facebook Ad. This episode, I’m diving into all the different Facebook Ads campaign types so that you can choose the right one next time you’re running some ads. Register for my free Facebook Ads live training on 28 August 2018 (8pm AEST) at http://stephtaylor.co/webinar Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
8/16/2018 • 6 minutes, 54 seconds
Facebook Ads | How can I make the most of a small Facebook Ads budget?
Facebook Ads are an excellent way to reach new audiences with a small budget - like, even just $5 a day. But there are a few tricks to make the most of your small Facebook Ads budget. This episode, I’m looking at 7 ways you can make the most of your limited Facebook Ads budget (and listen for more about my upcoming free Facebook Ads webinar!) Register for my free Facebook Ads live training on 28 August 2018 (8pm AEST) at http://stephtaylor.co/webinar Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
8/14/2018 • 6 minutes, 42 seconds
Facebook Ads | What do I need to have in place before I start running Facebook Ads?
If you’ve listened to my other episodes on Facebook Ads, you might be super excited to jump right into Facebook Ads Manager and start running Facebook Ads. But, there are a few things you should have in place before you start running Facebook Ads, so that you can get the best results for your budget. This episode, I’m looking at what you need to have in place before you start running Facebook Ads, and how to ensure you get the most bang for your buck. Download my free cheat sheet - 10 tactics to transform your Facebook Ads from http://stephtaylor.co/48 Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
8/12/2018 • 5 minutes, 5 seconds
Facebook Ads | Where do Facebook Ads fit in with my marketing strategy?
Facebook advertising isn’t a strategy - it’s a tactic. That said, it can be tricky to know where your Facebook Ads fit in with your overall marketing strategy and what role they play in getting someone from not knowing your brand to purchasing from you or becoming a client. This episode, I’m looking at where Facebook Ads fit in with your marketing strategy and how you can use them to move someone along your funnel. Download my free cheat sheet - 10 tactics to transform your Facebook Ads from http://stephtaylor.co/47 Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
8/9/2018 • 5 minutes, 35 seconds
Facebook Ads | What's the difference between boosted posts and Facebook Ads?
If you’re new to Facebook Ads, you’re forgiven for thinking that boosted posts and Facebook Ads are the same thing. Spoiler alert: They’re not. This episode, I’m looking at the difference between Facebook Ads and boosted posts in 2018, as well as whether you should be running boosted posts or not. Download my free cheat sheet - 10 tactics to transform your Facebook Ads from http://stephtaylor.co/46 Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
8/7/2018 • 7 minutes, 32 seconds
Facebook Ads | Are Facebook Ads right for my business?
Facebook Ads don’t work for every single business out there - but, chances are, they will work for your business. This episode, I’m looking at some of the common excuses people use when claiming that Facebook Ads don’t work for them (and two of the real excuses that Facebook Ads might not work for your business). Download my free cheat sheet - 10 tactics to transform your Facebook Ads from http://stephtaylor.co/45 Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
8/5/2018 • 6 minutes, 24 seconds
Facebook Ads | What are some common misconceptions about Facebook Ads?
There are a ton of misconceptions about Facebook Ads floating around in the online business space. So, today, I’m addressing them, one by one. Everything from budget size to pixel setup, boosted posts to the real aim of your Facebook Ads - I’m debunking your Facebook Ads myths. Download my free cheat sheet - 10 tactics to transform your Facebook Ads from http://stephtaylor.co/44 Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
8/2/2018 • 7 minutes, 14 seconds
Facebook Ads | Why should I use Facebook Ads?
Facebook Ads - I love them. So many business owners hate them and swear that they don’t work, but I’m here to prove these people wrong. For the whole month of August, I’m looking at Facebook Ads. Yep, the WHOLE month. Starting with today’s episode, and ending with a free live Facebook Ads training on 28 August 2018. Stay tuned for more! Download my free cheat sheet - 10 tactics to transform your Facebook Ads from http://stephtaylor.co/43 Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
7/31/2018 • 8 minutes, 42 seconds
Business Mindset | Mindset, personal branding and business success with Clare Wood
Clare Wood is a Brisbane-based business coach who pushes women to dream big, and helps them achieve those dreams. In this episode, we chat about all things mindset in business (and in marketing your business!), building a personal brand and some practical tips for success in business. Download Clare’s business plan template + find out more about her courses or working with her one-on-one at www.clarewood.com.au
7/29/2018 • 46 minutes, 57 seconds
Business Branding | How can I nail my brand tone of voice?
A huge part of your business brand is your brand tone of voice - the way your brand communicates with your audience. And, let me tell you, your brand tone of voice is pretty bloody important. This episode, I’m sharing some of my tips for defining your brand tone of voice. Check out my brand new Instagram marketing ebook: http://stephtaylor.co/buy-instagram-ebook Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom Wanna work with me? Head to http://wearewildbloom.com
7/26/2018 • 5 minutes, 7 seconds
Business Branding | How can I nail my brand look and feel?
The way your brand looks and feels is a HUGE part of branding your business - especially if you’re marketing your business on Instagram or other online platforms. This episode, I’m running through to my top tips for nailing how your brand looks and feels. The ultimate guide to Instagram marketing for business is FINALLY live! Shop it at stephtaylor.co/buy-instagram-ebook
7/24/2018 • 6 minutes, 40 seconds
Business Branding | What the heck is branding and why should I care?
Branding underpins everything your business does - so it’s pretty important to get it right. But, believe it or not, there’s a lot more to branding your business than just getting your logo and colour scheme on point. This episode, we’re looking at what business branding is (and what it isn’t), why you should invest in it and some of the amazing results powerful branding can have for your business. Download my free cheat sheets from http://stephtaylor.co (Pssst. I have only a few one-on-one marketing consult spots left for August 2018 - drop me a line at steph@wearewildbloom.com if you’d like to work together.)
7/22/2018 • 5 minutes, 44 seconds
Marketing Strategy | How can I turn customers and clients into brand advocates?
Word of mouth marketing is the original form of marketing. Think back to the days before internet, TV, magazines or billboards - how did people find out which baker made the yummiest bread on the block? They asked their friends, of course. This episode, I’m sharing my top tips for how you can turn customers and clients into brand advocates. Download my free Instagram cheat sheet at http://stephtaylor.co/38 Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
7/19/2018 • 5 minutes, 57 seconds
Marketing Strategy | How can I turn followers into customers or clients?
It’s all well and good growing your Instagram following, but if nobody buys from you then you’re wasting your time. So many of you have requested an episode on how to turn followers into sales, so here it is! Inside this episode, I’m sharing my top tips to turn your social media followers into paying clients or customers. Don’t forget to enter the giveaway (closes 21 July 2018) at http://stephtaylor.co/giveaway Download my free Instagram cheat sheet at http://stephtaylor.co/37 Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
7/17/2018 • 7 minutes, 26 seconds
Marketing Strategy | How do I define my ideal customer or client?
Your ideal customer, aka. the most important person in your business. Everything you do in business should be done with your ideal customer or your ideal client in mind. Everything. This episode, I’m running through my quick process for how to define your ideal customer or your ideal client. Don’t forget to enter the giveaway (closes 21 July 2018) at http://stephtaylor.co/giveaway Download my free Instagram cheat sheet at http://stephtaylor.co/37 Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
7/15/2018 • 6 minutes, 34 seconds
Marketing Mindset | How can I find time to work ON my business, not IN it?
Let me guess - you’re too busy to spend time marketing your business, right? Well, here’s a fact for you: If you don’t spend the time working ON your business, nobody else will. If you’re only marketing your business when things are a little bit quiet and you need a few more clients or customers, then your audience is going to see right through that. This episode, I’m sharing my 5 top tips to find more time to work ON your business, instead of IN it. Download my free cheat sheet - 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite your Instagram from http://stephtaylor.co/35 Interested in working together? Visit http://wearewildbloom.com for more info. Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
7/12/2018 • 5 minutes, 45 seconds
Marketing Quick Wins | What are some online marketing quick wins I can implement?
Online marketing and social media marketing are typically a long game - they take a lot of consistent work before you start to see results. That said, there are definitely some online marketing tactics you can implement for quick wins in your business. This episode, I’m looking at 7 quick wins for marketing your business. Download my free cheat sheet - 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite your Instagram from http://stephtaylor.co/34 Interested in working together? Visit http://wearewildbloom.com for more info. Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
7/10/2018 • 6 minutes, 49 seconds
Content Marketing | The power of content marketing with Ronsley Vaz
Ronsley Vaz is one of the best in the content marketing and podcasting game. After a failed business that left him over $400k in debt, Ronsley launched Amplify - Australia’s first audio marketing agency. This episode, Ronsley is sharing his biggest learnings from his business failure, how you can hack certainty in your business and how you can get started with content marketing. You don’t want to miss: The biggest learnings from Ronsley’s business failure, and how you can apply them to your own business. How to hack certainty and stability in your business (because we all know that running a business is usually anything but!) How he launched Amplify and secured his first 8 clients without spending a cent. The power of content marketing and how you can get started with content marketing, even if you suck at writing and don’t have much time on your hands. Some of the biggest mistakes you can make with content marketing - including the one super common mistake that we see time and time again. How to know if you’re ready to start a podcast, and how to come up with a winning concept for your podcast (hint: It’s never the first idea you come up with!) The one question to ask yourself before deciding on a podcast topic. Plus, Ronsley drops a massive spoiler for his Brisbane event later this year that he hasn’t told anyone else yet. Download The Content Amplifier from http://contentamplifier.com.au/ Find out more about We Are Podcast 2018 at https://mustamplify.lpages.co/we-are-podcast-2018/ You can find out more about Ronsley and Amplify Agency at http://mustamplify.com/
7/8/2018 • 38 minutes, 40 seconds
Outsourcing your marketing | What should I look for when outsourcing my marketing?
So, you’ve made the big decision to outsource your marketing. Now, you need to find someone to outsource your marketing to. There’s no shortage of marketing “experts” out there, all vying for a piece of your pie. How on earth do you choose who to outsource to, then? Here are 7 things to look for when hiring someone to do your marketing, be it an agency, a freelancer or an employee. You don’t want to miss: Why it’s important to look for someone who tailors a strategy to your brand - rather than simply posting for you every day. The difference between setting goals and making guarantees, and why you should RUN if someone does this. The key things they should be focusing on (hint: it’s not all about growing your following). Some things you should expect from them, regardless of how much you’re paying them. Why you shouldn’t hire the cheapest person out there. Download my free cheat sheet - 10 tactics to transform your Facebook Ads at http://stephtaylor.co/31 Interested in working together? Visit http://wearewildbloom.com for more info. Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
7/5/2018 • 7 minutes, 17 seconds
Outsourcing your marketing | How do I know if I'm ready to outsource my marketing?
When you first start your business, cash will probably be tight, so you’re going to try and do everything yourself. And I’m a big fan of the DIY approach. But, one day, it’s going to be time to let go of your marketing and outsource it to a professional. How do you know when it’s time to outsource your marketing? Here are 5 questions to ask yourself before outsourcing your marketing. Download my free cheat sheet - 10 tactics to transform your Facebook Ads at http://stephtaylor.co/31 Interested in working together? Visit http://wearewildbloom.com for more info. Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
7/4/2018 • 4 minutes, 55 seconds
Marketing Tools | What are the best small business marketing tools and apps?
I use a ton of marketing tools in running my businesses - in fact, I reckon I’ve tried and tested a few hundred small business marketing tools and apps over the past few years. This episode, I’m running you through the key apps I use, love and recommend. Yes, this episode does contain some affiliate links, but you can rest assured I’m only recommending tools that I genuinely love. See the full list of marketing tools I use at http://stephtaylor.co/30 Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom Interested in working with us? Visit www.wearewildbloom.com to download our Services Guide.
7/1/2018 • 9 minutes, 46 seconds
Instagram Marketing | How the heck do I use Instagram analytics?
Instagram has really spoilt us with the amount of analytics we have access to these days. But, all these Instagram metrics don’t mean a whole lot if you can’t interpret them. This episode, I’m giving you a brief overview of the key Instagram metrics you need to know, what they mean for your business and how you can improve them. You don’t want to miss: A simple tip to increase clicks to your website from Instagram. The difference between reach and impressions, and why these metrics matter to you. The one metric that tells you how valuable your audience finds your content (and how you can use this to influence your Instagram strategy going forward). How to use Audience Insights to tell whether your content is reaching the right people (or whether your Instagram strategy needs a refresh). Download my free cheat sheet - 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram - from http://stephtaylor.co/29 Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom Interested in working with us? Visit www.wearewildbloom.com to download our Services Guide.
6/28/2018 • 9 minutes, 12 seconds
Instagram Marketing | What does the Instagram algorithm in 2018 mean for me?
Instagram is known for changing their algorithm pretty frequently, and they recently made a couple of changes. Instagram also finally went on the record about some of the rumours that have been floating around. This episode, I’m doing a quick run through of the Instagram algorithm changes you need to know (and how they affect your own Instagram marketing strategy), as well as debunking some common Instagram myths. You don’t want to miss: The truth about Instagram shadowbanning (and it might surprise you!) The 3 things that determine what people see in their Instagram feed with the new Instagram algorithm in 2018. Whether video content gets preference over photo content - and how to make sure you’re reaching as many people as possible. The truth about switching to an Instagram business profile in 2018. Download my free cheat sheet - 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram - from http://stephtaylor.co/28 Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom Interested in working with us? Visit www.wearewildbloom.com to download our Services Guide.
6/26/2018 • 6 minutes, 5 seconds
Instagram Marketing | How do I choose the best hashtags for my business?
Choosing Instagram hashtags can seem daunting - there are so many Instagram hashtags out there, how on earth are you mean to pick the right hashtags? There’s a nice little Instagram hashtag research process that I like to go through each time I do hashtag research, and today, I’m sharing this process with you. Warning: It can be a little addictive, so don’t do this on a day when you have a lot on your to-do list! Download my free cheat sheet - 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram. You don’t want to miss: The Instagram hashtag research process I use for our clients that gets you the most relevant hashtags for your business, without any fancy, expensive apps or tools. Which Instagram hashtags to avoid (and which ones to pick!) How to categorise your Instagram hashtags into hashtag sets, so that you’re maximising your audience reach. My quick tip for how to dive deeper and find new Instagram hashtags, even when you think you’ve already exhausted all the hashtags out there. Follow my travels on Instagram at @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom Interested in working with us? Visit www.wearewildbloom.com to download our Services Guide.
6/24/2018 • 6 minutes, 43 seconds
Instagram Marketing | How can I take better Instagram photos?
A huge part of Instagram marketing is creating unique, high-quality content that makes your brand stand out. Perfectly curated Instagram feeds are a dime a dozen, so you’re not really adding much value to the platform if you’re just reposting the same photos we’ve all seen a million times before. This episode, we’re looking at how you can take better Instagram photos on an iPhone or other smartphone. You don’t want to miss: The one thing that can make or break your photo - in fact, you’re probably sabotaging your photos without realising it! The key photo composition rules to add to your arsenal. The mistake that most people make when using props (and the simple way to fix it!) A little hack to make your subject stand out in any photo. How to edit your photos the RIGHT way (hint: this doesn’t involve adding as many filters as possible!) Download my free cheat sheet - 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram - from http://stephtaylor.co/26 Check out @whatshepictures for some AMAZING flatlay and photo composition tips. Follow my travels on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom Interested in working with us? Visit http://wearewildbloom.com to download our Services Guide.
6/21/2018 • 6 minutes, 34 seconds
Instagram Marketing | Where should I source Instagram images from?
Creating Instagram content all the time can be really difficult - not to mention time-consuming and/or expensive! So, naturally, you’re going to want to curate Instagram content from different sources. This episode, we’re looking at some good places to source and curate Instagram content from (plus the pitfalls to watch out for!) You don’t want to miss: My favourite free and paid stock photo websites that are GREAT for Instagram content. The one thing you need to be careful when sourcing photos from Instagram accounts (and how to avoid this). The website I cannot live without when it comes to social media templates, designs and stock photos. An amazing free app for designing your own social media graphics - even if you’re a total design newbie. Why I think every small business owner should get a brand photoshoot done (and how you can do this when you’re on a budget). See my full list of stock photo websites: http://stephtaylor.co/25 Download my free cheat sheet - 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram - from http://stephtaylor.co/25 Follow my travels on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom Interested in working with us? Visit http://wearewildbloom.com to download our Services Guide.
6/19/2018 • 6 minutes, 36 seconds
Instagram Marketing | What should I post about on Instagram?
If you’ve listened to any of my previous episodes about Instagram marketing, you’ll know that you shouldn’t be promoting your product or service in every single post. Nobody likes an Instagram feed that’s one big sales pitch! So, in that case, what should you post about on Instagram? The main purpose of your Instagram marketing should be to add value to your audience’s lives and to build a connection with them. This episode, we’re looking at how you can do this. You don’t want to miss: The three types of content that you should have on your Instagram feed so that you can add value to your Instagram followers’ lives. How you can use Instagram content strategically to educate your followers and start adding value (plus the sneaky way to do this whilst promoting your product). The easy way to incorporate inspirational Instagram content into your feed - without posting cheesy inspirational quotes! How to entertain your Instagram followers whilst keeping your content on-brand. Download my free cheat sheet - 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram - from http://stephtaylor.co/24 Follow my travels on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom Interested in working with us? Visit http://wearewildbloom.com to download our Services Guide.
6/17/2018 • 4 minutes, 25 seconds
Instagram Marketing | What role does Instagram play in my marketing strategy?
Instagram marketing is amazing. But, Instagram shouldn’t be your entire marketing strategy - instead, Instagram should play a part of a larger marketing strategy. This episode is a quick one, but it’s a must-listen if you’re relying on Instagram marketing to grow your business. I’m looking at where Instagram fits in with your bigger picture and what role it plays in your marketing strategy. You don’t want to miss: WHY it’s important that Instagram isn’t your entire marketing strategy (and the risk of keeping your audience on Instagram alone). Where Instagram marketing sits in your marketing funnel, and how this impacts the content that you should be posting. What other platforms complement your Instagram marketing efforts and how you can fit these together into your bigger marketing strategy. Download my free cheat sheet - 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram - from http://stephtaylor.co/23 Follow my travels on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom Interested in working with us? Visit http://wearewildbloom.com to download our Services Guide.
6/14/2018 • 5 minutes, 2 seconds
Digital Nomad | How I became a digital nomad (and why it's not all poolside cocktails and tropical islands)
I know this episode isn’t strictly marketing-related, but it’s something a lot of you have been asking me about, so here it is - this is how I became a digital nomad. And, despite what many people think, being a digital nomad is 0% poolside cocktails and tropical islands, and 100% hard work and discipline. If you’ve been thinking about becoming a digital nomad, or have even thought about doing a short stint of working and travelling, this episode is a must-listen. You don’t want to miss: Why I decided to pack my bags and leave my cushy life in (very) sunny Brisbane, for 10 weeks of travelling through the European winter. How I prepared my business for this stint of travel (and why travel spurred me to finally grow my team). The systems we rely on every day to manage a remote team and clients around the world. The pitfalls of being a digital nomad that nobody tells you about (like 4am client calls and terrible internet connections). Follow my travels on Instagram at http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom Interested in working with us? Visit http://wearewildbloom.com to download our Services Guide. Download my free cheat sheet - 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram - from http://stephtaylor.co/22
6/12/2018 • 6 minutes, 51 seconds
Instagram Marketing | How can a build a connection with my Instagram audience?
It’s all well and good growing your Instagram following, but once they’re following you, you need to build a connection with them and start to nurture them down the funnel. So, how do you build a connection on Instagram? Here’s a hint… It’s not something that happens automatically with a perfectly curated feed. This episode, we’re looking at how you can build a connection with your audience using Instagram marketing. You don’t want to miss: How to share the “behind the scenes” of your business as a way to start building connection with your audience. The one thing that has potential to give you a shared purpose with your audience (any why that is important). Why you shouldn’t be afraid to put your face on social media - and why it’s something you should be doing. Plus, other ways you can build a connection with your audience using Instagram marketing. Download my free cheat sheet - 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram - from http://stephtaylor.co/21 Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
6/10/2018 • 5 minutes, 50 seconds
Instagram Marketing | What are some good tools to get a beautiful Instagram feed?
A huge part of successful Instagram marketing is having a drool-worthy Instagram feed. But, did you know that getting a beautiful Instagram feed is actually easier than you think? This episode, I’m sharing some of my favourite tools for making your Instagram content look spot-on. The best part? They won’t break the bank! YOU DON’T WANT TO MISS: My absolute favourite Instagram scheduling tool, and how it’ll help you streamline your Instagram marketing and keep your Instagram feed on-brand. My two favourite image editing apps that will probably change your life (or at least make editing your photos a helluva lot more fun!) The free graphic design tool that you need to be using, like, yesterday. A fun new app for creating gorgeous quote tiles and Instagram Stories. Make sure you download my free ebook, 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram, from http://stephtaylor.co/20 Make sure you hit SUBSCRIBE so you don’t miss out on any of my content marketing lessons, coming up soon. And, if you enjoyed this episode, please leave me a rating and a review? Thanks! Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
6/7/2018 • 5 minutes, 32 seconds
Instagram Marketing | How do I grow my Instagram following when I'm just starting out?
Instagram marketing is a helluva lot harder than it used to be. Once upon a time, a perfectly curated Instagram feed was enough to grow your Instagram following overnight. These days, Instagram marketing ain’t what it used to be. That said, there are a couple of tricks you can use to grow your Instagram following with people who are actually interested in what you do or sell. This episode, I’m looking at some of my top tips to get more Instagram followers. YOU DON’T WANT TO MISS: Why your Instagram follower numbers aren’t the be-all-and-end-all - SORRY! The one thing that stops people from following you, even if your product or service is amazing. What to post to get more followers like your dream customer or client. The difference between fake engagement and genuine engagement on Instagram. How we grew the Wildbloom (http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom) following by 1.4k engaged followers in a month. My quick tips on how to do effective hashtag research (and the kind of hashtags you need to steer clear of!) Download my free ebook - 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram from http://stephtaylor.co/19 Make sure you hit SUBSCRIBE so you don’t miss out on any of my content marketing lessons, coming up soon. And, if you enjoyed this episode, please leave me a rating and a review? Thanks! Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
6/5/2018 • 6 minutes, 34 seconds
Email marketing | What the heck do I send to my email list?
You’ve put in the time and effort to build your email list using a free lead magnet or opt-in, you’ve created a nurture sequence and you’ve promoted it to your audience. Now you have real subscribers who actually care about what you have to say! But, how do you know what to send your email list? This episode, we’re looking at how often to email your list, what to send your email list and the real truth about unsubscribes. YOU DON’T WANT TO MISS: The simple answer to your question “how often should I email my list?” (and it’s probably not the answer you were expecting!) Why you MUST avoid this common email marketing mistake that most small business owners make. What the heck to actually send your email list - because everyone seems to assume that you already know this, meanwhile, you’re staring at a blank email with zero clue what to write. Some quick tips to improve your subject line and boost your email open rates. What it means when someone unsubscribes from your email list and what you need to do about it. Register for my email marketing kickstarter at http://stephtaylor.co/email Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom Find out more about working with us at http://wearewildbloom.com Make sure you hit SUBSCRIBE so you don’t miss out on any of my content marketing lessons, coming up soon. And, if you enjoyed this episode, please leave me a rating and a review? Thanks!
6/3/2018 • 5 minutes, 47 seconds
Email Marketing | How do I promote my free opt-in?
You’ve done the hard yards and started building your email list. You’ve created your free lead magnet (or free opt-in)... Now what? You need to get people to download it. Sure, you could tell your mum about it and she might spread the word to her closest friends, but how else can you get people to download your free lead magnet? Or, more importantly, how can you get your free opt-in in front of the RIGHT people - people who might one day become paying customers or clients? YOU DON’T WANT TO MISS: The 4 super-simple methods I use to promote free lead magnets, that won’t cost you an arm and a leg. How the heck to get more eyeballs on your post inside popular Facebook Groups (and stand out in a sea of junk!) The one way of promoting your lead magnet that you probably haven’t thought about yet… And it’s SO easy. Register for my 3-Day Email Marketing Kickstarter at http://stephtaylor.co/email Make sure you hit SUBSCRIBE so you don’t miss out on any of my content marketing lessons, coming up soon. And, if you enjoyed this episode, please leave me a rating and a review? Thanks! Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
5/31/2018 • 6 minutes, 3 seconds
Email Marketing | How do I create a nurture sequence?
A huge part of building your email list is nurturing trust with your subscribers, and this is where your email nurture sequence (or nurture series) comes in to play. This episode, we’re looking at how you can create an effective nurture sequence, automate it and sit back while it builds trust with your audience on autopilot. YOU DON’T WANT TO MISS: What the heck a nurture sequence is and why you NEED one, like yesterday. The correct way to structure your nurture sequence (and why you don’t need to stress about creating one that’s 5 weeks long). Proven tactics to ensure your welcome email is a success, because it’s the single most important email you’ll send your subscribers. Tips and tricks on what to include in the rest of your nurture sequence Make sure you hit SUBSCRIBE so you don’t miss out on any of my content marketing lessons, coming up soon. And, if you enjoyed this episode, please leave me a rating and a review? Thanks! Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
5/29/2018 • 6 minutes, 15 seconds
Email Marketing | How do I create a free opt-in? Building your email list with a lead magnet.
Building your email list might sometimes feel like an uphill battle, but having a free opt-in (aka. a lead magnet) can make list building so much easier. In this episode, we’re looking at how you can create and leverage an opt-in to build your email list. You don’t want to miss: How to decide what kind of freebie (free opt-in) is right to offer your audience. Some nifty strategies to ensure your free opt-in leverages strong, on-brand content. My top design tips, tricks and resources that’ll make creating your opt-in as simple as possible. The number one thing you MUST do before your opt-in goes live. Make sure you hit SUBSCRIBE so you don’t miss out on any of my content marketing lessons, coming up soon. And, if you enjoyed this episode, please leave me a rating and a review? Thanks! Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
5/27/2018 • 6 minutes, 39 seconds
Email marketing | How do I start building an email list? [Email marketing 101]
Email marketing is one of the most effective ways to market your business for free. Sure, it might take a bit of work building your list, but it’s totally worth the investment. The best part? You can even build your email list for free (the legit way, that is). This episode, we’re looking at how you can get started with email marketing, how you can start building your email list and a quick overview of the process I use to build my own email lists. You don’t want to miss: The right way and the wrong way to build your email list (and how you can make sure that you’re building your email list the RIGHT way). How to give your audience an incentive to sign up to your email list, so that you can build your email list even quicker. How to get people to opt-in and sign up for your email list - and where to find these people! What a nurture sequence is and why you MUST have one (or else you’re sabotaging your email marketing success!) The biggest mistake that so many small business owners make with their email marketing. Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
5/24/2018 • 6 minutes, 49 seconds
Marketing Tactics | The best free ways to market your business
Believe it or not, there are many different free ways to market your business. This episode, I’m diving into some of the best (and easiest) free ways to market your business, because often when you’re just starting out, money is tight! I’m willing to bet that you haven’t thought of some of these ideas before, too. This episode is a must-listen. You don’t want to miss: The one type of marketing that has the power to “pull” your audience to you - rather than trying to sell, sell, sell all the time. How to get the most out of organic social media and use it the RIGHT way to market your business (and avoid making the big mistake that so many business owners make!) Why it’s super important to do things that aren’t scalable when you’re just starting out - and how to do so. How to leverage your in-person connections to grow your audience and spread the word about your business. Plus: How to leverage guest blogging to reach new people in your target audience, and my top tip on how to really boost your word-of-mouth marketing. Visit http://stephtaylor.co/13 to download my free ebook - 50 Ways to Promote Your Content. Sign up for ReferralCandy: http://stephtaylor.co/referral Make sure you hit SUBSCRIBE so you don’t miss out on any of my email marketing lessons, coming up soon. And, if you enjoyed this episode, please leave me a rating and a review? Thanks! Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
5/22/2018 • 10 minutes, 59 seconds
Marketing Strategy | Getting strategic with Two Girls And A Laptop
This episode is a bit different to the usual bite-sized lessons. I’m chatting to the lovely Helen and Jacqui from Two Girls And A Laptop and it’s a MASSIVE marketing strategy session. These ladies know what they’re talking about. Some of the things we talk about include goal setting, marketing strategy, profiling your ideal customer and how to get started with email marketing. You don’t want to miss: They key things to do before you even THINK about launching your business. How to know what tasks to DIY and what to outsource (and why you should do consider outsourcing). Why you need to know your WHY in business and and the importance of setting goals in your business. The key goals that all small business owners should set in their first year (and how to set goals you can actually achieve). Why you need to profile your ideal customer, how to do it and the one HUGE mistake so many people make when profiling their ideal customer. Why it’s so important to grow your email list (instead of growing your Instagram following). Where to start building your email list - and how to start building it, even before you’ve launched your business! How to prioritise the growth tasks in your business (and get out of the “busy” tasks rut) 5 quick tips to spend less time working in your business and spend more time working on it Helen and Jacqui are running a free 5-day email marketing challenge - sign up for it here: https://www.twogirlsandalaptop.com.au/email-challenge/ You can find out more about them at www.twogirlsandalaptop.com.au or follow them on Instagram, Facebook or Linkedin @twogirlsandalaptop. Make sure you hit SUBSCRIBE so you don’t miss out on any of my content marketing lessons, coming up soon. And, if you enjoyed this episode, please leave me a rating and a review? Thanks! Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
5/20/2018 • 1 hour, 43 seconds
Content Marketing | How can I create content when I'm busy? [Batching, Automating & Repurposing Content 101]
Content marketing can be time-consuming - if you do it the wrong way. Luckily, there are some hacks to streamline and simplify your content marketing, so that you can get on with growing your business. This episode, we’re looking at how you can use batching, automating and repurposing to speed up your content marketing activities, and I share some of my favourite content marketing tools with you. You don’t want to miss: How you can use batching to create a month’s worth of content in a couple of hours (and how to apply this technique to other areas of your business too!) The easiest things to automate in your content marketing and social media marketing processes. My top 4 tools for automating your content marketing (including one that I couldn’t do business without!) Some quick tricks for repurposing your content - so you can squeeze every drop of value out of your content marketing efforts. Plus, my bonus tips on recycling your content, to really push it to its potential. Visit http://stephtaylor.co/11 to download my free ebook - 50 Ways to Promote Your Content - AND to view the list of tools I use. Make sure you hit SUBSCRIBE so you don’t miss out on any of my content marketing lessons, coming up soon. And, if you enjoyed this episode, please leave me a rating and a review? Thanks! Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
5/17/2018 • 8 minutes, 5 seconds
Content Marketing | What should my content be about?
Content marketing is amazing - when done properly. And, a huge part of doing content marketing properly is deciding what your content should be about. This episode, we’re looking at what different types of content you should include in your content marketing, as well as how you can use content to nurture your audience down your marketing funnel. You don’t want to miss: The best way to choose your content marketing categories (spoiler alert: it’s not the spray and pray approach!) How to use content marketing strategically to build a connection with your audience. A simple way to use content marketing to improve your audience’s lives just a tiny bit, whilst positioning yourself as the expert in your space. The other types of content you might not have thought about sharing with your audience yet - but that you definitely should. PLUS, my biggest tip for selling to your audience using content marketing - without them unfollowing you! Head to http://stephtaylor.co/10 to download my free ebook - 50 Ways To Promote Your Content. Make sure you hit SUBSCRIBE so you don’t miss out on any of my content marketing lessons, coming up soon. And, if you enjoyed this episode, please leave me a rating and a review? Thanks! Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
5/15/2018 • 9 minutes, 40 seconds
Content Marketing | How can I build trust with my audience? How do I provide value to my followers?
Building trust with your audience is SUPER important in moving them along the marketing funnel, with the goal of eventually getting them to purchase. How can you build trust with your audience? With value - in the form of content marketing. This episode, we’re looking at how to do content marketing to provide value to your followers. Everyone seems to be doing content marketing these days, but so few people do it well. We’re going to look at how you can make your content stand out from all the clutter. You don’t want to miss: How to use content marketing to build a connection with your audience, provide value, build trust and ultimately convert them into paying customers or clients. The simple trick for working out how you can provide value to your audience. How to find out exactly what your idea customer or client wants (hint: it’s often not what they think they want!) How to choose what format your content should be in. How to know if you’re giving away too much value for free. The answer might surprise you! Head to http://stephtaylor.co/9 to download my free ebook - 50 Ways To Promote Your Content. Make sure you hit SUBSCRIBE so you don’t miss out on any of my content marketing lessons, coming up soon. And, if you enjoyed this episode, please leave me a rating and a review? Thanks! Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
5/13/2018 • 5 minutes, 14 seconds
Marketing Strategy | WTF is a buyer journey? Mapping out your marketing funnel [Mini workshop]
The buyer journey (aka. your marketing funnel) is a huge part of your marketing strategy and, chances are, you haven’t given it the attention it deserves. If you’re feeling confused or overwhelmed about where to start marketing your business, then this episode is a must-listen. This episode is a BIG marketing strategy session, so grab a large cup of coffee, a pen and some paper, and let’s start mapping out your buyer journey. You don’t want to miss: What the heck is a buyer journey? What on earth does this mean for my business? I break this down in a practical way - no dull theory here. Exactly what you need to deliver to your audience at each stage of the buyer journey, so you can stop wasting time, energy and money advertising the wrong thing to the wrong people. The sneaky tactic to get someone to convert from a hot lead into a paying customer or client. How to get the most value out of your customers and clients - even after they’ve bought from you. To download my free cheat sheet with 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite your Instagram, head to http://stephtaylor.co/8 Please don’t forget to subscribe, so you don’t miss a new episode, released every Monday, Wednesday and Friday. If you enjoyed the show, I’d love it if you could please leave a rating and review in iTunes. Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
5/10/2018 • 9 minutes, 45 seconds
Social media marketing | What social media platforms should I be present on? And, how many?!
The first step in social media marketing is deciding which platforms to market your business on. There are so many different social media platforms out there - but does that mean you should be present on all of them? I mean, surely the more platforms you’re on, the more people who will find you… Right? Wrong. There’s an art and a science to choosing which social media platforms your business should be present on. This episode, I’m looking at the various platforms, so you can decide where you want to spend your time and energy. You don’t want to miss: The key things that influence which social media platforms you should spend your limited time and energy marketing your business on. My little hack for maintaining an up-to-date presence on Facebook, even if you don’t feel like it’s worth spending time on. Should you start a Facebook Group for your business? The answer might surprise you! The one thing you need to know before diving into Instagram and posting 3 times a day. Plus, we’ll also take a look at Pinterest, Linkedin and Youtube, and whether you should be marketing your business on these social media platforms. Whether you’re about to start with social media marketing, or you’ve already been doing social media marketing for a while, you definitely don’t want to miss this episode! Please don’t forget to hit SUBSCRIBE, so you don’t miss a new episode, released every Monday, Wednesday and Friday. If you enjoyed the show, I’d love it if you could please leave a rating and review in iTunes. Download my 7 Savvy Strategies to Ignite Your Instagram from http://stephtaylor.co/7. For more free online marketing resources, visit: http://stephtaylor.co Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
5/8/2018 • 12 minutes, 56 seconds
Marketing Mindset | How do I get over the fear of putting myself out there?
This episode is a marketing mindset one. It’s all about that niggling fear of putting yourself out there - something that prevents many small business owners from marketing their business and getting the business growth they deserve. Join me as I share my top 5 tips for dealing with this fear, so you can start marketing your business confidently. You don’t want to miss: The interesting thing that happened when I stopped hiding behind my “anonymous” online business and became the face of my product-based business. My biggest tip for pushing yourself out of your comfort zone (it also happens to be a great way to grow your business and your personal brand - fast!). How to deal with negative comments and nasty people in the online world. The best ways to get over impostor syndrome (because, honestly, we all struggle with it from time to time!) Plus, if you hate being “salesy”, you’re going to LOVE my tip on how to confidently sell your product or service. It’s shockingly simple too! Please don’t forget to hit SUBSCRIBE, so you don’t miss a new episode, released every Monday, Wednesday and Friday. If you enjoyed the show, I’d love it if you could please leave a rating and review in iTunes. For more free online marketing resources, visit: http://stephtaylor.co Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
5/6/2018 • 7 minutes, 1 second
Facebook Marketing | How can I optimise my business Facebook Page for success?
While organic Facebook marketing might not yield the result it once did, making sure that your business Facebook page looks slick and includes all the necessary info is key. Not only does your business Facebook page play a huge part in your organic Facebook marketing, it also forms part of your business branding. If you’re thinking about running Facebook Ads, then it’s even more important you optimise your Facebook profile for success. You don’t want to miss: How to ensure that your business Facebook Page puts your best foot forward and leaves a lasting impression. My little hack for making sure there is always fresh content on your Facebook Page (without having to constantly create and schedule new posts!) The quick trick to make sure your profile is easily found. Chances are, you’ve forgotten to do this! What the absolute essentials are for your Facebook Page “about” section - these things are the MUST haves that you just can’t leave out. Plus, a little best-practice tip for dealing with messages to your business Facebook Page. Please don’t forget to hit SUBSCRIBE, so you don’t miss a new episode, released every Monday, Wednesday and Friday. If you enjoyed the show, I’d love it if you could please leave a rating and review in iTunes. For more free online marketing resources, visit: http://stephtaylor.co Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
5/3/2018 • 5 minutes, 22 seconds
Instagram Marketing | How can I optimise my Instagram profile for success?
Your Instagram profile is not only a HUGE consideration for your Instagram marketing, it’s also a key touchpoint in the customer journey. How your Instagram profile looks and feels, and what it says, play a big part in whether people follow you or click through to your website, or leave without a second thought. You don’t want to miss: The most important things to have in place before you even start investing time and energy into Instagram marketing. My little trick to make sure your Instagram profile is discoverable and easily searchable by your target audience (this is probably something your competitors aren’t doing!) How to get more people to click through to your Instagram profile from the search results or likes/followers lists. The things you MUST include when writing your Instagram bio (plus the strategic way to use the single link space that Instagram gives you). There’s an art and a science to Instagram marketing, but before you even start thinking about how to grow your Instagram following or how to get more Instagram likes, you need to start with the basics. This episode takes it all back to square one and helps you get the Instagram marketing foundations spot on. Please don’t forget to hit SUBSCRIBE, so you don’t miss a new episode, released every Monday, Wednesday and Friday. If you enjoyed the show, I’d love it if you could please leave a rating and review in iTunes. For more free online marketing resources, visit: http://stephtaylor.co Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
5/1/2018 • 10 minutes, 20 seconds
Marketing strategy | What the heck is a marketing strategy? How do I create a marketing plan that works?
Marketing strategy is one of the most important things to have in place before you start marketing your business. Your marketing strategy is your roadmap for how you’ll achieve your vision, and it guides all your marketing tactics - like social media marketing, Facebook Ads, content marketing, email marketing, etc. This episode, I look at why you need a marketing strategy (and why you shouldn’t blindly chase after marketing tactics), and I help you create a quick marketing strategy. Download my free ebook - 50 Ways to Promote Your Content: http://stephtaylor.co/3 You don’t want to miss: The big mistake that most small business owners are making when it comes to their marketing strategy (or lack thereof!), that’s wasting their time, energy and money. A simple way to beat the overwhelm when it comes to marketing your business and start marketing your business efficiently and effectively. The quick, 6-step process to put together a quick marketing strategy that works - so that you can spend less time putting pen to paper and start getting results ASAP. How to plan your content, promotion and tactics so that you’re getting the best results for your effort and maximising your business growth. Please don’t forget to subscribe, so you don’t miss a new episode, released every Monday, Wednesday and Friday. If you enjoyed the show, I’d love it if you could please leave a rating and review in iTunes. For more free online marketing resources, visit: http://stephtaylor.co Follow me on Instagram: http://instagram.com/stephtaylor.co and http://instagram.com/wearewildbloom
4/30/2018 • 11 minutes, 46 seconds
Marketing 101 | Where do I begin? What do I need to do before I start marketing my business?
Before you start driving traffic to your website and investing serious time and money into marketing your business, these are a few things you need to have in place. You don’t want to miss: The one thing that has the power to toy with your customers’ emotions, build brand advocates and sell your product or service for you. Why your website needs to be as slick as possible (plus, some quick tips on how to simplify your website and boost conversions). What you need to know about your target audience and how this will influence everything you do - from content creation to social media marketing. How to describe your product or service so that you get more sales, and make sure that people are buying from you - not your competitors. How to keep on the front foot and make sure you’re consistently showing up for your audience, marketing your business effectively and moving closer to achieving your business goals. Plus, if you’ve ever felt like an impostor - the last point I touch on is a must-listen. We all feel that impostor syndrome in business from time to time. It’s how you deal with it that matters! GRAB MY FREE WEBSITE CONVERSION CHECKLIST: http://stephtaylor.co/2 Please don’t forget to subscribe, so you don’t miss a new episode, released every Monday, Wednesday and Friday. If you enjoyed the show, I’d love it if you could please leave a rating and review on iTunes. For more free online marketing resources, visit: http://stephtaylor.co Follow me on Instagram: @stephtaylor.co and @wearewildbloom
4/30/2018 • 12 minutes, 6 seconds
What the heck is Socialette?
Before we kick off the show and get stuck into the nitty-gritty, here's a bit more about Socialette and how you can get the most out of my small business marketing lessons. Download my free ebook, 50 Ways To Promote Your Content: http://stephtaylor.co Remember to hit SUBSCRIBE so that you don't miss any new epsiodes, added every Monday, Wednesday and Friday.